Emergency Solid Waste Management Project (ESWMP)

SFG4010 Public Disclosure Authorized Public Disclosure Authorized Public Disclosure Authorized Public Disclosure Authorized

1 1 Table of Contents 2 Abbreviations and Acronyms ...... 5 1 Chapter 1: Introduction to the Sri Lanka Emergency Solid Waste Management Project (ESWMP) ...... 7 1.1 Introduction and Background...... 7 1.2 Situations of Urgent Need of Assistance or Capacity Constraints ...... 8 1.3 The project objective and description ...... 10 1.3.1 The project development objective (PDO) ...... 10 1.3.2 Project Components ...... 10 1.4 Objective of the Environmental Management Framework (EMF) and Action Plan ...... 15 1.5 Due Diligence Principles ...... 16 2 Chapter 2: Introduction to Prevailing Environmental Conditions in Project Area ...... 18 2.1 Brief Description of Salient Features of the Colombo Metropolitan Region ...... 18 2.1.1 Climate ...... 18 2.1.2 Topography and Geology ...... 18 2.1.3 Hydrology ...... 18 2.1.4 Forest Cover ...... 19 2.1.5 Environmental Sensitive/Important Areas already under Legal protection ...... 19 2.2 Solid Waste Management in Colombo ...... 19 3 Chapter 3: Environmental and Social Legislation, Regulatory and Institutional Framework in Sri Lanka ...... 21 2.1 Overview of Environmental Legislation ...... 21 2.2 Detail Review of Key Environmental and Solid Waste Management Related Legislation ...... 21 3.1 Specific Laws and Regulations with Regard to SWM ...... 30 3.2 Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for the SWM Sector in Sri Lanka ...... 31 3.3 Environmental Standards Associated to SWM ...... 32 3.4 Assessment of Roles of Key Institutions Within the Solid Waste Management Sector ...... 33 3.5 Compliance with World Bank Operational Policies ...... 37 3.5.1 World Bank Safeguard Policies ...... 37 3.5.2 Compliance with OP 4.01 Annex C Environmental Action Plans (or Environmental Management Plans) ...... 39 3.6 Adequacy of GOSL Environmental Clearances ...... 40 3.6.1 WB ESH Guidelines ...... 41 4 Chapter 4: Generic Assessment of Environmental and Social Impacts ...... 43 4.1 Overview ...... 43 4.2 Component Specific Environmental Impacts ...... 43 4.2.1 Component-1 ...... 44

4.2.2 Component-2 ...... 46 4.2.3 Component-3 ...... 46 4.3 Presentation of Generic Impacts Associated with project Interventions ...... 46 4.3.1 Construction Phase Impacts ...... 46 4.3.2 Key Impacts Associated with the Operation of Solid Waste Management Facilities, Waste Sorting Facilities, Transfer Station and Composing Plants...... 48 5 Chapter 5: Environmental and Social Management Framework ...... 53 5.1 Environmental Screening of Identified Physical Subprojects ...... 53 5.1.1 Screening Method ...... 53 5.2 Environmental Safeguard Assessments, Management and Monitoring Instruments ...... 55 5.2.1 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)/Initial Environmental Examinations (IEE) ...... 55 5.2.2 Site Contamination Audits ...... 55 5.2.3 Environmental Management Plans (EMPs) ...... 57 5.2.4 Compliance Monitoring and Reporting ...... 58 5.2.5 Environmental Monitoring During Construction and Operation of SWM Facilities ...... 59 5.2.6 Requirements for Operational Monitoring of SWM Facilities, Sanitary Landfills and Post Closure Environmental Monitoring of Closed Open Dumpsite and Closed Sanitary Landfill Facilities 60 5.2.7 Precautionary Procedure for Management of Chance Found Physical Cultural Resources 60 5.2.8 Project Level Environment Audit ...... 61 5.2.9 Information Disclosure ...... 62 5.2.10 Grievance Redressal Mechanism ...... 62 5.2.11 Consultation Plan ...... 62 5.2.12 Diagrammatic representation of Sequencing Environmental Management Steps ...... 63 5.3 Sequence and Action Plan of Safeguards instruments for subprojects to be financed under the project...... 63 5.3.1 Timeframe for planning and carrying out safeguards assessment ...... 63 5.3.2 Project Components, Environmental Safeguards Requirements and Timeline for Planning and Preparation ...... 65 5.4 Clearance Procedures with IDA ...... 68 5.5 Safeguards Training ...... 68 6 Chapter 6: Institutional Arrangements for Implementation of the Project ...... 70 6.1 Overall Project Institutional Arrangements ...... 70 6.2 Institutional Arrangement for Implementation of the EAMF ...... 72 6.3 The Roles and Responsibilities of IDA ...... 75 6.4 Rough Cost Estimates of Safeguards Instruments ...... 75 7 Annexes ...... 77 7.1 Annex-1: Map Showing Locations of Key Project Sites ...... 78 3

7.2 Annex 2: Suggested Format for Environmental Screening Form ...... 79 7.3 Annex-3: Policy Framework: Environmental Assessment and Impact Mitigation ...... 87 7.4 Annex 4 : Basic Information Questionnaire for the CEA ...... 93 7.5 Annex 5: Guidelines for Conducting Site Contamination Audits (SCAs) ...... 96 7.6 Annex-6: Format for Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) ...... 100 7.7 Annex-7: Guidelines for Environmental Closure of Small Open Dump Sites (Less than 10 feet in height and 500m in surface spread area) ...... 103 7.8 Annex 8: Generic EMP for Environmental Closure of Large to Medium Open Dump Facilities Using Capping System ...... 107 7.9 Annex 9: Generic EMP for Construction and Operation of Composting/Organic Waste Processing Facilities...... 118 7.10 Annex 10: Generic Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for Construction of Ancillary Facilities as New Infrastructure and/or Rehabilitation of Existing Infrastructure...... 142 7.11 Annex 11: Guidance Note on Selecting Mitigation Measures to be Included in the Environmental Management Plan for Construction Projects in Sri Lanka ...... 172 7.12 Annex 12: Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of Burrow Pits ...... 181 7.13 Annex 13: Environmental Guidelines for Decommissioning and Demolition of Existing Buildings ...... 183 7.14 Annex 14: Guidelines for Health and Safety of Workers, Communities and Visitors ...... 186 7.15 Annex 15: Chance find procedure for Physical Cultural Resources ...... 188 7.16 Annex-16: Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines ...... 189 7.17 Annex 17: Special Monitoring Checklist for Ensuring Safe Conditions for Workers and Public. 221 7.18 Annex-18: Environmental and Social Monitoring Checklist for Project Activities as per EMPs 223 7.19 Annex 19: Generic Monitoring Plan for Environmental Parameters for Construction Phase of Subprojects ...... 224 7.20 Annex 20: Requirements for Post Closure Environmental Monitoring of Environmentally Closed Open Dump Sites ...... 228 7.21 Annex 21: Guiding Principles for Development of Operational and Post Closure Environmental Monitoring and Recording Plans for Sanitary Landfill Operations ...... 231 7.22 Annex 22: Terms of Reference for Recruitment of Contractor Environmental Safeguard Officer 238 7.23 Annex 23: Terms of Reference for the Project Level Environmental Audit ...... 239 7.24 Annex 24: Generic Session Plan for Project Implementation Agency Staff Training on EMF and Environmental Safeguard Instrument Implementation, Monitoring and Reporting...... 241 7.25 Annex 25: Example of Disclosure Advertisement for Safeguards Instrument ...... 244

2 Abbreviations and Acronyms

AIIB Asian Infrastructure Development Bank BP Bank Policy CCD Coast Conservation Department CEA Central Environmental Authority CMC Colombo Municipal Council DWC Department of Wildlife Conservation EA Environment Assessment EIA Environment Impact Assessment EMF Environmental Management Framework EMP Environment Management Plan ESSC Environmental Specialist and Safeguards Coordinator EO Environmental Officer ESWMP Emergency Solid Waste Management Project FD Forest Department FFPO Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance GDP Gross Domestic Product GHG Greenhouse Gas GoSL Government of Sri Lanka GPS Geographical Positioning System GSMB Geological Survey and Mines Bureau IA Implementing Agency IDA International Development Association IEE Initial Environment Evaluation IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature KWP Kerawalapitiya Waste Park LA Local Authority LG Local Government MoEMD Ministry of Environment and Mahaweli Development 5

MPCLG Ministry of Provincial Councils and Local Government

MoF Ministry of Finance MoMPWD Ministry of Megapolis and Western Development MCUDP Metro Colombo Urban Development Project NWSDB National Water Supply and Drainage Board NEA National Environmental Act NGO Non-Governmental Organization NWPEA North Western Provincial Environmental Authority OP Operational Policy PAP Project Affected Person PDO Project Development Objective PMU Project Management Unit SCA Site Contamination Audit SCDP Strategic Cities Development Project SLLRDC Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation SLR Sri Lanka Railways SWM Solid Waste Management WMA Waste Management Authority UDA Urban Development Project

1 Chapter 1: Introduction to the Sri Lanka Emergency Solid Waste Management Project (ESWMP)

1.1 Introduction and Background

Disposal of municipal solid waste has become a national issue in Sri Lanka. The rapid growth of urbanization leads to large quantities of solid wastes generated without proper management and sustainable waste disposal measures. Open dumping remains the most common disposal measure in the country. There are about 250 operational open dump sites around the country, among which 25 are in the Western Province. Based on international experience, open dumping is not an appropriate and sustainable waste treatment practice, which could cause contamination of soil and groundwater, threatening human health directly and indirectly.

Based on government data, the whole country generates 6,000-7,000 tons of solid waste every day, and more than 50% is generated in the Western Province. Within the Western Province, around 60% of the solid wastes are generated by Colombo District (2000-2100 tpd1), followed by Gampaha District (900-1000 tpd), and Kalutara District (350-400 tpd). While the overall waste collection rates are low in Sri Lanka, waste collection efficiency in the Colombo Municipal Council (CMC) area is relatively high at approximately 75%. However, the collection rate in the Colombo and Gampaha Districts averages about 54%. Waste collection is door-to-door, curbside, and through few communal collection areas. The importance of waste segregation at source, waste reduction and composting is well recognized and practiced, and efforts to stop illegal dumping and waste separation at source have been made intermittently with mixed results. These efforts have been intensified recently, with the CMC not collecting unsegregated waste. A limited amount of sorting is done by the CMC to recover recyclable material for sale to waste traders. Collection is privatized in all but three of the 47 wards.

Since current disposal is mostly open dumping, sector costs relate mainly to collection and transportation activities. The sector is financed through a combination of general municipal revenue (property tax), waste fees levied on the construction sector, and a central transfer (for salaries). The general population (households) does not pay for waste services. The waste fee on businesses is not volumetric.

Responsibility for SWM is fractured. LGs under the purview of Provincial Councils, have the statutory responsibility for provision of municipal services, including solid waste management, within their jurisdictions, except for water supply and wastewater services2. Yet multiple authorities and agencies are involved in facilitation and implementation of SWM investments and services including, (i) the Waste Management Authority of the Western Provincial Council, develops high-level sectorial plans, operates some facilities, including a 500 tpd controlled dumpsite at Karadiyana in the Gampaha District, which levies a tipping fee; (ii) the Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation (SLLRDC) has established the Kerawalapitya Waste Park, and is developing a 500 tpd composting facility; (iii) the Ministry of Megapolis and Western Development (MOMPWD) has the mandate to implementation of large capital investments, including solid waste management; (iv) the Ministry, Ministry of Provincial Councils and Local Government (MPCLG) works with Provincial Councils to set policies, provide funds and support to improve SWM in the Provinces; and (v) the Central Environmental Agency (CEA) set up and operates the Dompe sanitary landfill.

1 tpd stands for tons per day. 2 The National Water Supply and Drainage Board (NWSDB) is responsible for water supply and wastewater services in urban centers nationwide.

There is a Regulatory Framework for Solid Waste Management. The SWM sector in the Western Province is governed by the National Environmental (Amendment) Act, No. 53 of 2000, the National Solid Waste Management Policy (2007). The Western Provincial Government has established the only Waste Management Authority (WMA) in the country. The legal framework for SWM in the Western Province Strategy (2020) embraces two key principles of 3R (reduce, reuse recycle), and ‘polluter pays’. The WMA has developed sectorial plans for SWM for LGs to follow. However, LGs are unable to comply due to the lack of long-term planning, weak management and finances. Plan implementation is coordinated by the MOMPWD, MPCLG, and the Central Environmental Agency. Even though the legal and strategic framework in place establishes the waste hierarchy and polluter pays principles, they are not followed. There is no household tariff or other incentives, e.g., regulations, fiscal or economic means, to minimize waste generation. There are no plans to introduce a waste tariff, and there is no integrated approach to solid waste management, which is exacerbated of the multiple agencies involved.

After the waste landslide occurred at the Meethotamulla dump site in Colombo on April 14, 2017, GoSL prioritized the waste agenda to find long-term sustainable solutions for waste disposal. The incident claimed the lives of 32 people, left 8 people missing, and destroyed 79 homes, affecting lives of 264 families. The Ministry of Megapolis and Western Development (MOMPWD) has been assigned to take responsibilities of the emergency response after the above-mentioned incident, including the safely closure of collapsed dump site, interim solution of the temporary waste diversion and disposal, and establishment of the integrated solid waste management system for Colombo and Gampaha Districts, from the collection at source to final deposal. The MPCLG has been assigned to establish the National Waste Management Authority, which will be responsible for the nationwide waste management going forward through MPCLG’s administrations to the provincial LGs.

Short-term Measures for Waste Disposal. After the collapse of the Colombo dumpsite, diversion of waste to other existing dumpsites was considered, but ruled out due to community resistance to accept waste from outside. Three short-term actions are planned to stop dumping waste in the sensitive wetlands in the shortest possible, to limit the environmental damage that is taking place. Faced with no choice, the MOMPWD allowed CMC to dump its non-biodegradable waste on the land adjacent to SLLRDC compost plant site as a temporary measure, and the divert biodegradable waste to the Kerawalapitiya Waste Park compost plant, as a temporary emergency measure, until permanent solutions are found, and to divert. GoSL recognizes the consequences of this decision, with regard to the environmental damage taking place to the sensitive wetlands, and has commenced several short-term and long-term actions to dispose solid wastes, which are (i) a controlled landfill, with a mobile leachate treatment plant, with adequate capacity for about two years, will be constructed at Kerawalapitiya Waste Park in approximately six months, and closed after the landfill and rail connectivity are ready; and (ii) GoSL will make best efforts to have the first cell of the sanitary landfill completed in about one year, and commence transport of waste by road to Aruwakkalu, until the transfer station and rail infrastructure (locomotives, wagons, and containers) is ready. For this temporary waste transport, a transfer station will be constructed at Kerawalapitiya Waste Park, and transportation will be done using transport contractors, if feasible.

1.2 Situations of Urgent Need of Assistance or Capacity Constraints

Collapse of the Meethotamulla Dumpsite. On April 14, 2017, a landslide of waste at the Meethotamulla dumpsite occurred, after several days of heavy rain, which led to its collapse onto the adjacent community. The collapse ultimately resulted in the death of over 30 people and directly affected 264 families. The incident generated much anger, public outcry, and revived debate over the practice of open dumping of waste, particularly in areas close to human settlements.

History and Current Status of Meethotamulla Dumpsite. The Meethotamulla dumpsite is located in the middle of a residential area of Colombo, in close proximity to houses and settlements. Since the mid-1990s and until April 2017, the Colombo Municipal Council (CMC) and one other Local Authority (LA) in the MCR had used the Meethotamulla dumpsite to dispose of approximately 750 tonnes of waste daily, with little environmental protection. The dumpsite is large, contains about 1.2 million cubic meters of dumped waste over 20 acres, without an underlying barrier, leachate capture, landfill gas extraction, cover and compaction. After more than two decades in operation, the dumpsite had far exceeded its capacity and the waste pile was dangerously high, at 43 meters with steep slopes. The dumpsite had many risks, including: stability, fire, biological and chemical contamination, and health and safety. The resulting contamination continues to affect nearby surface water bodies and the surrounding soil. Health and safety risks were associated with the presence of waste (gas, odors, etc.) as well as lack of safety equipment for informal waste pickers. Following the April 2017 slope failure, there was an immediate need to stabilize the Meethotamulla dumpsite to prevent additional waste landslides, which presented critical risks to the population living in the immediate proximity of the site. The GoSL requested the World Bank to provide emergency technical support with the stabilization and closure of the site, as well as with the overall management of the waste stream.

Emergency Diversion of Waste. Overnight, the LAs that used Meethotamulla as their primary solid waste disposal facility had no place to dispose their daily 750 tonnes of collected waste. The first alternative was to temporarily divert waste to other existing dumpsites sites while a permanent solution was identified and implemented. However, consultation with local communities resulted in strong citizen opposition, and residents living near the open dumpsites forcefully prevented the disposal of waste from CMC. As all other options were exhausted the GoSL decided to divert waste to the Karadiyana controlled dumpsite, the Dompe pilot sanitary landfill, and Kerawalapitiya Waste Park (KWP). The Dompe pilot sanitary landfill and Karadiyana dumpsite were able to take a small quantity of the waste. Hence, most of the waste was diverted to KWP located 15 km north of Colombo on 28 acres of land close to the Muthurajawela wetlands, and owned by the Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation (SLLRDC). A composting facility was set up at KWP to process the separated biodegradable waste and the residual waste is being disposed at the KWP and Dompe pilot sanitary landfill. Bank technical experts recommended, and GoSL agreed, the construction of a temporary engineered disposal cell at KWP, with leachate treatment, to mitigate potential environmental impacts at KWP on the sensitive wetlands. Residual waste accumulated in the Kerawalapitiya Interim landfill platform site will be transported via vehicle to be disposed at the Aruwakkalu Sanitary Landfill as soon as the first cell is completed. The transport will be conducted inline with the operational Environmental

The Meethotamulla emergency catalyzed a strong, multi-agency effort to improve solid waste management operations from generation to disposal. Insufficient waste disposal capacity at the only two available sites in the MCR prompted the GoSL to promote a reduction of the volume of waste to be disposed daily. A widespread campaign for waste segregation in MCR is being led by the national government in association with local authorities, focusing on messaging that improperly segregated waste would not be collected from residential or commercial premises.

Prevention of Further Disasters. The emergency waste management actions put in place by the GoSL following the Meethotamulla collapse could have unintended consequences if collection and disposal do not continue to be managed in a safe manner. Sri Lanka is particularly vulnerable to dengue epidemics every year during the wet season. The risk of a dengue outbreak, for instance, is likely to be exacerbated with interruption of waste collection, if waste is allowed to accumulate in neighborhoods or is illegally dumped without safety precautions. There is also a risk that some of the existing dumpsites around the region are increasingly used to illegally dispose of waste, increasing the risks of further human health exposure and environmental degradation.

Request for World Bank Technical Support. In April 2017, responding to an urgent GoSL request to address the immediate emergency (the failure of the dumpsite and the lack of an alternate environmentally adequate solid waste disposal facility), the Bank mobilized several technical and financial experts to assess the damage and propose remedial actions for the Meethotamulla dumpsite. Experts provided technical recommendations to address the following: (i) stabilization of the Meethotamulla dumpsite and prevention of further collapses; (ii) emergency waste diversion strategy; and (iii) potential alternatives for permanent disposal of solid waste in the MCR. While the Bank agreed with the GoSL on the urgent need to put in place an adequate waste disposal facility, it also stressed the need to address the sector challenges for long- term solutions, including legal, institutional, technical, financial, environmental, and behavioral aspects of citizens that will ensure an integrated and sustainable solution.

Rationale for World Bank Assistance. The collapse of the Meethotamulla dumpsite highlighted the need to take immediate action to safely manage waste, thereby preventing further environmental and human health disasters. The GoSL declared sustainable management of solid waste a top national priority including: (i) the stabilization and closure of existing dumpsites; (ii) the establishment of an adequate sanitary landfill for the MCR; and (iii) the establishment of a governance structure (including financial mechanisms) for the solid waste management sector. The GoSL requested assistance from the Bank to address this priority. Having been involved for years in local service provision in Sri Lanka , specifically in the solid waste management sector, and with deep knowledge of the challenges and opportunities, the World Bank is well positioned to support the GoSL during this emergency. Moreover, the Bank’s involvement at this stage, given the current strong GoSL support for an immediate solution for the sector, will be critical for the long-term development of an integrated solid waste management sector. With the World Bank’s support, it is likely that the sector challenges are approached in an integrated manner, and that the focus will be not only on short-term solutions to the most visible issues, but also on enhancing the governance of the sector to establishment of an effective and sustainable solid waste management system.

1.3 The project objective and description

1.3.1 The project development objective (PDO)

The Project Development Objective (PDO) is to address the solid waste emergency in the Metro Colombo Area, and to build capacity for an integrated solid waste management system in Sri Lanka.

1.3.2 Project Components

Component 1: Emergency Response

1.1 – Safe Closure of Meethotamulla Dumpsite. The objective of this subcomponent is to eliminate or reduce the remaining risks identified at the recently collapsed dumpsite. Remaining risks include (i) stability risk, (ii) risk of fire, (iii) risk of biological and chemical contamination from leachate, and (iv) other health and safety risks associated with the presence of waste (gas, odors, etc.). Risk elimination and reduction is achieved by applying international standards for landfill closure3, by placing a closure cap system on the compacted and regraded waste deposit. This approach, also called in-place reclamation, allows for vegetation growth and may support post-closure passive end-use activities such as parks or recreation area (further addressed by sub-component 2.2). Closure works consist of regrading and compacting 150,000 m3 of waste over a total of 1.1 million m3, to achieve the desired profile, and placing the final cover layer over

3 Roadmap for closing Waste Dumpsites -International Solid Waste Association - 2017 10

a surface of 16 acres. Provision for leachate and landfill gas management is also included. This activity does not involve any population resettlement.

1.2 Waste Diversion. This sub-component aims to develop emergency interim waste processing and disposal capacity at Kerawalapitiya Waste Park (KWP), until the new landfill is constructed at Aruwakkalu. The project will finance the construction of a two-year capacity landfill meeting minimum engineering standards, equating to a volume of nearly 700,000 m3 of mixed waste. Since the site is located in a sensitive environment (wetlands and potential visibility from main expressway), the total height of the waste deposit is limited to 10 meters above ground, over a surface of 15 acres. Design is based on the construction of a cell with a sheet pile curtain and a bentonite membrane at the base. The waste collected in this cell will be residual waste and will be environmentally closed on site as soon as the first landfill cell in Aruwakkalu has been completed.

Since the new facility is located in a wetlands area that is periodically inundated by seasonal rains, the need to prevent contamination was identified as a major concern. The project includes procurement of a Mobile Leachate Treatment Plant (MLTP), equipped with membrane filtration technology to treat leachate from the landfill, and from the composting plant. This state-of-the-art unit may be relocated to other sites including the new Aruwakkalu landfill or Kelaniya transfer station in the future.

This facility will also include with a composting platform for biodegradable waste, which is currently collected separately in CMC. The capacity of the plant will be 300 tpd of biodegradable waste and will consist of a 15-acre platform for aerobic windrow composting. The project will finance equipment required for operating the site, comprising one windrow turner, equipment and dump trucks.

1.3 Rehabilitation of Karadiyana controlled dumpsite The project includes support for rehabilitation and closure of the Karadiyana dumpsite. The project includes a technical and environmental evaluation, followed by a rehabilitation program definition and corresponding works. The program will primarily address immediate risks such as stability and surface water contamination by leachate. The project will finance the rehabilitation works and closure of the dumpsite.

1.4 Improvement of operations at Dompe landfill Waste diversion activities seek full mobilization of existing waste treatment capacity. In this perspective, the Dompe Landfill, a fully-fledged engineered facility commissioned in 2014 with financial assistance from the Korean International Development Agency (KOICA), will be equipped with a 40-ton landfill compactor. This equipment will improve compaction to increase capacity and effectively divert 50 tpd of mixed waste until the new landfill is commissioned. The project will finance the purchase of 40-ton landfill compactor, and other equipment necessary to improve operations.

1.5. Sanitary landfill at Aruwakkalu including two intermodal transfer stations This subcomponent intends to provide long term waste treatment solutions by supporting the construction of two intermodal transfer facilities in Kelaniya and Aruwakkalu, and a sanitary landfill. Both sites were earmarked for the construction of truck-to-train and train-to-truck transfer, with a 1,200 tpd capacity and 7,900 yearly operating hours. In Kelaniya, the loading facility is composed of several elements: (i) tipping floor and waste compressors, (ii) a platform for loading and unloading containers and (iii) dedicated railway spurs and, (iv) an administration building. The facility will operate according to the following functional sequence:

• Weighing of incoming waste collection vehicles; • Emptying of vehicles on tipping floor; • Compaction of waste into 20-foot container boxes by three compressors; 11

• Unload empty containers from railway carriages by two bridge cranes; • Load full container boxes onto railway carriages;

Dispatch train to Aruwakkalu. At Aruwakkalu, the transfer station will be located 1/2 mile from the new landfill. Design capacity is similar to Kelaniya and comprises the following elements (i) a platform for unloading full containers and loading empty ones, (ii) a washing bay and (iii) a dedicated railway spur and (iv) administration building. Site operation involves the following functional sequence: • Unload full containers from train to trailers; • Transport containers to landfill and empty container; • Wash empty containers at washing bay; • Reload empty clean containers on railway carriages; • Dispatch train to Kelaniya for next loop.

Advanced Landfilling: The sub-component will also support the construction of a waste disposal facility based on advanced landfilling techniques. The site is located 170 km North of Colombo city. The site is a reclaimed limestone quarry, serving the cement plant, both owned and operated by Siam City Cement Public Company Limited (INSEE). The design incorporates state-of-the-art detailing provisions for ground and surface water protection as well as proper coordination with mining activities. The landfill will be developed over a total footprint of 257,000 m2, of which 197,500 m2 will be used for waste storage. The total capacity is 4,700,000 m3, leading to a lifespan of 11 years. The project will finance the construction of the first cell to rapidly provide 2,700,000 m3 storage capacity over a total footprint of 185,000 m2. The corresponding lifespan is calculated to be approximately 6 years. The landfill will also be equipped with a leachate treatment plant of 200 m3 per day treatment capacity. Potential for future expansion of the landfill exists, as mining activities progress.

1.6. Railway rolling stock and waste haulage equipment for intermodal transfer of waste to Aruwakkalu Rolling stock for transport of waste is funded by the project and consists of diesel locomotives and 28# flat cars designed for intermodal applications. Each car can carry two 20-foot ISO containers corresponding to a 40 ton payload. Rolling stock will be entirely managed by Sri Lanka Railways (SLR) under a separate arrangement. A total of 120# 20-foot ISO containers will also be acquired as part of this sub-component. The containers will be designed and reinforced to prevent deformation and ensure durability in respect of the extremely demanding operating conditions. The maximum payload for each box is 20 tons.

1.7. Vehicles and haulage equipment to CMC to transport waste to Aruwakkalu until rail connectivity is operational Immediately after the commissioning of the first cell at Aruwakkalu landfill, mixed waste will no longer be treated at Kerawalapitiya Waste Park, and will be transferred to the new facility by road. Since railway transfer infrastructures will still be under construction, waste will be hauled in trucks. For this operation, a fleet of 40# hook lift trucks equipped with hook lift hoists, and 40 hook lift containers of 30 m3 capacity, will be purchased.

1.8. Construction Supervision Consultant A provision for works supervision costs is included. This consultant will be financed by the GoSL. The amount was estimated to be USD 4.0 million equivalent to 3% of the total value of works.

Component 2 – SWM Service and Operations Improvement

2.1 Waste collection, sorting, transport and processing for CMC

The project intends to bring collection rate from the current average of 60% in the project area, up to 78%. In the same perspective, composting and material recovery are respectively expected to go up from 20% to 40% and 3% to 7% of the waste collected, respectively. To attain these goals, collection equipment will be deployed within the project area, to progressively increase collection rate and collection efficiency. Support for separating, processing and recycling will be provided by constructing new small scale recovery facilities at the local level, along with machinery and equipment required for processing and transport of recyclables. Design of the new small scale facilities will be based on the existing sorting centers currently operating in CMC.

The project will finance procurement of vehicles and equipment CMC for collection, transportation, inspections, public awareness, comprising: household waste bins, 8 m3 and 12 m3 compactors; loaders, 10- wheel tipper trucks, 3.5 m3 tipper trucks, inspection vehicles, baling machines for waste sorting centers, equipment for public awareness campaigns.

2.2. Waste collection vehicles and processing facilities for nine SWM clusters in the Provinces, and Metro Colombo LAs. The project will support waste minimization, collection and processing in SWM clusters in the nine Provinces. Funds will be provided for the purchase of 100# tractor-trailers (with compartments), and buildings for nine compost plants to be set up in the SWM clusters, and 35# 5m3 collection vehicles for 5 Metro Colombo LAs (Kelaniya, Kolonnawa, Kaduwela, Wattala and Peliyagoda). The MPCLG has commenced procurement of the compost plant equipment under separate arrangements,

2.3. Bloemendhal dump site Closure including waste reduction. Bloemendhal dump site is no longer in operation, but was identified as presenting potential risks of slope stability, ground and surface water contamination, and atmospheric pollution. The situation is rendered more critical by the presence of a large number of illegal settlers in the immediate vicinity. The objective of the subcomponent is to: (i) eliminate or mitigate the risks associated with the site; and, (ii) develop a reclamation plan, in collaboration with UDA, optimizing the re-use of reclaimed areas through a mixed development. This activity could benefit from the proximity of the Harbour Rail Line, to remove and transport all or part of the waste to the new Aruwakkalu landfill. The Project will finance all activities necessary to complete the reclamation i.e. preliminary investigations, engineering design, social management and reclamation works. Other activities of site planning and development for commercial or industrial redevelopment will not be financed under this sub component The quantity of waste at Bloemendhal was calculated to be in excess of 700,000 m3 over a footprint of 13 acres.

2.4. Development of urban park on reclaimed land at Meethotamulla dumpsite. Following the closure of the Meethotamulla dumpsite, a surface area of 16 acres will be available for redevelopment as park and recreation area. This sub-component intends to further enhance the environmental and social performance of the reclamation works by ensuring a strong buy-in from all key stakeholders. The Project will finance rehabilitation works as well as a set of activities specifically designed to foster positive and appropriate engagement of stakeholders for the proposed redevelopment, as well as direct involvement of local communities and affected parties in site equipment and maintenance. More specifically, activities will seek to (i) map stakeholders, (ii) initiate discussion of proposals, (iii) implement proposals, (iv) define complementary activities such as training, equipment installation including minor works as well as site maintenance.

Component 3 – Solid Waste Management Institutional Development

3.1 Comprehensive review of SWM sector, consultations and consensus building for sector reform The component will finance the updating and strengthening the National Strategy for Solid Waste Management (NSSWM) which was drafted as part of the National ‘Pilisaru’ Solid Waste Management Project such as the GoSL’s Pilisaru Program. While most efforts have focused on the development medium 13

and small scale facilities at the local level, the proposed instruments would focus on: (i) improved diagnostics of SWM system nationwide; (ii) encourage regional integration of collection, transport, and disposal systems; (iii) institutional modernization through the transfer of service provision to professionalized operators via a series of stakeholders consultations; and (d) the promotion of waste minimization and value recovery activities.

3.2. Support to SWM Institutions. The current institutional framework is built on the principle of separate roles between the Central Government responsible for sector policy, regulation, and control through the Central Environmental Authority, and LAs are responsible for the provision of public services with the support of the National Solid Waste Management Support Center in the Ministry of Provincial Councils and Local Government. This component would finance the establishment of an overarching entity providing operational support in the objective of conducting necessary sectoral reforms for the implementation of the National strategy for Solid Waste Management and participate in the development of an inter-agency institutional structure for strategy, policy, planning and implementation of solid waste management, and environmental controls. Following the recommendations of the SWM sector Study (3.1 above), the subcomponent will finance: consultant services support for (i) realigning institutional responsibilities; developing sector specific standards, regulations and expertise; (ii) developing an information communications technology performance management system with reporting mechanism; (iii) the developing public education and enforcement programs, and (iv) building capacity of the newly formed national agency regarding, inter alia, sectoral reforms, advanced technologies, private sector involvement, sector financing and environmental monitoring.

3.3. Planning and Capacity Building in Local Authorities The purpose of this subcomponent is to provide Local Authorities with tools for planning and operationalizing the SWM strategies at the local and regional level. Activities focus on planning tools, and practical use of these tools in municipal settings. Capacity building will describe the most adapted SWM strategies, emphasizing the need for sustainable use of resources, seeking waste reduction, reuse and recycling opportunities both at every level, while securing adequate resources through the development of fiscal tools. Activities will seek participation of a wide range of stakeholders from municipal officials to individuals, and take the form of workshops, formal training as well as on-the-job training. A series of site visits will also be organized to provide concrete feed-back on similar activities.

3.4. Support to GoSL to engage private sector and job creation initiatives in SWM Private sector participation is one of the main areas that the Government wants to strengthen. This sub component will focus on identifying the critical factors for viable private sector and create enabling conditions for the development of private initiatives seeking to capture the economies of scale and improved efficiency associated with private operations and transfer the associated benefits to final users. Activities include: (i) specifying technical and commercial norms for the management of solid waste services through the use of specialized operators, modem management practices, and a full cost recovery tariff model; (ii) finalizing and implement a comprehensive tariff model for the waste sector, with the objective to ensure financial viability of the service leading to explicit incentives for waste reduction; (iii) facilitating pre- feasibility studies for incorporating the private sector specifically disaggregating and calculating costs for collection, transport and disposal functions in order to identify; (iv) encouraging the consolidation of service provision by coordinating with large cities and LAs to create larger scale business opportunities where probability of having both supply and demand relatively close will decrease transportation costs, and thus increase its viability.

3.5. Audit of existing dumpsites nationwide and development of guidelines This subcomponent intends to establish a national inventory of dumpsites in order to identify the risks associated with each site and further develop a national closure and reclamation strategy, targeting dumps the highest risk rating. Activities consist of collecting comprehensive baseline data for all identified 14

dumpsites involving (i) topographical survey, (ii) landfill gas emissions, (iii) groundwater levels (iv) water balance and, (v) slope stability. Information will be collated and made available to the public under the form of GIS based maps and databases. The second activity consists of developing a national strategy and guidelines for the management, closure and reclamation of dumpsites, including technical, environmental and social guidelines to support implementation.

Component 4 – Project Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation.

4.1. Public Awareness and Citizen Engagement Programs. This subcomponent will finance a well-planned and professionally implemented communication program aimed at ensuring that project opportunities are well understood by the various stakeholders and that there is enough support at all levels for the sectoral reforms to be smoothly carried through. The component will: (a) support the implementation of Citizen Engagement mechanisms, which will include the concept of co- responsibility among citizens, private operators, and government entities for solid waste service delivery to stakeholders. In particular, community-based monitoring tools (scorecards, web -based reporting mechanisms such as the use of text messaging and social media platforms) to ensure accountability by allowing the reflection of users’ different interests during project activities under preparation and implementation; (b) support communication programs to encourage waste minimization, source separation, and value recovery, built on the current source separation of biodegradable waste which showed notable traction across the country and in Colombo Metropolitan area;(c) provide incentives required to motivate social change based on a specific baseline with clear objectives, indicators, and target segmentation to understand the perceptions and predispositions of stakeholders groups, of factors affecting their behavior .

4.2. Consultant Support for Project Design, Implementation, and Capacity Building for PMU and PIAs. Consultant services support to: (i) the PMU for project implementation including: project management, financial management, design preparation and review, construction supervision, progress reporting, project monitoring and evaluation, technical and financial audit of PIA implementation and expenditures, and preparation of a management service contract(s) for Aruwakkalu Landfilll and waste transfer system; and (ii) PIAs for design, subcomponent implementation monitoring and reporting. Services would be provided by consulting firms and individuals.

4.3. Support for safeguards implementation an compliance monitoring, and incremental operating costs of the PMU and PIAs. This subcomponent will support for independent compliance monitoring of safeguards implementation, and incremental operation costs including day-to-day operating cost of the PMU and all PIAs for training of staff; office equipment; vehicle maintenance, seminars, travel, etc.

1.4 Objective of the Environmental Management Framework (EMF) and Action Plan

Projects and Programs financed with IDA resources need to comply with World Bank Operational Policies. Therefore, components and related activities eligible for funding under this project will be required to satisfy the World Bank’s safeguard policies, in addition to conformity with environmental legislation of the GoSL.

However, since details of sites and specific investments of the project are not available at this stage, site-specific Environmental and Social Assessments cannot be conducted. What is possible at this stage would be to carry out an identification of generic issues that are typically associated with activities that would potentially be funded by the project and apply the information to site specific environmental assessments, as and when the need arises.

Therefore, the purpose of this document is to outline a framework for environmental assessment and management, giving details of potential environmental issues and guidelines on what type of environmental assessment tools to be applied for various sub-project activities. This will serve as the basis in the preparation of, site-specific specific Environmental Assessments (EAs) and/or Environmental Management Plans (EMPs). As stated earlier, it is being submitted in lieu of a project environmental and social assessments and has formed the basis for appraising the environmental and social aspects of the project. It will be made available for public review and comment in appropriate locations in Sri Lanka and in IDA’s Public Information Center in accordance with World Bank’s policy of Access to Information.

It is expected that detailed environmental assessments for sites and/or for activities will be carried out (in accordance with this Framework) by the implementing agencies and will be reviewed and cleared by the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) where applicable, or any other agency, as applicable, under prevailing national environmental legislation in Sri Lanka.

In addition, for all physical activities, prior to the approval of disbursement of funds, IDA will also clear all safeguards documentation including site specific EAs and EMPs.

The objectives of this Environmental Management Framework and Action Plan are: a. To establish clear procedures and methodologies for environmental and social planning, review, approval and implementation of subprojects to be financed under the Project b. To carry out a preliminary assessment of environmental and social impacts from project investments and propose generic mitigation measures. c. To specify appropriate roles and responsibilities, and outline the necessary reporting procedures, for managing and monitoring environmental and social concerns related to subprojects d. To determine the training, capacity building and technical assistance needed to successfully implement the provisions of the EMF e. To provide practical resources for implementing the EMF f. To outline and sequence safeguard activities that will commence with project implementation

1.5 Due Diligence Principles

This EMF considers and incorporates principles of due diligence that will be applied during project preparation and implementation in managing potential environmental and social risks that may be encountered. The key due diligence principles are as follows:

Principle 1: Review and Categorization. All physical interventions will be subject to a social and environmental review and shall be categorized based on the magnitude of potential impacts and risks in accordance with environmental and social screening criteria.

Principle 2: Environmental Assessment. As per the GoSL regulatory requirements, where necessary Initial Environmental Evaluations (IEEs) or Environmental Impact Assessments (ESIAs) will be undertaken to address, as appropriate, the relevant social and environmental impacts and risks. The Assessment will also propose mitigation and management measures relevant and appropriate to the nature and scale of the proposed project as described earlier.

Principle 3: Applicable Environmental Standards. The EMF will refer to the applicable World Bank Operational Policies and Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines, as well as policies and standards of the GoSL. The Assessment will establish the project's overall compliance with, or justified deviation from, the respective World Bank Operational Policies, Performance Standards and EHS Guidelines where applicable. The Assessment will address compliance with relevant Maldivian laws, regulations and permits that pertain to social and environmental matters.

Principle 4: Environmental and Social Management System. For all physical activities, an Environmental Management Plans (EMPs) and monitoring indicators will be developed which addresses the relevant findings, and draws on the conclusions of the assessments. The EMPs will describe and prioritize the actions needed to implement mitigation measures, corrective actions and monitoring measures necessary to manage the impacts and risks identified in the assessments. These actions will be costed and reflected as part of the contractual documents of the civil works contracts.

Principle 5: Consultation and Disclosure. For all activities affected communities will be consulted within a structured and culturally appropriate manner. If principle project activities or subproject activities are assessed to have significant adverse impacts on affected communities, the process will ensure their free, prior and informed consultation as a means to establish whether those activities have adequately incorporated affected communities’ concerns. In order to accomplish this, this framework as well as all other safeguard instruments will be made available to the public by the borrower for a reasonable minimum period. The process will be documented and account will be taken of the results of the consultation, including any actions agreed resulting from the consultation. For projects with adverse social or environmental impacts, disclosure will occur early in the assessment process, and on an ongoing basis.

Principle 6: Grievance Redress Mechanism. To ensure that consultation, disclosure and community engagement continues throughout project implementation, a grievance redress mechanism will be established, scaled to the risks and adverse impacts of the project or subproject, as part of the management system. The grievance redress mechanism will allow for concerns and grievances about the project‘s social and environmental performance raised by individuals or groups from among project‐affected communities to be received and to facilitate resolution of those concerns and grievances.

Principle 7: Monitoring and Reporting. All EMPs will be monitored based on the monitoring schedule identified in the EMP by the relevant responsible party. The Environmental Specialist of the Project Management Unit (PMU) will be responsible to ensure the monitoring activities have taken place including his/her monitoring and consolidate monitoring report is prepared bi-annually.

Principle 8: Training. Training to ensure project staff, staff of civil contracts and other parties who would play a role in managing environmental and social impacts will be necessary to ensure successful implementation of this EMF. Necessary budget should be allocated to carry out the training plan.

2 Chapter 2: Introduction to Prevailing Environmental Conditions in Project Area

2.1 Brief Description of Salient Features of the Colombo Metropolitan Region

The Colombo Metropolitan Region (CMR) is located along the western coast of Sri Lanka and includes the Colombo District of the Western Province. It dominates the settlement system of Sri Lanka with the Capital city of Colombo and a network of sprawling urban and sub-urban areas proliferating around the center of Colombo. It includes the legislative capital, Sri Jayewardenepura Kotte and is the most densely populated area of the Island. It is also the foremost administrative, commercial, and industrial area and the hub of the transport network of Sri Lanka. Urban settlements outside this area are much smaller and less diversified in functions.

The present population, as per the census conducted in 2012, is about 2.5 million living in the Metro Colombo Area and its suburbs with a large population influx in to the city due to it being the main financial, education, administrative and entertainment center. While the Western Region only constitutes about 6% of the total land area in Sri Lanka, it accommodates the highest population, which is about 28% of total population of Sri Lanka. 2.1.1 Climate The entire western region, including the CMR belongs to the wet zone except for a small area, close to the Northern boundary (which is a part of the Intermediate Zone). The average annual air temperature ranges from 26.2-29.7 0C. The average annual minimum and maximum temperature varies from 22.2-26.7 0C and 29.9-32.7 0C, respectively. The period between November to January and April to June are considered as the coolest and hottest periods of the Region. Mean annual rainfall in the CMR ranges from 1,500 to over 4,500 mm.Over 70% of rainfall is received from the South-West Monsoon and Second Inter Monsoon. The Western Region is usually wet and humid, where the mean monthly day time and night time relative humidity of the Region ranges from 68-77% and 83-91%, respectively.

2.1.2 Topography and Geology The western region covers a flat area along the coastline, with areas of undulating terrain towards the eastern and southern part. Paddy fields, marsh land, coconut and rubber plantations dominate the landscape of the region. The city center of the CMR is heavily build up with many high-rise buildings with the area spreading out. The geology of the Region is dominated by Precambrian rocks of the South- Western group, consisting of Schists, Gneisses, well as Migmatite and Granitic Gneisses. Redyellow Podzolic soils are the main soil type in the Western Region, with sub-groups. Soil in the Colombo and Gampaha districts include the sub- group with soft or hard laterite rolling and undulating terrain. The ill-drained lands in the lower coastal plain of the Region include wetland areas, coastal peat bog and half-bog soils with flat terrain (i.e. in Muthurajawela and Attidiya marshes). The beach areas from Negombo to Mount Lavinia consist of a narrow stretch of Latesols and Regosols on Old Red and Yellow sands. Narrow strips of Alluvial Soils occur along the floodplains of Kelani River, Dandugam Oya and Kalu River.

2.1.3 Hydrology Out of the total extent of the Western Region, 91 km2 (2.5%) is occupied by inland water bodies. The Kelani river basin borders the CMR to the north with the rivers sea outlet located in Modara in the north of Colombo. The Ecological Features and Sensitive Habitats in Western Province Biogeography Sri Lanka is divided in to 15 bio-regions (MFE, 1999) based on climate, geo-physical conditions and the distribution patterns of fauna and flora. The inland area of the Western Province belongs mainly to the lowland wet zone bioregion (region 4 with an altitudinal variation of 0-1,000 m, annual rainfall of 2,500-5,000 mm,

tropical lowland wet evergreen forest and a high percentage of endemic species among both fauna and flora) while a small fraction in the Northern region falls within the intermediate zone (region 3). The coastal zone belongs to the Chilaw to Hikkaduwa bio-region (region 12 with coastal marshes, lagoons, estuaries, pockets of mangroves, rocky habitats, sandstone reefs and sandy beaches).

2.1.4 Forest Cover Out of all nine provinces of Sri Lanka, the Western Province has the lowest natural forest cover (7%). The total forest cover Colombo is 2085ha which includes natural forests, plantation forests and mangrove forests. These figure converts to 3.11% of forest cover in the Colombo District respectively.

2.1.5 Environmental Sensitive/Important Areas already under Legal protection Some of the areas in the CMR are legally protected under the Forest Ordinance, Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance and the National Environmental Act. There are 4 Sanctuaries located in the Colombo District, namely the Bellanvila Attidiya Sactuary, Muthurajawela Wetland Sancturay and the Sri Jayawardenapura Kotte Sanctuary which are declared under the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance and come under the jurisdiction of the Department of Wildlife Conservation under the Ministry of Sustainable Development and Wildlife. In addition to the above, several environmentally sensitive areas have been declared as Environmental Protection Areas under the National Environmental Act. These include the Muthurajawela Wetland Buffer Zone, Thalangama Tank, Walauwatta Wathurana Wetland, and Bolgoda North and South.

The project will be implemented predominantly within the Western Region of Sri Lanka though the precise locations where the various project activities will be carried out, is not known. Broadly, the dump-sites, transfer stations, and the waste diversion sites, will all be in the Western Province (mainly, Colombo and Gampaha districts), while the new sanitary landfill, and transfer station/unloading facility will be constructed in Arruwakalu which is located in Puttalam District (170 km north of Colombo). The Aruwakkalu site is a naturally recovering sparse and open shrub forest on an abandoned limestone quarry site, that has regenerated over a period of 2 decades since mining operations seized. The extent of the proposed Sanitary Landfill site is 47 hectares. The site is located within the area formally demarcated to Siam City Quarries, Pvt Ltd that operate limestone quarry on site. Kelaniya transfer station site is a partly degraded wetland/marshy ecosystem hydrologically connected to the Kelani river basin and is located in the Kelaniya Municipal Council Area in the Colombo District. The Kerawalapitiya interim landfill site was allocated to the Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation (SLLRDC), to establish a project titled “Waste Park” which will showcase environmentally friendly waste management activities. Kerawalapitiya is located North of Colombo, adjacent to the Colombo-Katunayake Expressway. It is located about 500m from the buffer zone of the Muthurajawala Wetland Complex, which is an Environmentally Protected Area as per the National Environmental Act and hydrologically connected to the respective sensitive ecosystem. The site has already been filled and prepared for development. The stabilization and closure work of the Meethotamulla dump site will be conducted within the existing footprint of the closed dump site, which is isolated from the surrounding area and on Urban Development Authority land.

2.2 Solid Waste Management in Colombo

Sri Lanka’s solid waste management challenge is linked to the rapid pace of urbanization, and waste generation is characterized by distinct geographic patterns, with higher volumes being generated in more prosperous urban areas and provinces. Thus far, Sri Lanka’s solid waste management has generally been poorly managed. There are about 250 operational open dumpsites across the country, among which 25 are in the Western Province. These open dumpsites are one of the major sources of soil and groundwater contamination thus directly and indirectly threatening human health. The country does not have any major 19

sanitary landfill sites except a small-scale one (90Mt/day) at Dompe, and the GoSL has identified a site at Kerawalapitiya to be constructed as a temporary engineered landfill, with an operating horizon of about 2 years.

Collection rates across the country are low though waste collection efficiency in the CMC area is relatively high at approximately 80 percent but drop rapidly in other parts of the Western Province. Following the Meethotamulla disaster, the importance of waste segregation at source, waste reduction and composting has been well-recognized and practiced, and efforts to stop illegal dumping and waste separation at source have been made intermittently with mixed results. Citizens have also been instructed to segregate their waste into compostable, recyclable, and mixed waste, the effects of which is yet to be determined. Currently, approximately half of the collected waste is organic, suggesting there is scope for reducing the pollution load of waste requiring ultimate disposal. There is also scope for employment generation through complementary composting activities. A limited amount of sorting is done by the CMC to recover recyclable material for sale to waste traders.

Waste collection in Sri Lanka is door-to-door, curbside, and through few communal collection areas. The general population (households) does not pay for waste services and the waste fee on businesses is not volumetric. Owing to the differing collection rates across the country, the practice of open dumping, often within or near populated neighborhoods, and the risk of further dump collapse is particularly high.

3 Chapter 3: Environmental and Social Legislation, Regulatory and Institutional Framework in Sri Lanka

2.1 Overview of Environmental Legislation Sri Lanka is one of the leading countries in the South Asian region in enacting environmental legislations. Its concern for environment dates back to over two and a half millennia. The constitution of the Democratic Socialist Republic of Sri Lanka under chapter VI Directive Principles of State policy and Fundamental duties in section 27-14 and in section 28-f proclaim “The state shall protect, preserve and improve the environment for the benefit of the community”, “The duty and obligation of every person in Sri Lanka to protect nature and conserve its riches” thus showing the commitment by the state and obligations of the citizens.

The overall environmental concerns are addressed by the National Environmental Act No. 47 of 1980 (and subsequent amendments by act no 56 of 1988 and act no 53 of 2000). It is the umbrella legislation for environmental protection in the country. In addition, several other sectoral legislative enactments are in place. The national organization that has the mandate to protect and take measures to safeguard the environment is the Central Environmental Authority. It currently operates in the entire country except in the North Western Provincial Council (NWPC), where the NWPC has enacted a separate statute under the 13th amendment to the Constitution of Sri Lanka and had created a separate provincial institute.

There are several other key national agencies with a mandate for environmental management and protection. The Forest Department, the Department of Wildlife Conservation, Department of Archeology, Department of Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management, Disaster Management Center and Geological Survey and Mines Bureau have their regional offices and staff to cater to and monitor the environmental safeguards as per the policies and regulations governing them. In addition there are several national agencies that are impacting on the environment and adopting environmental safeguards as well. They are the Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation, Urban Development Authority, Water Supply and Drainage Board, Water Resources Board and Irrigation Department.

The Local Authorities (LA) are also have provisions under their respective acts to safeguards and provide useful facility and maintain the same for the convenience of the public in their respective areas. The Municipal Council (MC) Act No. 19 of 1987 & Urban Council (UC) Act No. 18 of 1987 provide for the establishment of MCs and UCs with a view to provide greater opportunities for the people to participate effectively in the decision making process relating to administrative and development activities at a local level and it specify the powers, functions and duties of such LAs and provide for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. These acts contain sixteen and eight parts respectively, several schedules and 327 & 249 sections respectively. The MC act, spell out its status, powers & functions in Section IV, Section V and Section VI in sections 34 to 154 and covers public health, drainage, latrines, unhealthy buildings, conservancy & scavenging, nuisance etc. Further the respective local authorities have mandate regionally to implement the project activities and monitor the progress of compliance work.

2.2 Detail Review of Key Environmental and Solid Waste Management Related Legislation

T h e Constitution of Sri Lanka & the 13th Amendment The Constitution of Sri Lanka contains several provisions, relating to the environment 9 Article 27 (14) and article 28 (f). The 13th amendment to the constitution introduced a new level of institution for

environmental protection and management. Therefore, the provincial government also has legislative and executive power, the North Western Provincial Environmental Authority to control, prevent and monitor all environmental related activities.

Application to ESWMP: Overall responsibility of individuals and organizations to protect and conserve the natural environment. All project proponents/implementers and public are responsible.

The National Environmental Act. No. 47 of 1980 & its amendments The National Environmental Act (NEA) provides conservation and development guidelines for natural resources including water, soil, fisheries resources, forest, flora and fauna in Sri Lanka. It also paved the way for the creation of the Central Environmental Authority (CEA). Further it spells out the creation of an Environmental Council in collaboration with the respective line agencies to advise the CEA (Section7) and provide necessary guidelines to establish District Environmental Agency under the chairmanship of the District Secretary. The NEA is the basic national decree for environmental protection. The three main regulatory tools implemented under the NEA are Environmental Impact Assessment/Initial Environmental Examination, Environment Protection License (EPL) and Schedule Waste Management License supported by standards for discharge and waste disposal guidelines.

A comprehensive description of EIA/IEE process is given in the Annex 6. It is the key regulatory tool enabling any developer to implement the development activity in line with the NEA and thereby assuring the long term sustainability of the development undertaken while paying due respect to the environment.

The second regulatory tool under the provisions of the National Environmental Act is the Environmental Protection License (EPL). The EPL procedure has been introduced to prevent or minimize the release of discharges and emissions in to the environment from industrial activities in compliance with national discharge and emission standards, to provide guidance on pollution control for polluting processes and to encourage the use of pollution abatement technology such as cleaner production, waste minimization etc. Here the industries are classified into three lists named A, B and C. List A is comprised of 80 potentially high polluting industries, List B is comprised of 33 medium polluting industries and List C is comprised of low polluting industrial activities. The operational details are given in CEA website (www.cea.lk).

The third regulatory tool deals with the disposal of scheduled waste. The gazette notification No 1534/18 of 1stFebruary 2008 made by the Hon. Minister under section 23A and 23B of the National Environmental Act No. 47 of 1980 is referred to as the National Environmental (Protection & Quality) regulations No. 1 of 2008. It deals with waste from specific and non-specific sources. The notification has three parts and eight schedules. The Part I deals with the Issue of Environmental protection License for Emission of Disposal of waste. Part II deals on issue of license for the management of scheduled waste (Hazardous Waste) and Part III on General matters including definitions and the effectiveness and validity of the license issued under National Environment (Protection & Quality) regulation No 1 of 1990 published in extraordinary gazette No 595/16 of February 1990. The eight schedules include the tolerance limits, applications, formats for reporting, categorization of non-specific and specific waste etc.

The 1994 amendment delegated the authorization to the local authorities to issue EPL for low polluting industries. The CEA’s environmental management functions are holistic and they are very well set out in section IV of the act. Along with the EPL procedures several standards also have been gazette with regard to disposal of effluents to land and water bodies.

Annex 3 contains a detail description of the EIA/IEE procedure in Sri Lanka. For further information of prescribed projects please visit: www.cea.lk

Permission and License related to Environment The Environmental Protection License (EPL) is Sri Lanka’s major regulatory program for control of industrial pollution stipulated in the National Environmental Act No. 47 of 1980, which was amended by Acts No.56 of 1988 and No. 53 of 2000. Industries and activities that have to be issued EPLs are classified under three categories: Category A, B and C. If a proposed project falls under Category A, the project proponent requires an EPL from the CEA, while Category C projects require EPLs from the respective local authorities. Like Category A, Category B projects require EPLs from the CEA, but the EPLs can be processed though the regional office of the CEA.

In Sri Lanka, solid waste is categorized into three groups mainly according to the generation sites: Municipal solid waste, health-care waste and hazardous waste. In the actual disposal and treatment, healthcare waste is divided into either municipal solid waste (non-hazardous waste) or hazardous waste (NSWMSC and JICA 2008). Municipal solid waste is managed by Local Authorities (LAs). While the disposal and treatment of hazardous waste is the responsibility of the discharger, the CEA is responsible for the supervision of hazardous waste management. As for municipal solid waste (non-hazardous waste), the CEA asks LAs for site clearance of municipal solid waste facilities, including landfills. A facility that receives over 100 tons/day has to perform an EIA and receives approval while one that receives less than 100 tons/day needs only an environmental recommendation from the CEA. In addition to an EIA, a facility that receives over 10 tons/day has to obtain an EPL.

Application to ESWMP: As per the initial screening, majority of sites selected where solid waste management is undergoing are required to obtain an EPL from the CEA. However most open dumpsites that are to be closed will not hold a valid EPL due to the open dumping that has been continued on site, thus the closure activities will facilitate in ensuring the environmental impacts on site are mitigated thus the need for CEA clearance may not be requisite. However, all new composting sites, recycling facilities, transfer stations, sanitary landfill sites will require environmental clearance from the CEA as per the EPL requirement.

The North Western Provincial Environmental Statute No. 12 of 1990

Provincial Environmental Act (PEA) of 1991 implemented by the North Western Provincial Council applies for areas coming under the North Western Province. Environmental Assessments are required for prescribed projects that have been gazetted in Gazette Extraordinary 1020/21 of 27th March, 1998. It specifies two lists of project types (a) where EIA/IEE is mandatory and (b) where the EA can be requested if the PAA decides so. The process is similar to that of the NEA and will be headed by one of the two listed PAAs; (a) Provincial Environmental Authority or (b) Provincial Ministry of Fisheries and Aquaculture.

Application to ESWMP– Similar to IEE/EIA regulations applicable under the NEA. In areas of the North Western Province, this Act will supersede the NEA if it is not an area under the DWC or CCD.

State Land Ordinance Act No 13 of 1949 The State Lands Ordinance provides necessary guidelines to: • The protection of the source, course or bed of any public stream • The protection of springs, reservoirs, lakes ponds lagoons, creeks, canals, aqueducts etc. • The construction or protection of roads, paths, railways and other means of internal communication. • The prevention of the erosion of soil. • The preservation of water supplies.

In addition, section 75 of the State Land Ordinance highlights on riparian proprietors activities. The occupier of land or the bank of any public lake or public stream shall have the right to use the water in that lake or stream for domestic purpose and shall not be diverted through a channel, drain or pipe or by means of a pump or other mechanical contrivance but shall be removed in a bucket or other receptacle.

Application to ESWMP: While the provisions of this act will be applicable it is expected that none of the project investments are in violation of its provisions.

4. The Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Act No.49 of 2011 (Amendment) The Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Act (CCCRMA) makes provisions for the regulation and control of development activities within the coastal zone as well as formulates and executes schemes of work for coast conservation. Under the section 6 of the act, there is provision to appoint a Coast Conservation Advisory Council (CCAC) which would advise the Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Department (CCCRMD) on all development activities proposed to be implemented in the coastal zone and review its coastal zone management plans. The law specifies that projects located wholly or partly within the coastal zone (the area lying within a limit of three hundred meters landwards of the Mean High Water line and a limit of two kilometers seawards of the Mean Low Water line and in the case of rivers, streams, lagoons, or any other body of water connected to these either permanently or periodically, the landward boundary shall extend to a limit of two kilometers measured perpendicular to the straight base line drawn between the natural entrance point thereof and shall include waters of such rivers, stream and lagoons or any other body of water so connected to the sea) must undergo the approval process that is laid down in the Coast Conservation and Coastal Resources Management Act irrespective of its size.

Only those projects located totally outside the Coastal Zone will be subject to the approval process laid down in the National Environmental Act. Therefore, any development work taking place within this zone falls under the jurisdiction of CCCRMD. According to the CCA, Director of the CCCRMD has the discretion to request for an EIA/IEE from the project proponent if the initial screening reveals significant impacts in the coastal areas by the project. The process is very much similar to the NEA excepting that the Director of the CCCRMD reserves the right to request for an EIA/IEE depending on the nature and scale of anticipated impacts of the proposed investments rather than on pre-determined prescribed limits as in the NEA and also to make a final decision. The Director is advised by the CCAC on the findings of EIA/ IEEs.

Application to ESWMP: Since most sub-project activities are likely to take place within terrestrial landscapes and existing solid waste management areas, application of CCARMA is unlikely. However, any activity with potential to cause negative impacts on the coastal zone need to comply with the EIA/IEE regulations of the CCARMA in addition to NEA.

5. The Flood Protection Ordinance Act No.22 of 1955 This act provides room for the Minister to declare any area in the country as flood area. It has provisions to prepare scheme for protection of flood area, creation of flood authority, regulations for management of flood area and acquisition of land for the purpose of the ordinance. The flood authority is usually the District Secretary of the affected area. In case of a large area of a Municipality is coming under flood the Minister may substitute the District Secretary by appointing the Mayor of the Municipality.

Application to ESWMP: Overall, knowing the experiences in the past, this need to be considered. The city of Colombo has experienced high intensity rains and subsequent floods. Flood mitigation measures are to be built in to the essential design of subprojects as well as storm water management interventions and

improve drainage which need to be built in to the sub-project designs to ensure potential impacts are mitigated. Site selection procedures will ensure that sub-projects are located well away from flood plains and areas known as high risk inundation areas.

6. The Fauna & Flora Protection Ordinance Act No. 49 of 1993 & its amendments This act provides the protection, conservation and preservation of the fauna and flora of Sri Lanka. Under the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance (FFPO), five categories of protected areas are established viz. Strict Nature Reserves, National Parks, Nature Reserves, Jungle Corridors and Intermediate Zones including sanctuaries. According to this Act, any development activity of any description what so ever proposed to be established within a national reserve or within one mile from the boundary of any national reserve, is required to be subjected to EIA/IEE, and written approval should be obtained from the Director General, Department of Wildlife Conservation prior to implementation of such projects. The FFPO follows a similar process as the NEA in conducting scoping, setting the TOR, preparation of EA, review of EA and public consultation and disclosure. The decision of project approval or disapproval is finally granted by the Director General of the Department of Wildlife Conservation.

Application to ESWMP: Any activity which will be implemented in close proximity of protected areas/ wildlife reserves will require clearance from the relevant authorities, no Solid Waste Management activities may be conducted in buffer zones of protected areas designated under the FFPO. No resources can be extracted, for project purposes, from within or adjacent to designated areas under the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance and declared Forest Reserves/Sanctuaries under the Forest Ordinance.

7. The Sri Lanka Land Reclamation & Development Corporation Act No. 15 of 1968 The Act provides the formation of the Sri Lanka Land Reclamation & Development Corporation (SLLRDC). The latest amendment to this act is the No 35 of 2006 which incorporated section 2A- Prohibiting filling or developing and reclaiming land, section 2B-Declaring areas as low lying marshy or swampy and section 20 C- stipulating that pollution of canal as an offence. In addition Section 28 of the principal enactment has added new definition– retention areas. The gazette regulations under this act also had declared several areas as wetland.

Application to ESWMP: The SLLRDC, who implements this act, will be involved as a designer in the project the Kerawalapitiya site and Kelaniya transfer station are SLLRDC acquired areas.

8. The Urban Development Authority Act No. 41 of 1978 This act has provided provisions to establish the Urban Development Authority (UDA), declaration of areas as urban development area. Its Part II outlines 22 point powers and functions of the UDA. Under Part IV it has power to acquire immovable property and sale of land belonging to the authority. The act provides room to make regulations for the purpose of carrying out or giving effect to the principles and provisions of this law. The amendment brought in Act no 2 of 1980 under special provisions provided room to declare lands urgently require for urban development projects and remedies to affected parties and the uphold the power of Supreme court. The amendment brought under Act No 4 of 1982 in its Part II A describes the planning procedure, appointment of planning committees, preparation of draft development plans, approval of the same also provide room for subsequent amendment. It also provides room to issue permits for development work, and delegation of the powers of the authority and procedures to be followed if activity takes place in contrary to the permit issued. Further the principle enactment amended by the addition of section 29 by adding a schedule, indicating the matters for which provisions may be made in the development plan. The subsequent amendments deal with levies, joint venture development projects etc.

Application to ESWMP: Many areas to be covered under the project fall under the UDA jurisdiction including the Colombo Metropolitan Region. Project activities need to maintain consistency with the UDA regulations. The UDA is an IA within the project.

9. The Mines and Mineral Act No.33 of 1992 The Geological Survey and Mines Bureau established under the Mines and Minerals Act No. 33 of 1992. Under this act, mining falls within the purview of the Geological Survey and Mines Bureau (GSMB). Mining and exploitation for minerals, including sand, must be licensed under the act by the GSMB. Mining licenses are issued only to a qualified individuals and companies registered to do business in Sri Lanka. Mining is not permitted within Archaeological Reserves and within specified distance of monuments. New mining licenses are subject to the EIA process, if the type and extent of mining is listed under the EIA regulations. Additionally, the GSMB has power to stipulate conditions including the taking of deposits and insurance for the protection of environment. Regulations made by the GSMB under the act cover a variety of environmental stipulations, criteria and conditions for licensing and operating mines.

This also covers the disposal of mine wastes. The act also deals with the health, safety and welfare of miners. Reclamation of mines is a major problem in Sri Lanka and due to current practice requires the mining enterprise to make a deposit to cover costs of recovery. The deposit however is inadequate for the purpose. Large extents of mined areas, particularly areas mined for clay and sand remain open. Mining rights on public and private land are subject to licensing by the GSMB and all minerals wherever situated belonging to the state. The right to mine particular parcels of public lands may be subject to EIA procedures as well as to lease for permit conditions.

Application to ESWMP: Earth and quarry material will be needed for the development work undertaken by the respective implementing agencies through contractors. In such cases quantities specified need to be extracted and permission from the GSMB is required. Alternatively, the project contractors can procure them from the open market but they will have to make sure that such sources/traders are operating with valid licenses.

10. Local Authorities Acts The Municipal Council (MC) Act No. 19 of 1987 & Urban Council (UC) Act No. 18 of 1987 provide provisions for the establishment of MCs and UCs with a view to provide greater opportunities for the people to participate effectively in decision making process relating to administrative and development activities at a local level and it specify the powers, functions and duties of such Las and provide for matters connected there with or incidental there to. These acts contain sixteen & eight parts respectively, several schedules and 327 & 249 sections respectively. The MC act, spell out its status, powers & functions in Section IV, Section V and Section VI in sections 34 to 154 and covers public health, drainage, latrines, unhealthy buildings, conservancy & scavenging, nuisance etc. Further the respective local authorities have mandate regionally to implement the project activities and monitor the progress of compliance work.

Application to ESWMP: Since local authorities are involved the collection and management of solid waste and will be involved in project implementation in the long run, these acts are relevant.

11. Water Resources Board Act No. 29 of 1964 Main responsibility under this act highlighted are control, regulation and development including the conservation and utilization of the water resources of the country. In addition, the promotion of afforestration, control of soil erosion, prevention of the pollution of rivers, streams and other water sources are also required to be considered. Mainly, the Water Resources Board is the key player of the formulation

of national policies relating to the control and use of water resources of the country, as well as coordination of projects undertaken by government departments, local authorities and public corporations relating to the conservation, utilization development of the subterranean water resources of the country and the assessment of the possibilities, benefits and economic feasibilities of such projects.

Application to ESWMP: This act will not be applicable under the current framework of planned project interventions, however if water .

12. Forest Ordinance including Amendments The Forest Ordinance is one of the oldest ordinances in the country, first enacted in 1887 under which the Forest Department was established in 1887. This act has been amended several times in the past. The Forest Reserves gazetted under the provisions of the ordinance and all proposed reserves that are not gazetted under these provisions but selected for conservation based on biological and hydrological importance should be taken into account in implementation of this project.

Application to ESWMP: project interventions are not expected to be carried out in areas under the jurisdiction of the Forest Department, any interventions conducted in proximity to buffer areas of Protected areas should be obtained guidance from Forest Department prior to implement of the activities.

13. National Wetland Policy The National Policy & strategies on Wetlands (2005) seeks to give effect to National Environment Policy and other relevant national policies, while respecting national commitments towards relevant international conventions, protocols, treaties and agreements on wetland protection to which Sri Lanka is a party. Among the International Conventions, Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance (1971), the Convention on Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (1979) and the Convention on Biological Diversity (1992) are significant.

The definition given for Wetlands in the policy is “Areas of marsh, fen, peat and or water, where natural or artificial, permanent or temporary with water that is static or flowing, fresh, brackish or salt, including areas of marine water the depth of which at low tide does not exceed six meters and may incorporate riparian and coastal zones adjacent to the wetlands and islands or bodies of marine water deeper than six meters at low tide within the wetlands”.

The policy has six sections, Introduction, need for a national policy on wetlands, principles, objectives, policy directions and explanation of key concepts. The policy directions address wetland management, institutional arrangement, inter-sectoral linkages, research, development and education. The local level and national level institutions are proposed to be established. All sectoral development plans should be based on principles of wetland ecosystem management.

Institutional Arrangement to manage wetlands is well established at present. A multi- stakeholder National Wetland Steering Committee has been established in the Ministry of Environment to advise on wetland issues in the country and wetland management unit has been set up at the Central Environmental Authority to oversee and facilitate policy implementation.

Application to ESWMP: Project investments identified so far have the potential to cause impacts to wetlands unless properly mitigated, these include the Kerawalapitiya Interim Landfill site and Kelaniya transfer station site. Specific mitigation measures as per the regulations are embedded in to the project

designed and environmental management aspects to ensure that they are managed within the purview of these regulations.

14. Mahaweli Authority of Sri Lanka Act (Act No.23 of 1979) This act established the Mahaweli Authority of Sri Lanka, which is the authority responsible for the implementation of the Mahaweli Ganga Development Schemes including the construction and operation of reservoirs, irrigation distribution systems and installations for the generation and supply of electrical energy.

Further, the functions of the authority include fostering and securing the full and integrated development of any special area, conservation and maintenance of the physical environment within any special area, optimizing agricultural productivity, employment potential and generation and securing economic and agricultural development within any special area, promotion and securing the co-operation of Government Departments, State Institutions, Local Authorities, public cooperation and other persons, whether private or public, in the planning and implementation of the Mahaweli Ganga Development Schemes and in the development of any special area etc.

Application to ESWMP: Development interventions proposed to be carried out in and around Mahaweli Development area should obtain consents from Mahaweli Authority of Sri Lanka as per the Act. As of now there are no sub-projects identified that fall within this area.

17. The Antiquities Ordinance The Antiquities Ordinance (Revised in 1956 & 1998) is the main legislation dealing with Cultural Assets Preservation in Sri Lanka. Section 16 covers Ancient Monuments and their declaration as well as the declaration of specified trees as ancient monuments. According to Section 21, the restoration, repair, alteration or addition in connection with any protected monuments has to be conducted in accordance with the conditions of a permit issued by the Director General of Archaeology, or in accordance with an agreement entered in to under Section 20. Section 24 prohibits or restricts subjects to certain prescribed conditions, the erection of buildings or carrying out mining, quarrying, or blasting operations on any land within the prescribed distance of any ancient monument situated on Crown land or any protected monument. As per the ordinance the Director General of Archaeology “shall cause an impact assessment survey to be undertaken at the expense of the sponsors of such project or scheme to assess the consequences thereof upon the antiquarian, historical or archaeological aspects or value of the land in question or on any antiquities upon it and shall, within such period of time as may be agreed on.

Application to ESWMP: Project interventions are located well away from known and demarcated sites of archeological and cultural significant. Specific measures to ensure chance find physical cultural resources are managed accordingly as per this ordinance, are embedded in to project environmental due diligence procedures.

18. Disaster Management Act No. 13 of 2005 Under the Disaster Management Act No.13 of 2005, there is a provision to establish a National Council for Disaster Management (NCDM). The Act defines “disaster” as an actual or imminent occurrence of a natural or man-made event, which endangers or threatens to endanger the safety or health of any person or group of persons in Sri Lanka, or which destroys or damages or threatens to destroy or damage any property, and inter alia includes:

• An industrial hazard • A fire

• An explosion • A chemical accident • Oils spills including inland oil spills • Cyclones • Tsunamis

Disasters may happen as the result of a malfunction of the normal operating procedures or precipitated by the intervention of an outside force such as a cyclone, flood or deliberate acts of arson or sabotage.

The major objective of this act is to protect human life, property and the environment of Sri Lanka from any event defined as a disaster. Therefore this act plays key role to protect the environment and provides necessary guidelines for the protection of human life, property and the environment of the country.

Major functions of the NCDM include, to formulate a National Policy and Program on the management of disasters which shall provide for the protection of life of the community and environment and the maintenance and development of disaster affected areas; the effective use of resources for preparedness prevention, response, relief, reconstruction and rehabilitation; and the enhancement of public awareness and training to help people to protect themselves from disasters.

Section 10 of the Sri Lanka Disaster Management Act stipulates that “It shall be the duty of every ministry, Government Department and public corporation to prepare a Disaster Management Plan with respect to such ministry, Government Department or public corporation to counter any disaster or impending disaster based on the National Disaster Management Plan and in accordance with such guidelines as may be specified by the National Council for Disaster Management. As per the definition of public corporation provided under Section 25 of the said act, a Disaster Management Plan is compulsory for coal-based thermal power plant operations.

Application to ESWMP: The project itself is a response to an associated manmade disaster, which was the failure of the objectives is ensuring manmade disasters in line with improper management of solid waste are managed in the selected cities.

19. Prevention of Mosquito Breeding Act No. 11 of 2007 This act has been passed for the purpose of ensuring the prevention and eradication of all mosquito-borne diseases. Under this act, it shall be the duty of every owner or occupier of any premises to cause, (a) open tins, bottles, boxes, coconut shells, split, coconuts, tyres or any other article or receptacle found in or within such premises, capable of holding water, to be removed, destroyed or otherwise effectively disposed; (b) any well found in the premises and its surroundings to be maintained and kept in good repair so as to make it mosquito-proof and thereby prevent the breeding of mosquitoes; (c) any artificial pond or pool found in such premises to be emptied at least once every week; (d) any casual collection of water within the premises which is conducive to mosquito breeding, to be regularly drained; (e) shrubs, undergrowth and all other types of vegetation, other than those grown for the purpose of food or those which are ornamental, found within or outside any building or structure within the premises used as a dwelling place which has become a breeding place for mosquitoes, to be removed; (f) the removal and destruction of water plants having the botanical name pistiastratiotes and commonly known as “diyaparandal”, “kondepasei”, “telpassy”, “barawa-pasi”, “nanayaviraddi” and of any other water plant, or plants, found within the premises, which may facilitate the breeding of mosquitoes. Hence, this act placed to eradicate or prevent mosquito borne diseases and is mainly targeted at water sources.

Application to ESWMP: All project interventions during the construction and operational stages should be comply with Prevention of Mosquito Breeding Act requirements to control or mitigate or avoid generation breeding sites.

20. Coconut Development Act 46 of 1971 amended by Coconut Development Law, No 24 of 1975 – Section 63 Regulations stipulated in the Gazette Notification No 331 of August 18, 1978 of Palmyra Development Board Ministry of Plantation constituted by the Gazette Notification 331 of August 18, 1978 published in terms of introduction of amendments of 74 of 1975 to the Sri Lanka Coconut Development Act of 46 of 1921 to carry out all forms of cultivation and development in relation to Palmyra Plantation. Under this gazette notification, Palmyra Development Board established and its main office located in Jaffna district. According to this gazette notification, engaging in the regulation, control, supervision, direction, management and inspection of the cultivation and utilization of land in Palmira plantation and the cultivation of land with Palmyra palms.

Application to ESWMP: Any of interventions requiring use of Coconut and Palmyra cultivated lands, prior approval from the Palmyra Development Board must be obtained.

21. Occupational Health and Safety Project interventions involve multifarious activities during construction and operation and maintenance phases. These activities are also associated with problems of occupational health and safety. The problems envisaged during construction and erection stages can mainly be due to exposure to dust, accidents and noise. The problems envisaged during the operation and maintenance phase are accidents, exposure to heat, noise, arc lights, chemicals etc.

The National Policy on Occupational Safety and Health in Sri Lanka is in the drafting stage. The Labour and Labour Relations Ministry in collaboration with 25 ministries, trade unions, employers and other authorities are involved in the drafting with the intention of reducing work place related injuries and other mishaps (Ceylon Daily News; 14th November 2014).

Application to ESWMP: All project activities, during construction should comply with Factory Ordinance requirements related to occupational, health and safety and International Labour Organization (ILO) guidelines on the same.

3.1 Specific Laws and Regulations with Regard to SWM

In Sri Lanka, LAs are responsible for collection and disposal of waste generated by residents who live in the region under their mandate, which is stipulated in the Municipal Councils Ordinances No.16, Urban Council Ordinance No.61, and Pradeshiya Sabha Act No. 15. Each LA has been given the authority to define the implementation rules necessary for the waste management and regulation and to impose penalties. At the provincial level, as supervision right over LAs was handed over from the central government to the PCs through the 13th Amendment of the 1987 constitution, its rights relating to waste management were accordingly handed over to the PC in the Provincial Council Act No. 42. In 1980, the MoMDE formulated the National Environmental Act (NEA) No.47 aiming to preserve the environment, to maintain environmental quality and to prevent pollution.

Consequently, the CEA has been established and their jurisdictions, functions, and responsibilities are defined in the NEA (See above). Furthermore, the Amendment to the NEA in 1993 requires an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) for the establishment of such facilities as intermediate treatment

and final disposal site(s) with a capacity exceeding 100 ton/day. The legal frameworks related to SWM are summarized in the following table.

3.2 Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for the SWM Sector in Sri Lanka

Guidelines related to SWM have been developed by several relevant ministries. Among them, the guidelines developed by the CEA are to provide guidelines on the basic waste treatment technology at the national level. But the CEA hopes that the local governments will be able to review them and develop more stringent guidelines by themselves in the future. The guidelines related to SWM in Sri Lanka are summarized in the following table

While there are a number of guidelines that have been amended and updated time to time, application and adherence to these guidelines have been poor.

3.3 Environmental Standards Associated to SWM The wastewater discharge standards are stipulated under the NEA according to the type of industries and discharge methods. According to the list of “The prescribed activities for which a license is required” (NEA No. 47, 1980 Section 23A amended by Act No. 1533/16 2008, CEA), Waste Water Treatment Plants (WWTPs) as well as hospitals and factories using hazardous substances are required to register on an annual basis. Amendments are also being proposed to the NEA to overcome delays in enforcement actions. No amendment components address “wastewater” of any kind at present. National Environmental (protection and quality) Regulation (EPL) -1990. Gazette Notification Number 595/16 in 1990 and its amendment of Gazette Notification Number 1534/18 in 2008 provide the “General Standards for discharge effluents into inland surface waters”. The EPL is applied for the following projects related to SWM; • Common wastewater (industrial or sewage) treatment plants • Incinerators with a feeding capacity of five or more metric tons per day. • Water treatment plants with a treatment capacity of 10,000 or more cubic meters per day. • Municipal solid waste and other solid waste composting plants with a capacity of 10 or more metric tons per day. • Solid waste recovery/recycling or processing plants with a capacity of 10 or more metric tons per day. • Solid waste disposal facility with a disposal capacity of 10 or more metric tons per day. • All toxic and hazardous waste treatment facilities or disposal facilities or recycling/recovering or storage facilities. • The defined project for the SWML is Industries /facilities that generate scheduled waste.

The Scheduled Waste Management License (SWML) is stipulated in the in the Gazette Extra Ordinary No. 924/13 of 1996, No. 1159/22 of 2000, and No. 1533/16 of 2008. There is no penal clause for non- compliance although legal action is always necessary against the violation of the regulations.

The standards concerning water reuse are published by the Sri Lanka Standards Institute but currently there are no governmental requirements for the usage of sludge. The Sri Lanka Standard for Compost from Municipal Solid Waste and Agricultural Waste - SLSI 1246 was published in 2003. However, the “Sri Lanka Standard Specification for Organic Fertilizers” is still in the draft format. Moreover, the code of practice for design and construction of Bio Gas System for domestic (household) use was published as SLS 1292 – Part 1 in 2006. The publication of Part 2 covering the farm scale system with capacity ranging from 10-100m3 is still in progress12. The environmental standards related to SWM in Sri Lanka are summarized in the following table.

3.4 Assessment of Roles of Key Institutions Within the Solid Waste Management Sector

Related Agencies Role and Jurisdiction Central Government Ministries Ministry of Local The MoLGPC is responsible for the implementation of policies and plans for Government and Local Authorities (LA) through the nine Provincial Councils (PC). Provincial Councils They are mainly responsible for the coordination between the central (MoLGPC) government and PCs, supporting the formulation and implementation of national policy related to PCs and LAs, financial and technical assistance, and assistance for human resources development and research for good governance, including service delivery which includes MSWM

At the local level, as supervision rights over LAs was handed over from central government to the PCs through the 13th Amendment of the 1987 constitution, the rights relating to waste management were accordingly handed over to the PC.

LAs are responsible for collection and disposal of waste generated by residents who live in the region. Only in the Western Province, the Waste Management Authority (WMA), founded under the Western Provincial Council, is in charge of the cluster waste management system. 33

Related Agencies Role and Jurisdiction Ministry of They formulate a national policy in relation to waste management. In 1998, they have Mahaweli prepared a municipal waste database in Sri Lanka and made a revision in 2005. While Development and preparing the database, they make use of LAs in waste generation amount surveys and Environment waste composition surveys so that the LAs can understand the importance of recycling, (MoMDE) proper waste collection, intermediate treatment, and final disposal. In addition, with assistance from UNHABITAT a Comprehensive Integrated Solid Waste Management Plan for Target Provinces in Sri Lanka was also drafter in 2016.

Ministry of The ministry oversees discovering solutions to resolve the garbage issue in the CMR. Megapolis and Regarding SWM, since each LA is responsible for managing the regional activities by Western legislations, the ministry is not directly involved but responsible for assisting LAs with Development improvement of SWM. On the other hand, since there are a lot of projects related to (MoMWD) SWM being carried out by individual ministries and organizations, there was a need for a mechanism for overall management of these activities.

The ministry as a decision-making organization in accordance with SWM therefore established the Committee of Secretaries, which consists of the top of the following secretaries; MoMWD, MoLGPC, Ministry of Water Supply and City Planning, SLLRDC and the Provincial Council of Western Province (Chief Secretary of the province and MoMDE They shall collectively manage the activities of the individual institutions that are working individually and all of the SWM projects must be approved by them. Ministry of Health, They have jurisdiction over the policy-making, monitoring and management of Nutrition and medical waste and they prepared the Healthcare Waste Management National Policy Indigenous Medicine to encourage proper disposal of medical waste. (MoH) They dispatch the Public Health Inspector (PHI) to all the cities and townsand some of the villages and allocate a post called Chief PHI (CPHI) to senior PHI who is in charge of supervision and management of PHIs.

The Divisional Secretary's Division has jurisdiction over the MedicalOfficer of Health (MOH), and they are working together with the PHI to improve and preserve the health and hygiene of the region.

Regulatory Agencies Central The CEA is one of the main implementing arms of the National Environmental Act Environmental (NEA) under the MoMDE and is responsible for the supervision and management of Authority (CEA) solid waste. They consist of six major divisions such as the Human Resource Development, the Administration & Finance Division, the Environmental Pollution Control (EPC) Division, the Environmental Management and Assessment (EM&A) Division, the Environmental Education and Awareness (EE&A) Division, the Project Division and the Provincial Networking Division. The Environmental Assessment Unit under the Environmental Management and Assessment Division is responsible for implementing the Environmental Impact Assessment process according to the NEA. The Environmental Pollution Control Division is engaged in regulatory activities associated with the contamination of air, water, soil and industrial pollutions. These functions are performed by the following four units: Pollution Control Unit, Waste Management Unit, Laboratory Services Unit and Monitoring Unit.

The Waste Management Unit is in charge of the Scheduled Waste Management. The Project Division consists of the following four units: the Pilisaru Waste Management 34

Related Agencies Role and Jurisdiction Project Unit, the Waste Disposal Facility Construction Unit, the National Post Consumer Plastic Waste Management Project (NPCPWMP) Unit and the Sanitary Landfill Site Unit.

National Solid The NSWMSC was established by the MoLGPC in 2007, was recommended by “the Waste JICA Study on Improvement of Solid Waste Management in Secondary Cities (2002- Management 2003)” to assist LAs to improve the solid waste management problem. Support Center Their main duties are as follows: (NSWMSC)- Non Regulatory • To provide a variety of manuals and guidelines to facilitate LAs to implement proper SWM. • To provide a variety of technical assistance on solid waste management to LAs. • To collect and study information on the current SWM practices and the practices in LAs, as well as those in foreign countries. The NSWMSC then provides this useful information to LAs. • To facilitate LAs to get technical and financial assistance from NGOs and donors • To promote, evaluate, and make recommendations to the National Strategy for Solid Waste Management. • To collect and analyze the waste management data of LAs.

Local Authorities Provincial Councils There are nine PCs across the country. They provide substantial administrative guidance to the District and LAs of the region. Their duty is to provide administrative services for the basic daily life of citizens and community such as waste management.

Local Authority LAs, under the supervision of the PCs, are responsible for providing administrative (LA) services in accordance with the regional environment such as health and hygiene, waste disposal, regional environmental protection, and park management. Although they are able to formulate the laws through parliament and to give instructions to the regional police, it is said that the legislative system of local government is not fully functional.

The CPHI (Chief PHI) or the Public Health Department in LAs that is directed by the PHl conduct actual operations and management of municipal waste. The(C) PHl conducts not only collection, transportation, and disposal of waste but also supervises the health management of waste collection workers and gives guidance and training on waste collection (e.g. health management guidance such as wearing gloves). In addition, they are in charge of recording the attendance of waste collection workers and their allocation for collection area(s), and grievance redressal from residents.

Jurisdiction and Role of Related Institutions in Western Province

Related Agencies Role and Jurisdiction Western Provincial The Western Province consists of three districts; Gampaha, Colombo, and Council (WPC) Kalutara and there are 48 LAs within the region. There are 13 LAs in the Colombo District that has the most serious SWM problems among all districts and they share three disposal sites (Karadiyana, Meethotamulla, and Kaduwela). In the Western Province, the Waste Management Authority (WMA) is responsible for supporting LAs to improve their SWM. The WPC provides substantial administrative guidance to the District and LAs of the Western Province; however, SWM is delegated to the Waste Management Authority (WMA), which was established under the WPC. All of LAs in the Western Province are supposed to manage their wastes in accordance with the MSW Management Rule No.1 (2008) formulated by the WPC. The Department of Local Government (DLG) under the WPC is responsible for coordination between LA and the central government / WPC in the Western Province, for monitoring the financial status of each LA and also for allocation of subsidies from the central government and WPC to each LA taking into account the sector-specific maximum expenditure (Ceiling) defined by Finance Commission and the priority of expenditures. The head of the DLG is appointed as the Commissioner of Local Government (CLG), under which there are three Assistant Commissioners in charge of each district in the Western Province.

Waste Management WMA, established in 2004 under Waste Management Statute No.9 of the Western Authority of Western Provincial Council in 1999 is responsible for supervision of waste management of Province (WMA) the entire WP. The WMA Statute No.1 was formulated in 2007 and it specifies jurisdiction, function and responsibility of the WMA.

According to the statute, WMA is responsible for providing technical and financial assistances to all Las of the WP to build their capacities in SWM, collecting waste data in WP, developing common final disposal sites to LAs and also assisting to LAs to inculcate waste management discipline among the public (through public awareness activity and environmental education etc. ).

Seven LAs (Moratuwa MC, Boralesgamuwa UC, Kesbewa UC, Dehiwala Mount Lavinia MC, Sri Jayewardenapura Kotte MC, Maharagama UC, Homagama PS) out of thirteen LAs in the Colombo District are using Karadiyana cluster disposal sites, and WMA is in charge of its operation and maintenance, including the collection of tipping fees.

Related Agencies Role and Jurisdiction Colombo CMC is in charge of operation and management of Meethothamulla disposal site MunicipalCouncil which is shared with Kolonnawa UC as well as waste collection in the area under (CMC） their jurisdiction.

Waste collection in CMC is conducted using 90 units of vehicles including 63 compactor trucks which were provided by JICA in the 1990s and collection area is divided into six Districts. Waste collection, street cleaning and waste transportation in the CMC are conducted by the outsourced two private companies (Carekleen and Abans) according to the waste management guidelines formulated by the CMC. The collection coverage area is approximately 100%.

3.5 Compliance with World Bank Operational Policies

3.5.1 World Bank Safeguard Policies

The World Bank has a number of Operational Policies (OPs) and Bank Procedures (BPs) concerning environmental and social issues, which together are referred to as the Bank‘s Safeguard Policies‘. If, during the development of a project, it is considered that it is possible that a proposed project activity could be the subject of one of the safeguard policies, that policy is considered to have been triggered ‘. In the subsequent development of the project, that activity must be considered in more detail to determine whether it is actually of no concern or adequate mitigation can be applied to address the concern, or the activity should be removed from the project (or the whole project should be dropped). The sections below address those Safeguard Policies that have been triggered by the project under review, and the actions that have been taken to ensure that the requirements of those policies will be satisfied in the further development of the project.

Safeguard Policies Triggered by the ESWMP Yes No

Environmental Assessment (OP/BP 4.01) √

Natural Habitats (OP/BP 4.04) √

Pest Management (OP 4.09) √

Physical Cultural Resources (OP/BP 4.11) √

Involuntary Resettlement (OP/BP 4.12) √

Indigenous Peoples (OP/BP 4.10) √

Forests (OP/BP 4.36) √

Safety of Dams (OP/BP 4.37) √

Projects in Disputed Areas (OP/BP 7.60) √

Projects on International Waterways (OP/BP 7.50) √

Environmental Assessment (OP/BP 4.01)

3.5.1 Compliance with OP 4.01 on Environmental Assessment This policy is triggered if a project is likely to have potential (adverse) environmental risks and impacts in its area of influence. The policy requires environmental assessment (EA) of projects proposed for World Bank financing to help ensure that they are environmentally sound and sustainable, and thus to improve decision making. Safeguard Instruments should consider the natural environment, human health and safety and social aspects in an integrated way. It should also takes into account the variations in project and country conditions, the findings of country environmental studies, national environmental action plans, the country's overall policy framework and national legislation, the project sponsor’s capabilities related to the environment and social aspects, and obligations of the country, pertaining to project activities, under relevant international environmental treaties and agreements.

When OP 4.01 is triggered, the World Bank classifies proposed projects into one of four categories, depending on the type, location, sensitivity, and scale of the project and the nature and magnitude of its potential environmental impacts.

(1) A proposed project is classified as Category A if it is likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts that are sensitive, diverse or unprecedented. These impacts may affect an area broader than the sites or facilities subject to physical works. (2) A proposed project is classified as Category B if its potential adverse environmental impacts on human populations or environmentally important areas including wetlands, forests, grasslands and other natural habitats are less adverse than those of Category A projects. These impacts are site specific; few if any are irreversible; and in most cases mitigatory measures can be designed more readily than for Category A projects. The scope of an EA for Category B projects may vary from project to project, but it is narrower in scope when compared with Category A projects. (3) A proposed project is classified as Category C if it is likely to have minimal or no adverse environmental impacts. For example, technical assistance projects on institutional development, computerization, and training fall in Category C. (4) A proposed project is classified as FI when the Bank provides funds to participating national banks, credit institutions and other financial intermediaries (FIs) for on lending at the FIs’ risk to final borrowers. In the case of such projects, the FI screens each subproject proposed for financing, and classifies it into any one of three categories: A, B or C. FIs must prepare an Environmental and Social Management Framework, following the Bank’s consultation and disclosure requirements as in the case of other safeguards documents (e.g., EAs, RAPs, IPPs). The EMF, including the screening process for categorization of subprojects, must be spelled out in the operational manual.

World Bank OP 4.01 is very clear that for all Category A projects and as appropriate for Category B projects during the EA process, the project sponsor should consult project-affected groups and local non- governmental organizations (NGOs) about the project's environmental aspects and take their views into account. The project sponsor should initiate such consultations as early as possible. For Category A projects, the project sponsor should consult these groups at least twice (a) shortly after environmental screening and before the terms of reference for the EA are finalized, and (b) once a draft EA report is prepared. The EA should particularly incorporate such comments to improve the project’s social acceptability and environmental sustainability. In addition, the project sponsor should consult with such groups throughout project implementation, as necessary to address EA related issues that affect them.

The overall project is categorized as an Environmental Category A. Broadly, the project is expected to bring positive cumulative environmental benefits to the project area by ensuring that an environmentally sound 38

system for solid waste management is established. However, there remain risks associated with the establishment, which include site specific remediable and reversible impacts that occur during civil works, and operation of solid waste treatment facilities and final disposal that need to be managed in a manner that is not detrimental to the environment. Thus, due diligence will need to be in line with the World Bank’s environmental safeguard policies and World Bank Group Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines.

OP 4.01 – Environmental Assessment to ensure that any environmental impact associated with project activities, especially physical interventions linked with the SWM infrastructure and operation of the system, will lead to environmental impacts and that need to be identified upstream via due diligence instruments and stringently mitigated and managed within the context of the project.

As the proposed project is processed under the exceptional deferral paragraph 12(a) of World Bank OP 10.00 and the guidance note for crises and emergency operations for application of IDA safeguards and public disclosure policies, this EMF has been prepared and will also be subject to public consultation and re-disclosure by the Borrower prior to project implementation. The EMF outlines the necessary safeguards measures to be undertaken over the course of project preparation and appraisal. Due diligence measures will include standalone Environmental Assessment (EAs) and Environmental Management Plans (EMPs) for the proposed sites and technologies. In addition, the documents will also outline the requisite due diligence measures to be taken at all steps of project implementation, including a stringent procedure for environmental management at operation of solid waste management facilities and monitoring during the operational phase. Operations are required to be in line with both national environmental guidelines as well as the World Bank Group General and Solid Waste Management Sectoral Environmental and Heath Guidelines.

All interventions to be conducted in existing waste sites, including environmental closure of dumpsites, will warrant a Site Contamination Audit to identify the level of environmental degradation and identify remedial measures to mitigate existing unsound environmental conditions via site specific EMPs.

All safeguards instruments to be prepared during project implementation are subject to subsequent consultation, clearance and disclosure. No project interventions can commence on ground prior to safeguard instrument clearance by the World Bank. Subsequent EMPs and punitive clauses on safeguards will be included in all sub-project procurement instruments and contractual documents, respectively.

3.5.2 Compliance with OP 4.01 Annex C Environmental Action Plans (or Environmental Management Plans)

According to Annex C of the World Bank OP4.01 an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is an essential element of EA reports for Category A projects. The EMP should consists of a set of mitigation, management, monitoring, and institutional measures to be taken during implementation and operation to eliminate adverse environmental and social impacts, offset them, or reduce them to acceptable levels. The plan should also include the actions needed to implement these measures. In preparation of an EMP, the EA consultant should:

(a) Identify the set of responses to potentially adverse impacts; (b) Determine requirements for ensuring that those responses are made effectively and in a timely manner (c) Describe the means for meeting those requirements.

More specifically, the EMP should include the following components:

• The EMP should identify feasible and cost-effective measures that may reduce potentially significant adverse environmental impacts to acceptable levels. The plan includes compensatory measures if mitigation measures are not feasible, cost-effective, or sufficient. • The EMP should define monitoring objectives and specify the type of monitoring needed, with linkages to the impacts assessed in the EA report and the mitigation measures described in the EMP. • To strengthen the project sponsor’s environmental management capability, EMPs should mention any technical assistance that may be needed by the borrower. • For all three aspects (mitigation, monitoring, and capacity development), the EMP should provide (a) an implementation schedule for measures that must be carried out as part of the project, showing phasing and coordination with overall project implementation plans; and (b) the capital and recurrent cost estimates and sources of funds for implementing the EMP. • The EMP must be integrated into the project's overall planning, design, budget, and implementation.

During project implementation, the project sponsor should report on compliance with:

(a) Measures agreed with World Bank on the basis of the findings and results of the EA, including implementation of any EMP, as set out in the project documents (b) The status of mitigatory measures; and (c) The findings of monitoring programs.

Natural Habitats (OP/BP 4.04)

The project interventions will be carried out in sites that have been anthropogenically altered and are degraded, including existing dump sites. The policy is triggered as some project sites, as highlighted below, are ecologically connected to sensitive sites that require specific measures to mitigate potential impacts to these natural habitats and associated fauna and flora. The Kelaniya transfer station site is a wetland/marshy ecosystem hydrologically connected to the Kelani river basin and the Kerawalapitiya interim landfill site is hydrologically connected to the Muthurajawala Wetland Complex, which is an Environmentally Protected Area as per the National Environmental Act designation. The Aruwakkalu site is a regenerated ecosystem over two decades old and noted as an area where elephants have been observed to forage. Specific safeguard measures to ensure any potential impacts to these sites are pre-identified and mitigated, will be built in to the safeguards instruments to be prepared under OP 4.01. The overall project will not conduct any activities within designated or on the buffer zones of protected areas and project interventions will facilitate in mitigating pollution and degradation of such ecosystems due to inappropriate SWM in the long run.

Physical Cultural Resource (OP/BP/GP 4.11) While the policy on Physical Cultural Resources has not been triggered as project activities are expected to be carried out in known and existing agricultural and inhabited areas. In order to mitigate the risk, given the uncertainty regarding the exact locations of activities to be carried out under the project, due diligence mechanisms with regard to the identification and management of PCRs have been embedded within the requirements under OP/BP/GP 4.01.

3.6 Adequacy of GOSL Environmental Clearances

The composite GOSL environmental clearance process, in principle, is consistent with World Bank environmental and public disclosure requirements. The exception being the screening criteria adopted in

the GOSL process under the NEA, where project thresholds are used to determine the type of clearance required and the content of public consultation. However, all activities with an impact on the environment under the proposed project will be subjected to environmental analysis regardless of the project threshold, prior to disbursement of funds. The CEA’s regulated EA procedure is more than two decades old and substantial experience has been made by the CEA in evaluation of EIAs/IEEs. Hence, there will be no need for the project to provide technical assistance to the CEA and other PAAs to provide support to the project on environmental matters. Although the GOSL’s clearance procedure is adequate reliable, IDA will still review Environmental Management Plans/Assessments/Screening Forms, prepared under the project and provide necessary concurrence for the approval of disbursements of funds.

3.6.1 WB ESH Guidelines

The World Bank Groups Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines are technical reference documents with general and industry specific examples of Good International Industry Practice (GIIP). EHS Guidelines are applied as required by their respective policies and standards. These industry sector EHS guidelines are designed to be used together with the General EHS Guidelines document, which provides guidance to users on common EHS issues potentially applicable to all industry sectors. The EHS Guidelines contain the performance levels and measures that are generally considered to be achievable in new facilities by existing technology at reasonable costs. Application of the EHS Guidelines to existing facilities may involve the establishment of site-specific targets, with an appropriate timetable for achieving them. The applicability of the EHS Guidelines should be tailored to the hazards and risks established for each project on the basis of the results of an environmental assessment in which site-specific variables, such as host country context, assimilative capacity of the Defined as the exercise of professional skill, diligence, prudence and foresight that would be reasonably expected from skilled and experienced professionals engaged in the same type of undertaking under the same or similar circumstances globally. The circumstances that skilled and experienced professionals may find when evaluating the range of pollution prevention and control techniques available to a project may include, but are not limited to, varying levels of environmental degradation and environmental assimilative capacity as well as varying levels of financial and technical feasibility. Environment, and other project factors, are taken into account. The applicability of specific technical recommendations should be based on the professional opinion of qualified and experienced persons. When host country regulations differ from the levels and measures presented in the EHS Guidelines, projects are expected to achieve whichever is more stringent. If less stringent levels or measures than those provided in these EHS Guidelines are appropriate, in view of specific project circumstances, a full and detailed justification for any proposed alternatives is needed as part of the site-specific environmental assessment. This justification should demonstrate that the choice for any alternate performance levels is protective of human health and the environment. Sectoral Guidelines Applicable to the Project The EHS Guidelines for Waste Management cover facilities or projects dedicated to the management of municipal solid waste and industrial waste, including waste collection and transport; waste receipt, unloading, processing, and storage; landfill disposal; physio-chemical and biological treatment; and incineration. Industry-specific waste management activities such as health care waste, also have a relevant industry-sector EHS Guideline. The guidelines also provide performance indicators and industry benchmarks on environmental performance and environmental monitoring.

When host country regulations differ from the levels and measures presented in the EHS Guidelines, projects will be required to achieve whichever is more stringent. As the EHS guidelines are more stringent to the measures present in Country, the EHS guidelines should be followed where applicable. In the context of this project The WB EHS guidelines, sectoral and general, will be applicable to all project interventions under this project and applied accordingly.

4 Chapter 4: Generic Assessment of Environmental and Social Impacts

4.1 Overview The project is expected to bring positive environmental benefits to the project areas through ensuring a sound system for solid waste management is established in the project regions. While the project activities themselves will facilitate in curtailing the major impacts associated with improper management of solid waste there still remain risks associated with the operation of solid waste management facilities and final disposal of solid waste that need to be managed accordingly. In addition, there is also the uncertainty regarding the exact locations of activities to be carried out under the project and project interventions that will involve physical alterations to the environment. This EMF has been designed to achieve sound environmental practice within the purview of the ESWMP. The EMF provides the mechanism to allow program implementation by screening out or enhancing acceptability of sub-project proposals on the basis of environmental criteria. By a simple process of elimination, the first step in the screening process is to identify subproject activities not suitable for funding. All processes described in the EMF can be adjusted based on implementation experience.

The EMF will be a living document and will be reviewed and updated periodically as needed.

It is recommended that the following types of subprojects are not financed and therefore should be considered as a "Negative List":

• Open dumping of solid waste in an unsanitary manner as stipulated in the sectoral World Bank EHS Guidelines • Sub-projects that involve the significant conversion or degradation of critical natural habitats such as designated terrestrial protected areas. • Activities that could lead to invasion or spread of weeds and feral animals or the use of toxic chemicals, intensive use of pesticides. • Activities that could dangerously lead to the exposure of sensitive/critical/vulnerable habitats. • Construction of large new infrastructure within or directly adjacent (in buffer zones) to protected areas • Illegal Activities as defined specifically under the environmental regulations of the Government of Sri Lanka, as outlined in Chapter 3.

4.2 Component Specific Environmental Impacts

Investments under the project aim to reduce the current Solid Waste Management burden that has been created post the failure of the Meethotamulla Dumpsite and provide sanitary means of final disposal for the estimated 700tonns of waste currently collected within the CMR. The project is expected to bring positive environmental benefits to the project areas through ensuring a sound system for solid waste management is established in the project regions. While the project activities themselves will facilitate in curtailing the major impacts associated with improper management. The project interventions include three specific sub areas of interventions and potential environmental impacts for each component are outlined in detail below. The project will not lead to large scale, irreversible environmental impacts and pose the potential impacts that can be mitigated via adequate due diligence and management during project implementation. Component Wise Impacts

4.2.1 Component-1

Sub-Components 1.1, 1.2, 1.3 and 2.3- The safe closure and Rehabilitation of Final Disposal Sites

The safe closure of the unused Meethotamulla dump site, closure of the Kerawalapitiya Interim dumpsite and the rehabilitation of the Karadiyana controlled dumpsite aim to curtail ongoing environmental impacts associated with existing unmanaged and unsanitary final disposal sites. The project interventions proposed, will be predominantly environmentally beneficial as the activities focus on mitigating environmental impacts that currently exist on site, such as; leachate contamination of ground water and surrounding water ways, accumulation of and exposure to landfill gases, risk of fire, proliferation of disease causing vectors and vermin, nuisances such as odor and aesthetic issues due to open dumping as well as public and occupational health and safety issues and the high risk of waste mound collapse. The sub-project designs itself will incorporate measures which include interventions such as the stabilization of existing waste mounds; minimizing the risk of fires; prevention of people and animals from scavenging; control of infiltration of rainwater/surface water and thus reducing leachate generation and treatment of collected leachate; control of odor and gas diffusion and the reduction of waste exposure to wind and vectors, will be incorporated in to the design of the intervention. Thereby mitigating the environmental impacts that exist due to unsound operation of the project sites. Specific safeguards impacts due to project interventions will thus be limited to potential risks associated with worker and public health and safety, sourcing, transport and storage of material for the covering process as well as other construction phase impacts associated with the physical intervention of dump site rehabilitation and closure, which would be localized and temporary in nature and mitigatable with good construction, housekeeping, public safety and environmental monitoring and management practices. Sub Component 2.3 will fall within the same purview of impacts, while it will not be implemented as an emergency response.

While the Dompe Sanitary Landfill is currently in operation and managed to meet national safeguards regulations, sub-component 1.4 will aim to further improve operations on site, which will not lead to any major environmental impacts but rather ensure potential impacts from the operation of the sanitary landfill are managed even more systematically and stringently.

Sub Component 1.2 -Controlled Landfill and Composting

As an interim measure and response to the emergency need, created post the Meethotamulla dumpsite failure, solid waste collected from the CMR has been open dumped at a wetland site in Kerawalapitiya which is a wetland area hydrologically connected to the larger Muthurajawala Wetland Complex. Due to social issues and saturation of other open dumpsites in and around Colombo, the GoSL selected the existing site. Thus, the open dumping and establishment of the composting facility have commenced on adjacent sections of this site, which was year marked by the SLLRDC for development of a site that would showcase waste management practices such as composting. Due to the open dumping that has occurred over a course of 5 months and ongoing, the current site has notable impacts of leachate contamination, odor, proliferation of scavenging animals such as crows and aesthetic damage that are degrading the surrounding wetland areas and need to be urgently managed and will so via the project interventions. Composting activities are currently carried out without any specific site preparation or equipment as well and it is expected that composting operations will continue this site on the long term. It is estimated that this site should operate as an interim location for disposal of residual mixed waste until the new regional landfill in Aruwakkalu will be commissioned, which is expected to take at minimum 18 months. Until then, the GoSL seeks to maintain the waste treatment capacity at the Kerawalapitiya site, however if current practices continue the environmental degradation will not be curtailed. Therefore, the subcomponent looks at establishing a multi- activity platform, which includes composting, sorting and storage of refuse. The platform is to be built per minimal engineering standards to prevent unnecessary wetland degradation and ensure operational safety, introducing leachate collection and mobile leachate treatment and thus curtail the wetland degradation that 44

is ongoing. The site being hydrologically connected to the Muthurajawala wetland complex which is a site of high biodiversity and an environmentally protected area, the risks of surface water contamination, unless leachate is treated, and any further spillage in to the wetland zones will lead to rapid transfer of the contamination by direct advection, this remains the main threat. In addition, settlements located 500 m South-East of the site requires specific attention be paid on aesthetic pollution, odor and pest control. As wetland soils are known to be poorly consolidated, creating stability issues and a need for soil preparation are also essential and thus the works will require significant quantities of earth material for filling and land preparation.

Sub Components 1.5, 1.6, 1.7 and 1.8-Construction and Operation of the Transfer Stations and Sanitary Landfill in Aruwakkalu

The combination of subcomponents will support the establishment of a sanitary landfill in Aruwakkalu in Puttalam, approximately 3.5 hours from Colombo via road and 3 hours via rail, and two transfer stations in Kelaniya and in Aruwakkalu. It is expected that residual waste will be hauled from Colombo first via truck and then via rail to the sanitary landfill site. An Environmental Impact Assessment has been conducted for the system, looking at all the relevant project sites and transportation corridor by the GoSL. The findings of the EIA indicate the following impacts that are to be mitigated in addition to associated construction impacts that will arise with the establishment of the sanitary landfill and the transfer stations. Construction phase impacts will include air pollution, noise, debris disposal, public safety, occupational health and safety of workers, inconvenience, restricted access, traffic congestion, removal of vegetation in the work sites, extraction of construction material, etc. which would be localized and temporary in nature and mitigatable with good construction, housekeeping, public safety and debris disposal practices.

The Kelaniya Transfer Station is to be set up in a heavily urbanized area, where traffic congestion has been identified as a key issue. The subproject will involve the establishment of necessary infrastructure for waste sorting, processing and for the rail transport extension in 17ha area. Due to the marshy nature of the land there will be impacts on the ecological functions of the marsh if it is filled for development. The design has incorporated adequate measures to ensure the transfer station is built in a manner that does not affect natural water exchange regime of the marsh by building the facilities on a stilted structure. During waste receipt, unloading, and processing, activities, leachate and waste water, pest nuisances, noise, dust and bio-aerosols, odors, and vehicle emissions will prevail along with occupational health and safety hazards to the workers. These will need to mitigated via a stringent operational management and monitoring plan as well as adequate measures in the design, facilities of leachate and waste water management are included accordingly. In addition, due to the location being close to pre-congested areas, the management of traffic will be essential as there will be associated environmental impacts.

The Aruwakkalu Transfer Station and Aruwakkalu Landfill site are located close to each other. The site is located within the area designated to the Siam City Cement (Lankan) Ltd for quarrying activities. The 46ha demarcated for the landfill facility has been abandoned post quarry operations and has regenerated in to a significant natural habitat. The EIA identified that the site is home to a number of endangered and threatened small faunal and floral species, that have been proposed for relocation in the protected buffer area of the Wilpattu National Park- 3km away from the site. This location has been pre-used for relocation of faunal and floral species by the quarry operator as well. The EIA also indicates the site is an elephant foraging ground and wild elephants have been observed on the site. While the existing quarry has a peripheral electric fence on the property perimeter, which has not been effective due to improper management and surveillance, the project design will include additional elephant fences around the landfill facility which will need to be managed by the project entity to ensure there will be no Human Elephant conflict issues. As the site, has been anthropogenically altered to a great extent, major impacts will only prevail during the land clearance and construction phase. The landfill design includes adequate measure, as per the EIA to manage operational phase impacts and no major impacts are seen in context with the contamination of 45

ground water aquifers or to surrounding areas due to its isolated location from human settlements and sensitive areas.

4.2.2 Component-2

The component will support several complementary activities to support the waste management stream in the CMR. The first subcomponent will support the collection, sorting, transport, and processing for CMC and other LAs. Current management practices in the CMR are not conducted as per best practice guidance for the sector, in a sound manner, from collection to processing prior to final disposal, thus typical environmental and public health impacts that occur due to unplanned solid waste management practices do prevail. Via an audit these impacts will be identified and the operation of the system will need to be conducted as per the World Bank Group EHS Guidelines for the sector. Component 2.4 will involve the development of an urban park at Meethotamulla, post the full environmental closure and stabilization of the open dump site. As detailed designs of this investments are not available, potential impacts will be identified during project implementation.

4.2.3 Component-3

No physical interventions will be financed via these interventions; thus, no impacts have been attributed to this component.

4.3 Presentation of Generic Impacts Associated with project Interventions

4.3.1 Construction Phase Impacts

Impacts on soil at construction and material extraction sites and yard

Impact description Duration of the impact Level of impact Loss of productive top soil due to site preparation work Long-term Moderate Soil erosion caused by clearing and grubbing operations Long-term High which removes the vegetative cover in the immediate surroundings Soil erosion caused by mining and quarrying operations for Long-term Moderate material- Contamination of soil by heavy metals and chemicals Short-term High discharged by construction vehicles and from material storage sites Erosion of uncovered temporary stock piles and soil dumps Short-term Low

Impacts on surface and ground water sources occur due to following activities

Impact description Duration of the Level of impact impact Siltation of waterways due to modifications to surface Long-term Moderate water flow and drainage patterns Degradation of surface water quality due to equipment Short-term Low and material piling on the site

Degradation of water quality due to waste water from Short-term Moderate worker camps Degradation of water quality in water bodies in the Short-term Moderate vicinity of quarry and borrow sites Reduction in groundwater recharge due to drainage and Long-term High excavation, especially in dry areas

Impacts on ambient air quality and noise within construction sites, material extraction sites and yards

Impact description Duration of the Level of impact impact Operation of construction vehicles and plants (AC Short-term Moderate plant and concrete batching plants) that emit obnoxious gases Exposure of soil surface due to excavation, clearing of Short-term Moderate surface vegetation which generates dust Mining operations of metal and gravel for construction Short-term Moderate material will emit dust and other particulate matter Improper storage of chemicals that could emit fumes of Short-term High stored chemicals Increased noise nuisance and vibration issues to public Short-term Moderate living close to construction areas and quarries

Impacts on ecosystems, fauna and flora

Impact description Duration of the Level of impact impact Clearing of vegetation for construction activities may Long-term High lead to disturbance to natural habitats (wetlands, forest areas, lagoons, etc.) Clearing of surface vegetation in quarry sites and Long-term High burrow sites may lead to the loss of land/ natural habitats Loss of important fauna and flora due to construction Long-term Moderate works Disturbance to animal migration routes and patterns Long-term High Changes to aquatic ecosystems due to siltation of Long-term High waterways, changes to speed and volume of water flow Contamination of biota by emissions to air, water and Short-term Moderate soil during construction and material extraction works

Loss of standing crops, fruit trees and commercially Long-term Moderate valuable trees due to construction works close to home gardens, chena lands and paddy fields

4.3.2 Key Impacts Associated with the Operation of Solid Waste Management Facilities, Waste Sorting Facilities, Transfer Station and Composing Plants.

The quantities and nature of waste material received and the, design and activities and siting of composting and other waste processing facilities such as transfer stations and recycling facilities determine the nature of potential pollutants that can be generated and the severity of the potential environmental risks as well as the quality of the end-product. Poor environmental management of such facilities can result in one or more of the following environmental impacts:

Odors

Waste storage at transfer facilities, soiled waste storage at recycling facilities and operation of passive and windrow composting facilities are activities that typically generate odors. Odor problems associated with operation of such facilities can be traced to problems with one or more of the following four processes: process control; containment of odorous areas; odor control technology; and siting. Although various feedstocks contain a variety of compounds, in many cases they will not be released as odor during processing provided the process conditions are optimized.

4.3.2.1.1 Odor Causing Compounds During Compost Production

Typical odor causing compounds documented from waste treatment facilities are ammonia, sulfur compounds, nitrogen compounds and volatile organic compounds (VOCs). Specifically, during composting operations, the following are key impacts.

Under aerobic conditions, a well aerated composting pile, the main gaseous product of composting and mulching is carbon dioxide, and the organics are characterized by an earthy or woody odor. The most common gas compounds contributing to odors from aerated static pile composting of organics containing bio solids include dimethyl sulfide, dimethyl disulfide, dimethyl trisulfide, carbon disulfide, and benzothiazole. These chemicals can be toxic, although in open-air (aerobic) composting situations they are not present in high enough concentrations to be considered a health risk, per studies conducted, yet they can cause temporary discomfort to facility workers or neighborhoods in the vicinity.

Under anaerobic conditions, when the biodegrading materials do not receive sufficient air due to inadequate aeriation of stagnation of composting piles methane is generated, and this is accompanied invariably by the production of strong and foul odors. These odors are caused by the generation of ammonia, volatile amines (when the degrading organics have a high nitrogen content), hydrogen sulfide and VOCs.

The absence of odors does not necessarily indicate that the process has not turned anaerobic: odors may be diminished or removed during diffusion of the biogas mixture through fresh compost, odor scrubbers or soil containing biological organisms. However, the presence of unpleasant odors is a good indicator that the process has turned anaerobic.

4.3.2.1.2 Peak Periods and Wind Flow

If calm conditions are likely to occur frequently at the selected site for a waste treatment or transfer facility, the topography and consequent drainage flows of air in the site can have a profound effect on the dispersion of odors, the extent and intensity of odors and, consequently, the impact on local amenity. Calm conditions are most likely to occur in the morning and evening. Locations likely to cause least the dispersion of odors are those that have a predictable air drainage flow and no sea breezes or other winds to disturb the stable wind conditions. High peak odor emissions at composting and other processing facilities generally occur during loading, unloading and in the case of composting during mixing and aeration procedures, such as preparation of the feedstock, and during turning of biodegrading organics. Rapidly biodegrading organics present in municipal solid waste such as food and animal organics, may already be giving off odors when they are received at the facility or soon after receipt.

Odor related nuances from composting facilities can arise from poorly managed stockpiles of raw organics and/or organic products. For instance, large stockpiles require more ongoing management and maintenance to ensure that the potential for odor emissions and water pollution from anaerobic conditions is mitigated. Poorly managed stockpiles can turn anaerobic because of lack of aeration through the piles. If excessive moisture encounters the stockpiles it can cause leachate to be generated and drain from stockpiles, potentially causing water pollution as well.

Air Emissions

Direct air emissions can include bio aerosols, particulate matter/dust, ammonia, amines, volatile organic compounds (VOCs), sulfides, odors, etc.

4.3.2.2.1 Particulate Matter Composting and related organics processing facilities may be sources of particulate matters in the atmosphere. Particulate matter may be classified as per the following characteristics: • size (including PM10, PM2.5, total, and inhalable dust) • particle shape or phase they exist in- Example: fibers and aerosols • their physical behavior in air- Either suspended in air or deposited from air • their chemical species, • biological activity- such as bioaerosols

The highest concentrations of particulate matter from composting and related organics-processing facilities, occur during pre-treatment (shredding and mixing of waste) of fresh organics and the turning of biodegrading organics, and can be higher under warm and dry climatic conditions. Gravel and unsurfaced access roads and earthmoving equipment, including withdraw turners and other machinery, during operation can also be sources of particulate matter at composting facilities.

The composting process is also dependent on the inter-related activities of a wide range of microorganisms to convert organics into stabilized organic products. Thus, high concentrations of bacteria and fungi are likely to be present in the process feedstock, during processing, and in the final products, which can be dispersed in to the air. It is possible in the absence of control measures that pathogenic substances for example such as Aspergillus fumigatus, Mycobacterium tuberculosis and Hantavirus infections may be aerosol transmitted from composting and related organics and processing facilities and have the potential to cause severe infections in humans and thus need to me monitored and managed adequately.

The principal types of particulate matter of concern to the community and the DEC are biological particulate matter, PM10 (size range < 10 µm), PM2.5 (size range < 2.5 µm) deposited matter and total suspended particulate matter (TSP) that are present at composting and related organics-processing facilities. The human health effects of different-sized airborne particulate matter differ. Larger particles PM10 are trapped in the nose and throat, whereas smaller particles (PM2.5) penetrate the lungs and are associated with a range of respiratory ailments. Typically, labor working in composting facilities are often exposed to high levels of particulate matter (for short periods) if certain design features are not employed and key operational measures such an adequate occupational health and safety measures are undertaken to safeguard themselves from continuous inhalation.

4.3.2.2.2 Biogas

Decomposition of most organics in the absence of oxygen yields biogas – a mixture of approximately 65% methane and 35% carbon dioxide. Uncontrolled emission of biogas can pose a fire risk and other potential hazards to humans. Biogas generated from the decomposition of ‘mixed residual waste containing putrescible organics’ is likened to the biogas generated in landfills. Thus the principal key pollutants of concern arising from the decomposition of ‘mixed residual waste containing putrescible organics’ are methane, nitrogen oxides (NO2 and NO), sulfuric acid mist (H2 SO4), sulfur oxides (SO3 and SO2), and non-methane volatile organic compounds (NMVOC). These pollutants are of concern because they can be toxic or highly odorous at quite low concentrations.

Flaring of biogas from anaerobic composting processing minimizes the release of odors generated from biogas and reduces the risk of fire and explosion. Alternatively, energy recovery systems can be installed to recover energy from biogas depending on the nature of the composting activities, volumes and technology used. Liquids condensed from biogas have the potential to cause pollution of waters and cause amenity impacts (such as odor), so they must be effectively managed. Where possible, the generation of condensed liquids from biogas should be avoided.

4.3.2.2.3 Methane and other Green House Gas Emissions

The emission of methane to the atmosphere is reported as the principal greenhouse impact of concern for composting and related organics-processing facilities, because methane has more than 20 times the greenhouse warming potential of carbon dioxide. In open windrow systems when an aerobic environment is maintained with proper moisture content to encourage aerobic decomposition of the organics, the composting process does not generate significant quantities of methane according to the United States Environmental Protection Agency. Scientific studies have also confirmed that if isolated anaerobic pockets deep within a compost pile release methane then it is likely to be oxidized in the aerobic areas of the compost pile before any significant quantity is released to the atmosphere (e.g. Zeman & Rich 2001).

Other than Methane, which in most instances of composting is controlled as abovem, the only other GHG of concern is carbon dioxide which is released in relation to the transport of material to the composting facilities and by the use of fossil fuels (e.g. diesel and petrol) during transporting and processing contributes to global warming, because the carbon dioxide produced during the composting process would have been released in the longer term by the natural decay of the organic materials that are being turned into compost. The well managed composting of organics will not produce methane, so this activity can contribute to a reduction of global warming by keeping organics out of landfill where the impacts would be far greater.

Leachate

Putrescible organics tend to generate leachates that need careful management, substances such as food and kitchen waste contain high moisture that generates leachate without extra water being added. Other organic matter such as garden materials, wood and fibrous materials generally form leachates only when additional water (including rainfall) is introduced. Under anaerobic conditions the chemical properties of leachate can be acidic, and can lead to the dissolution of metals and metallic compounds that may be present in organics. Under aerobic conditions alkaline leachates can be formed from organics with low carbon/high nitrogen ratios, such as food and animal organics. Leachates from composting and related organics-processing facilities have the potential to pollute groundwater and surface water bodies (such as rivers, creeks and other water ways). They can be high in nutrients; this makes them favorable host media for bacteria and other microorganisms and gives leachate a high biological oxygen demand (BOD) and increases its pollutive nature.

Stockpiles of raw organics and processed organics have the potential to pollute waters, because leachate may be generated when the stockpiled organics contain excessive moisture, exposure to rainfall or if stockpiled organics are not sufficiently aerated or turned impacts are elevated. Such stockpiles may also exacerbate odor related impacts as excessive moisture will tend to cause the stockpiled organics to become anaerobic if not managed competently and produce acidic leachate. In the case of in- vessel composting very little leachate is produced and can be managed easily.

Surface Water Run-Off Surface water run-off from composting and waste transfer facilities can cause unacceptable loads of sediment and suspended solids in receiving waters, while surface water run-on can lead to excessive generation of leachate Unvegetated exposed areas are a likely source of suspended sediment in surface water.

Risk of Fire

Possible causes of fires at composting and related organics processing facilities, include: spontaneous combustion, sparks from works activities such as welding, lightning strikes, cigarettes, build-up of particulate matter near engine manifolds and exhaust pipes of processing equipment, bushfires and arson. Cigarettes, sparks from welding activities and spontaneous combustion are reported as being the most common causes of fire at composting and related organics-processing facilities. Spontaneous combustion happens when decomposing organics self-heat to a temperature high enough to ignite. The conditions for spontaneous combustion (such as large piles, limited air flow and time for temperature to build up) are usually more prevalent within large, undisturbed piles containing raw feedstock, curing compost or finished compost rather than in active composting systems, thus it is essential to ensure these piles are kept aeriated often to reduce risk of fire. Fire prevention and management equipment are essential elements that need ot be incorporated in to the design of facilities during operations.

Vectors and Pests

Solid waste treatment facilities are ideal environments for Rodents and birds as well as disease vectors such as flies and mosquitoes and often attract these organisms. Unless waste material is not well covered during these processes a proliferation of these organisms can lead to public health issues, nuisances to neighboring communities and even lead to the spread of disease.

Litter

Wind-blown litter emanating from composting and related waste management facilities can degrade the local conditions and spread contaminants. The tracking of litter and mud on the wheels of vehicles leaving

the premises may also cause impacts on the quality of surface water run-off and vehicles can also be a source of wind-blown litter if loads of waste being brought in to the facilities are not fully contained and covered.

Occupational Health and Safety

Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) impacts during the construction and operation of Solid Waste Management can be categorized in to three specific areas as presented below. The most significant occupational health and safety impacts typically associated with workers at waste management facilities occur during the operational phase

Accidents and Injuries Solid waste workers are particularly prone to accidents involving trucks and other moving equipment, so traffic management systems and traffic controllers are recommended. Accidents include slides from unstable disposal piles, cave-ins of disposal site surfaces, fires, explosions, being caught in processing equipment, and being run over by mobile equipment. Other injuries occur from heavy lifting, contact with sharps, chemical burns, and infectious agents. Smoke, dusts, and bioaerosols can lead to injuries to eyes, ears, and respiratory systems.

Chemical Exposure Chemical hazards encountered at waste management facilities are similar to those at other large industrial facilities, such as toxic and asphyxiating gases, full composition of wastes and their potential hazards is often unknown. Even municipal solid waste often contains hazardous chemicals, such as heavy metals from discarded batteries, lighting fixtures, paints and inks.

Dust Waste processing can generate nuisance and hazardous dust, including organic dust. Workers can be exposed to pathogens contained in manure and animal excreta found in MSW from the disposal of sludge, carcasses, diapers, and yard trimmings containing domestic animal waste. Uncontrolled dumping of MSW attracts rats, flies, and other insects that can transmit diseases. Processing of MSW can also generate bioaerosols, suspensions of particles in the air consisting partially or wholly of microorganisms, such as bacteria, viruses, molds, and fungi. These microorganisms can remain suspended in the air for long periods of time, retaining viability or infectivity. Workers may also be exposed to endotoxins, which are produced within a microorganism and released upon destruction of the cell and which can be carried by airborne dust particles.

5 Chapter 5: Environmental and Social Management Framework

5.1 Environmental Screening of Identified Physical Subprojects

Environmental screening is counted to be a useful tool in identifying safeguard issues in large investment programs consisting of many sub-projects. The main objective of Environmental screening of sub-projects will be to (a) determine the anticipated environmental/social impacts, risks and opportunities of the sub- project (ii) determine if the anticipated impacts and public concern warrant further environmental/social analysis, and if so to recommend the appropriate type and extent of assessments needed.

At the national level, screening is the process by which proposed developments are reviewed to determine the level of environmental and social assessment to which they should be subjected, which could range from none at all up to a full Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). At the project level, screening is the process of reviewing a proposed activity against a checklist of factors to determine whether it is likely to have adverse environmental and social effects, and if so, what mitigation measures should be applied.

The main objective of Environmental Screening of sub-projects will be to (a) determine the anticipated environmental impacts, risks and opportunities of the sub-project (ii) determine if the anticipated impacts and public concern warrant further environmental analysis, and if so to recommend the appropriate type and extent of Environmental Assessment needed. The previous chapter provides recommendation on the level of environmental analysis for selected activities as broad guidance; however, the final judgment will be made post the screening exercise. Screening should go hand in hand with project concept development. This way environmental opportunities and risks can be appropriately and easily integrated into subsequent design stages, rather than being brought in at the last minute. The environmental screening report should be prepared by the environmental expert/s of the PMU with field visits and available data and information (implementation arrangements are given in the subsequent chapter). Where required they may seek the assistance of expert environmental consultants to facilitate the screening process. Once the report is ready it will be made available to the project implementing agency to take necessary actions particularly in relation to the recommendation given in the report. All Environmental screening reports are subject to world bank review and clearance prior to the preparation of identified instruments.

5.1.1 Screening Method

Preparation of the screening reports will be conducted in four distinct stages, namely (i) field visits, data collection and stakeholder consultation; (ii) data analysis and interpretation; (iii) impact identification; and (iv) filling the screening including recommendations for next steps. The methodologies for each of these steps are explained briefly below. The proposed screening report format is given in Annex 2.

Data collection and stakeholder consultations

Data will be primarily collected through field visits, discussion with stakeholder agencies and known sources of literature. In addition, supportive tools such as GIS based mapping using GPS coordinates covering the sub project sites, where ever possible is encouraged.

Literature Survey will broadly cover the following aspects and attributes necessary for environmental screening: • Project details/ Reports/ Maps/ documents including design details available with the implementing agencies

• Literature on flora/ fauna/ biodiversity/land use/soil/geology/ hydrology/ climate /socio economic profiles and environmental planning collected from GOSL agencies • Hydrological/ rainfall/ drainage datasets

Field Visits:

Each sub-project sites will be visited by the expert/s filling the screening form together with representatives from the design team to assess the existing environment (physical, biological and socio economic environment) and gather information with regard to the proposed sites and scale of the proposed sub projects and any prevalent issues. During these visits rapid reconnaissance surveys will be conducted in order to record the faunal, floral diversity, where necessary, to verify and support information gathered through the literature survey.

Focus Group Discussions/ Meetings:

Focus group discussions will be carried out with other stakeholder agencies, local authorities and community to discuss pertinent issues. In addition, the community/visitors will be consulted to record their views and opinions about the proposed site-specific investment.

Data Analysis and Interpretation

Data collected from field visits and stakeholder discussions will be analyzed by the expert and discussed with the technical team of the project proponent for feedback.

Impact identification

This will be carried out by the safeguards expert through discussion with the technical team.

Filling screening reports

The screening report will be filled with details on the proposed project intervention, physical/ecological baseline conditions of the site, assessment of potential impacts, feedback from community/public/visitor consultations and recommendations for the type of environmental assessment required. If the findings confirm that anticipated impacts are not significant enough for a stand-alone EA and that an EMP would suffice to mitigate the likely impacts, the screening exercise would be completed with the preparation of a site-specific EMP.

If the likely impacts are significant and would require greater environmental analysis, the screening report would recommend the appropriate assessment type for the implementation agency to carry out before designs are finalized. A description of the commonly used environmental management tools are given below with guidance on preparation based on the nature of solid waste management subprojects that the project will finance.

Annex 6 provides guidelines for EMP preparation and the Sectoral EHS Guidelines presented in Annex 21 should be used in identifying impacts due to Solid Waste Management activities. In addition, further reference can also be made to Annex-3 to

5.2 Environmental Safeguard Assessments, Management and Monitoring Instruments

5.2.1 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)/Initial Environmental Examinations (IEE)

EIA and IEEs are effective tools for evaluating the environmental risks and opportunities of project proposals and improving the quality of outcomes. Ideally the EIA/IEE should be carried out at the end of the preliminary design phase so that the impacts of each planned activity can be evaluated and alternatives can be worked out for activities that have major impacts. The outcomes of the EIA/IEE should then be used to finalize the project design which should ensure that the impacts of the given project are minimal. The importance of this management tool as means of foreseeing potential environmental impacts caused by proposed projects and its use in making projects more suitable to the environment has been highly effective. Since its introduction in 1969 in the US, many countries and international organizations have accepted EIA as an important planning and environmental management tool.

If a specific subproject requires environmental assessment the first step will be to provide CEA the preliminary information on the proposed project, in order for the process to be initiated (See Annex 3-4 for the description of major steps of the environmental assessment process with responsibilities and time frames). The best time for a project proponent to submit the preliminary information on the proposed project is as soon as the project concept is finalized and the location of the project is decided. As per the NEA prescribed list of projects that warrant EIA the construction of any solid waste disposal facility having a capacity exceeding 100 tons per day, warrant an Environmental Impact Assessment that will require CEA clearance.

Once the environmental screening is conducted for the subproject the following steps need to be taken.

• For sub-projects that require EIA\ IEE as per NEA the Terms of Reference issues by the CEA will be reviewed by the IDA Task Team and World Bank safeguards requirements as per the EMF will be included in the same TOR to align the processes and ensure there is no replication of instruments.

• For projects that do not require EIA\IEE as per NEA, but warrant Environmental Assessment as per World Bank Policy OP4.0, the PMU Safeguards team in collaboration will produce a Terms of Reference which will be reviewed and cleared by the ISA Task team prior to commencement of the study.

5.2.2 Site Contamination Audits

The main purpose of the Site Contamination Audit (SCA) is to identify actual and potential site contamination as well as proliferation of contaminants across the area of the contaminated site. Contaminated land, such as solid waste open dump sites and poorly managed solid waste managing facilities, emit hazardous substances such as heavy metals to soil, toxic leachate, noxious and volatile landfill gas and a host of other contaminants which in turn pose conditions that are hazardous to public health and for the environment and need to be managed with proper remedial actions and environmental management tools. A site contamination audit ensures such sites are evaluated on the pollution linkage and facilitates in establishing the level of risk posed to public health and the environment and the key actions required to manage and/or mitigate the risk. SCAs should be conducted rapidly, with the testing of specific parameters, to finalize and reconnect findings in to the planning process and facilitate remedial actions to be undertaken at a fast pace to curtail contamination on site and proliferation of contaminates. 55

The SCA process will include a site inspection and discussions with the personnel managing the waste management facility and residents who are informed about the site and its history and conditions. The site inspection will examine vegetation stress, key ecological receptors, leachate breakout and signs of contamination discharge. Surrounding land uses will also be considered. Drinking water sources and wells must be noted using published well records correlated to site observations. Proximity of the site to surface water bodies or sensitive habitats (e.g., wetlands) should also be identified.

An SCA does the following: i. Determines the nature and extent of any site contamination present or remaining on or below the surface of the site or any form of propagation off site; ii. Facilitates in the identification of what remediation is or remains necessary for a specified use or range of uses.

The respective audit should review any previous assessments for contamination if available and all documentation relevant to the site in question. This will include, but need not be limited to the following and will require both visual observations as well as laboratory testing: a) the basis for the identification of the site as potentially contaminated, including site history, land use, planning, zoning and development information b) licenses and/or trade waste agreements from environmental, waste management, waste water management agencies, or dangerous goods regulatory and management agencies c) the condition of the adjacent land and activities conducted there, to the extent that it may act as a source of contamination at the site (including where a site has been subdivided for audit purposes) d) relevant correspondence e) geology/hydrogeology of the area f) quality of soil, water resources, including groundwater and storm water runoff g) chemical and physical characteristics of the soil, groundwater and other elements h) any characterization of contamination, including the nature and mobility of contaminants, their depth and spatial distribution.

Post the assessment of the degree of contamination on site a corresponding remediation criteria must be determined for the site; a qualified team with the qualifications presented below, who will be hired by the PMU, must conduct the SCA prepare a Remedial Action Plan for the respective site detailing the methodology for achieving these criteria as well as the proposed remedial action. The reports are to be then prepared and submitted to the world bank for review and clearance

Qualifications of the Consultant Team

The Consultants should have experience, and a track record of preparing site contamination audits, environmental quality assessments, environmental audits and/or environmental assessments. Specific work experience in solid waste management will be a key advantage.

The consulting team should consist of the following specialists at minimum:

▪ Environmental Engineer with over 10 years of experience in environmental quality assessment, environmental testing and management.

▪ Hydrogeologist experienced in hydrogeological field survey and modelling of contaminant release from industrial activities.

▪ Ecologist experienced in environmental impact assessment, floral and faunal surveys and identification ▪ Field technicians with training in soil and water sampling techniques according to environmental standards.

Relevant subprojects that will require an SCA based on preliminary assessment of the potential interventions are presented in Section 5.3.2, as identified during preparation environmental screening by the World Bank, in addition for all new subprojects the environmental screening process will identify the need for SCA. Annex 5 presents a Guidelines for Conducting Site Contamination Audits (SCAs), outlining the minimum expected requirements in terms of what SCAs should encompass as well as minimum requirements for assessment of different media of contaminates. These guidelines are to be used in the development of site specific Terms of References (TORs) for SCAs, which are to be undertaken by independent parties. Annex 26, presents an example TOR.

5.2.3 Environmental Management Plans (EMPs)

Certain activities will have explicit impacts on the natural environment and thus require a specific plan to institute and monitor mitigation measures and take desired actions as timely as possible. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) must be kept as simple as possible, clearly describing adverse impacts and mitigation actions that are easy to implement. The scale of the subproject will determine the length of the EMP. A small-scale subproject’s EMP can be elaborated in a few paragraphs or in tabular format, keeping it as simple as possible with concrete mitigation actions, timelines and responsible persons.

The basic elements of an EMP are; a. A description of all possible significant adverse impacts that are likely to arise due to the project that the EMP is intending to deal with; b. A description of planned mitigation measures, and how and when they will be implemented; c. A program for monitoring with measurable indicators that will allow to determine the effectiveness of the mitigation actions d. A description of who will be responsible for implementing the EMP e. A cost estimate and source of funds

(Refer Annex 6 for guidelines for developing EMPs)

It is essential to involve local communities during the development of the EMP since they are likely to be the most affected parties due to the proposed development. Further, most of the local knowledge is important in identifying, designing and planning the implementation. In addition, the success of the implementation of the EMP will depend on community support and action.

The PAA will request the project proponent to prepare an Environmental Management Plan (EMP), to address any potential environmental and social issues as well as incorporate the PAA/CEA’s approval conditions. Ideally, all EIAs and IEEs which identifies adverse environmental impacts should prepare an EMP as part of the report.

In World Bank, funded projects, a standalone EMP is only considered appropriate in situations where a detailed environmental analysis is not required.

As per the nature of the physical interventions identified, it will be Mandatory that all proposals/ physical interventions implemented will require an EMP to mitigate sub-project specific impacts identified during

the screening exercise. EMPs are to be prepared at the stage of project design and included in bidding documents, to be costed for accordingly, and will be part and parcel of contract documents. Activities outlines in the EMPs will be implemented by the respective contractors implementing the subproject and monitored accordingly by the project implementing agency during the construction phase.

In addition, EMPs will require to have specific impacts identified with regard to operational impacts that may occur during the operation of solid waste management

A set of Generic EMPs and guidelines to facilitate sound EMP preparation during the project implementation stage are presented in Annex 8 through Annex 16. These include Generic EMPs for environmental closure of large dump sites, the construction and operation of composting facilities and construction and operation of ancillary facilities and buildings. In addition, the following Annexes provide guidance on identifying potential impacts and mitigation measures as well as outline requisite standards to be maintained in terms of environmental management during the construction and management of SWM facilities.

• Annex 9: Generic EMP for Construction and Operation of Composting/Organic Waste Processing Facilities • Annex 10: Generic Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for Construction of Ancillary Facilities as New Infrastructure and/or Rehabilitation of Existing Infrastructure. • Annex 11: Guidance Note on Selecting Mitigation Measures to be Included in the Environmental Management Plan for Construction Projects in Sri Lanka • Annex 12: Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of Burrow Pits • Annex 13: Environmental Guidelines for Decommissioning and Demolition of Existing Buildings • Annex 14: Guidelines for Health and Safety of Workers, Communities and Visitors • Annex 15: Chance find procedure for Physical Cultural Resources • Annex-16: Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines

5.2.4 Compliance Monitoring and Reporting

Supervision of final EMPs for subprojects, along with other aspects of the project, will cover monitoring, evaluative review and reporting in order to achieve, among others, the following objectives: • Determine whether the project is being carried out in conformity with environmental safeguards and legal agreements • Identify issues as they arise during implementation and recommend means to resolve in time Recommend changes to the proposed concept and the project design, as appropriate, as the project evolves or circumstances change; and identify the key risks to project sustainability and recommend appropriate risk management strategies. An appropriate environmental supervision plan will be developed aiming to ensure the successful implementation of the EMP across the project and will be shared with the World Bank. The environmental specialist and the environmental safeguards team based in the PMU will be responsible for overall monitoring of the EMPs up to the project closure and transfer for management to the designated authority. It is expected that the sub-project will be implemented via a “design and build” contract. In addition, there will be a supervision consultancy firm appointed for overall supervision of the closure activities on ground. The recruitment of an environment safeguard expert, with the stipulated minimum qualifications requirements outlined in the Addendum document, will be a requirement under the contract of the 58

supervision consultant. The supervision consultants will be responsible for all aspects of the project including environment and safeguard compliance and reporting to the PMU, while the overarching monitoring responsibility and reporting to the World Bank will remain with the PMU. The PMU Environment-safeguards team will confirm the performance of the supervision consultants by regularly visiting the project site during the implementation stage and providing guidance on corrective measures on any lapses as required. Compliance monitoring comprises of on-site inspection of the construction activities to verify that measures identified in the EMP are included in the clauses for contractors are being implemented. This type of monitoring is similar to the normal technical supervision tasks ensuring that the Contractor is achieving the required standards and quality of work. Photographic documentation of non-compliance as well as best practices will be used as a means of recording implementation conditions efficiently, in addition to written evidence A standard Environmental and Social Compliance Monitoring Checklist for Project Activities is presented in Annex 18. In addition, the Special Monitoring Checklist for Ensuring Safe Conditions for Workers and Public, presented in Annex 17 should be attached to the main monitoring update presented in Annex 18. For all project EMPs in implementation Annex 18 and Annex 17 must be combined and maintained through intervention commencement in the field to implementation completion. Operational compliance with the operational segment of the EMP should be monitored in accordance with procedures outlined in section 5.2.5. Regular World Bank missions will include specialists to monitor the project’s compliance with World Bank safeguard policies. The progress of environmental monitoring will be formally communicated to World Bank through regular progress reports and updates as per the compliance monitoring agreement made during project implementation. Compliance monitoring reports should be submitted to the World Bank on a quarterly basis from the commencement of the contract. 5.2.5 Environmental Monitoring During Construction and Operation of SWM Facilities

Monitoring is the continuous and systematic collection of data in order to assess whether the environmental objectives of the project have been achieved. Good practice demands that procedures for monitoring the environmental performance of proposed projects are incorporated in all relevant environmental management instruments. Monitoring provides information on the occurrence of impacts. It helps identify how well mitigation measures are working, and where better mitigation may be needed. Each respective safeguard instrument prepared will require a monitoring program to be included for the respective activities. The monitoring plan should identify what information will be collected, how, where and how often. It should also indicate at what level of effect there will be a need for further mitigation. How environmental impacts are monitored is discussed below.

• Responsibilities in terms of the people, groups, or organizations that will carry out the monitoring activities be defined, as well as to whom they report amongst others. In some instances, there may be a need to train people to carry out these responsibilities, and to provide them with equipment and supplies; • Implementation Schedule, covers the timing, frequency and duration of monitoring are specified in an implementation schedule, and linked to the overall sub project schedule; • Cost Estimates and Source of resources for monitoring need to be specified in the monitoring plan;

• Monitoring methods need to be as simple as possible, consistent with collecting useful information, so that the sub project implementer can apply them. • The data collected during monitoring is analyzed with the aim of: • Assessing any changes in baseline conditions; • Assessing whether recommended mitigation measures have been successfully implemented; • Determining reasons for unsuccessful mitigation; • Developing and recommending alternative mitigation measures or plans to replace unsatisfactory ones; and • Identifying and explaining trends in environment improvement or degradation.

A set of Monitoring Requisite for the construction phase of subprojects are provided in detail in the following Annexe 19

5.2.6 Requirements for Operational Monitoring of SWM Facilities, Sanitary Landfills and Post Closure Environmental Monitoring of Closed Open Dumpsite and Closed Sanitary Landfill Facilities

Monitoring of environmental conditions during operation of SWM facilities, sanitary landfill facilities, sequential stabilization of closed dumpsites and closed sanitary landfill sites should be carried out continuously and will be a key factor in ensuring the that the site is fully environmentally sound in its operation. The best practices and requisite media and parameters presented in Annex 20 and 21, for closed open dumps and sanitary landfills respectively, are to be included in the operational EMPs and monitoring plans to be developed for implementation, by the Safeguards specialists of the IA/PMU and handed to the designated authority that will manage the site post the closure works are completed.

Guidance on requisite environmental standards to be maintained during operation of SWM facilities are presented in the WBG EHS Guidelines (Annex 16). These monitoring requirements must be incorporate in to monitoring plans developed for solid waste operations and facility operations during project implementation.

It is essential to ensure that the results of monitoring as per the guidance provided in this section, as well as records on the operation and maintenance will be maintained and shared with the IDA on request during the operational phase. This will be the responsibility of the designated authority. The PMU will formally communicate the relevant information of focal points for environmental monitoring and operational management of the site, to the Bank, from the designated authority that will manage the environmentally closed dump site at the operational phase.

5.2.7 Precautionary Procedure for Management of Chance Found Physical Cultural Resources

If any person discovers a physical cultural resource, such as (but not limited to) archeological sites, historical sites, remains and objects, or a cemetery and/or individual graves during excavation or construction, the Contractor shall: 1. Stop the construction activities in the area of the chance find; 2. Delineate the discovered site or area; 60

3. Secure the site to prevent any damage or loss of removable objects. In cases of removable antiquities or sensitive remains, a night guard shall be arranged until the responsible authorities take over; 4. Notify the Supervising Officer who in turn will notify the responsible authorities immediately (within 24 hours or less); 5. Responsible authorities are in charge of protecting and preserving the site before deciding on subsequent appropriate procedures. This would require a preliminary evaluation of the findings to be performed by archeologists. The significance and importance of the findings should be assessed according to the various criteria relevant to cultural heritage; those include the aesthetic, historic, scientific or research, social and economic values used by the GoSL; 6. Decisions on how to handle the finding shall be taken by the responsible authorities. This could include changes in the layout (such as when finding an irremovable remain of cultural or archeological importance) conservation, preservation, restoration and salvage; 7. Implementation for the authority decision concerning the management of the finding shall be communicated in writing by relevant local authorities; and 8. Construction works could resume only after permission is granted from the responsible local authorities concerning safeguard of the physical cultural resource. 9. The Supervising Officer must have capacity to manage the processes in the plan. At a minimum, expert opinion should be sought from government agencies or specialist consultants for the following:

Further elaboration of required steps for the management of any chance for physical cultural resources or property or artifacts of cultural/archeological significance are presented in Annex 15.

5.2.8 Project Level Environment Audit

Most of the development projects in Sri Lanka follow EMFs and develop EMP’s that need to be implemented ardently at the end which will render the entire process either a success and futile. Therefore, monitoring of the project during the construction and implementation phase is a must to ensure environmental compliance of a project. This could be achieved through regular environmental audits which will look at the experience of incorporating environmental safeguards to the solid waste management sector and the level of impact it has had on ensuring the sound environmental management of solid waste operations, specifically.

The purpose of the environmental audit is to • Collect, analyze and interpret monitoring results to detect changes related to implementation and operation of specific activities • To verify the monitoring parameters are in compliance with national set standards • To compare the predicted impacts with actual impacts and evaluate the accuracy of predictions • To evaluate the effectiveness of implementation of the EMPs • To identify shortcomings in the EMPs if any and incorporate it into the EMPs if deemed necessary • To identify and report if there is non-compliance with the EMPs

The auditors must first develop a structured questionnaire based on the EMPs for the purpose of conducting the audit. Then during the site visit data can be collected using this questionnaire through interview surveys of officers responsible for implementation of the EMPs and site records, logs etc., The audits can be carried out at regular intervals or on ad hoc basis or when mitigation is not carried out as defined by the EMP leading to public concern.

Expected outcomes of the Environment Audits are

• Ensure that EMPs are implemented properly • Ensure that the mitigation measures are effectively minimizing the identified impacts as well as identify new impacts that may have been excluded in the EMPs that require mitigation. Then make necessary adaptive changes to the EMPs to ensure that the all significant impacts are effectively mitigated. • Identify noncompliance with EMPs if any and provide recommendations as to how to deal with such non-compliance to further strengthen the success of project activities.

An environmental audit for ESWMP will be conducted, twice during the project implementation period. Once prior to the project Mid Term Review and a year from the project stipulated closing date. The audit will entail to cover all activities outlined in the EMF. review a sample of (i) the screening forms prepared by each project implementing agency (ii) standalone environmental assessments/management plans (iii) application of the NEA and its clearance procedures followed by the project, as the case be, and based on site visits ensure conformity with conditions, guidelines and comments stipulated in these and other related documents. The audit will not only capture the compliance status of a detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the Environmental Audit is presented in Annex 23.

5.2.9 Information Disclosure

Disclosure of relevant project information will help affected communities understand the risks, impacts and opportunities of the Project. The implementing agency will publicly disclose the EMF and all Environmental Assessment documentation, including EAs, REAs and EMPs, for public review and comments in appropriate locations in the Project area. These include the project websites, social media, project offices and local authority offices to ensure all layers of the community have due access. Executive summaries of all EAs and REAs are to be translated to the local languages of Sinhala and Tamil.

All documentation will also be made available on the implementing agencies web site both in English and in local languages. Newspaper and other media outlets will alert the community to the availability of the documentation, an example of a public announcement on EA disclosure is presented in Annex 25. The website will also enable the community opportunity to provide comment electronically.

All safeguards Documentation will also be made available in the World Bank Info shop and Sri Lanka World Bank external website.

5.2.10 Grievance Redressal Mechanism

The implementing agencies, both the PMU and IAs, will establish a grievance mechanism to receive and facilitate resolution of the affected communities’ concerns and about the implementing agency’s environmental and social performance during project implementation.

The EMP and its management program will establish a mechanism to address concerns raised promptly that is readily accessible to all segments of the affected communities, at no cost and without retribution.

5.2.11 Consultation Plan

The MoMPWD has undertaken several consultations during project preparation on the overall planned interventions to be financed by the project. Instrument wise consultations need to be taken around each project site and as well as consultations on the EMF. These should be duly documented in the respective outputs of the consultancies. In addition, PMU and IAs will conduct continuous consultations with stakeholders and report as part of safeguards monitoring. In this line at project implementation a detailed consultation plan will be prepared and endorsed by the IDA task team. The plan will outline dates of consultations, locations and other information as relevant to the subprojects and the consultation notes will be documented and shared with IDA. Consultations programs should first provide information in the form of briefs and relevant documents to the group being consulted at minimum at least 2 weeks prior to the date of consultation. The feedback and concerns raised on environmental safeguards issues, during consultations are to be thoroughly evaluated and any issues and concerns, once verified and where practically possible in the context of the project, should be mitigated via the relevant environmental safeguards instrument.

5.2.12 Diagrammatic representation of Sequencing Environmental Management Steps

The steps highlighted in the predesign sections need to follow the following sequence

5.3 Sequence and Action Plan of Safeguards instruments for subprojects to be financed under the project.

5.3.1 Timeframe for planning and carrying out safeguards assessment

Timely planning and execution of environmental screening and follow up assessments/plans for sub-project investments would be crucial in achieving the overall project implementation and completion targets. Any delay in obtaining relevant environmental approvals/clearances would hold back commencement of sub- project activities thus causing project implementation to be delayed. Such delays can be costly in terms of project time as well as resources. Hence, it is extremely important that the PMU initiates sub-project specific screening and follow up assessments as soon as the concept designs become ready. All environmental assessments/plans should be completed by the time of tendering and the EMPs should be a part of the bidding document so that the contractor is made duly aware of his commitments towards environmental safeguards management under each sub-project.

As a guide, the following table provides typical timelines for completing the safeguards cycle for different types of safeguard instruments. This timeline is intended to guide the PMU in planning screening and 63

safeguards assessment ahead and to determine a realistic timeframe to commence the tender process for the sub-project investments. Please note the table below does not include time taken for procurement of consultancy services to conduct the EAs.

The PMU will prepare and share a project specific timeline with IDA during project implementation.

Stages in the process EAs SCAss EMPs Remarks Environmental 1 week 1 week 1 week The need for follow on assessments Screening will be determined by the screening outcome Scoping and setting of 2 weeks 1 week 1 week TOR when applicable Report preparation 4 1 1 Length of time will be determined by months months month the complexity of issues involved. What is considered here is an average based on the type of projects. Report appraisal 2 weeks 1 week 1 week Public consultation 1 month 1 month 1 month Report Finalization 2weeks 2 weeks 1 week Clearance Clearance will be provided within a week after review comments and public concerns have been adequately addressed in the report. Other GoSL Clearences 3 - 4 weeks where applicable Tentative time for EA 8 3-4 3–4 cycle months months months (min – max) Scenario 2: Sub-projects which trigger both OP 4.01 and EIA under national regulations. NOTE: This will be most relevant to instruments that require EIA/IEE as per the NEA. Provision of preliminary 1 week - - project information Scoping & determine 1 month WB will review TOR and provide EMP and TOR - - consent/comment preparation IEE/EIA report NS* One report to satisfy both local and WB - - preparation requirements Checking adequacy of NS - - WB will review and submit comments IEE/EIA report Provision of additional NS* - - information if required Public consultation 1 month WB safeguard policies will require a - - period of 120 days public commenting period Forwarding Comments 1 week - - to the PP Responding to public NS* - - comments Decision 1 month WB clearance will be provided con- Concurrence on the - - currently decision 64

Appeal against rejection (If rejected) Final Decision

Tentative time for EA 12–15 cycle months approx.

5.3.2 Project Components, Environmental Safeguards Requirements and Timeline for Planning and Preparation

Component Environmental Safeguards Delivery Timeline Responsible

Instrument Institutions

Risk Potential

COMPONENT 1 1.1. Safe closure of High Environmental Management Plan Completed- to be Led by the PMU-in Meethotamulla dumpsite and Punitive Clauses in contractual reupdated with final collaboration with agreement. designed and cleared by the UDA RSA-Prior to A site contamination audit and Procurement Documents drone based mapping and analysis being updated. of the Meethotamulla dump was conducted by the MoMPWD post the dumpsite failure. 1.2 Waste diversion: High Site Contamination Audit, EMP SCA has commence rapid Led by the PMU- composting facilities and and Punitive Clauses in contractual audit and EMP MMPWD temporary controlled agreement. - Will be applicable to preparation as per in collaboration with landfill at the adjacent Compositing facility also. conceptual designs PMU-MPCLG and Kerawalapitiya Waste Park Composting and landfill operations available. SCA and EMP SLRDCC (including mobile leachate will be aligned with World Bank to be completed by 30 treatment, safe closure of Group EHS Guidelines. March 2018 the controlled landfill when Aruwakkalu is operational) 1.3 Rehabilitation of High Site Contamination Audit (SCA), To be completed during Led by the PMU- Karadiyana controlled EMP Punitive Clauses in implementation at MMPWD dumpsite contractual agreement. conceptual design stage. in collaboration with the WMA 1.4 Improvement of Modera Environmental Assessment (EA), To be completed during Led by the PMU- operations at Dompe te EMP Punitive Clauses in implementation at MMPWD sanitary landfill contractual agreement. conceptual design stage. in collaboration with the CEA

1.5 Sanitary Landfill at High A joint EIA for the whole system EIA completed, EMP to PMU-MMPWD in Aruwakkalu, including two (Landfill site, transportation be completed by 28 collaboration with transfer stations and rail corridor via rail and two transfer February 2018, to be CMC spurs stations) has been completed, for cleared by RSA and which the Bank has provided disclosed prior to March comments to improve the 10th. document to meet World Bank policy requirements and EHS standards for transfer station, transfer, and sanitary landfill operations. An EMP and punitive clauses to the contracts to be included in the EIA for implementation once the EIA is updated to reflect World Bank comments and cleared by the RSA.

1.6 Railway rolling stock Substan Operational Environmental To be completed as part Led by the PMU- and haulage equipment for tial Management Plan for waste of Aruwakkalu EMP- MMPWD the waste transfer system to transfer- to outline waste handling Please sea 2.2 below. in collaboration with Aruwakkalu and transfer procedures as SWM the CMC,SLR, EMP 1.7: Vehicles and Haulage Sectoral WBG EHS Guidelines. be implemented by Equipment for CMC for Covered under those for CMC Transport Waste by Road component 2.2 to Aruwakkalu until Rail Connectivity Is Operational 1.8 Construction Not Construction supervision will also Overall supervision supervision consultant Applica include supervision of the EMP by PMU MMPWD (GoSL) ble and social impact mitigation plans prepared as per the safeguards requisites under sub component 1.5 COMPONENT 2

2.1 Waste Collection, Modera Operation of the waste collection TOR to be finalized prior Led by PMU- Sorting, Transport, and te and transportation will have to to March 2018, when MMPWD Processing for CMC and meet World Bank Group (WBG) scoped is finalized. in collaboration with other LAs General and SWM Sectoral the PMU-MPCLG 2.2. Waste collection Environmental Health and Safety TORs for selected local and selected local vehicles and processing Guidelines. authorities to be finalized authorities including facilities in nine SWM Post a systemic Audit of the system once they are finalized. CMC. clusters in the Provinces operational EMP for the waste and other LAs management system should be prepared as per WBG Sectoral EHS guidelines and used in the operational system - It should be used as part of the Operational Manuel for waste management. 2.3.Closure of the High Site Contamination Audit- EMP To be completed during Led by the PMU- Bloemendhal dumpsite and Punitive Clauses in contractual implementation at MMPWD agreement. conceptual design stage. in collaboration UDA 2.4. Development of an Modera Environmental Assessment (EA), To be completed during Led by the PMU- urban park at te EMP Punitive Clauses in implementation at MMPWD Meethotamulla contractual agreement. conceptual design stage. in collaboration UDA COMPONENT 3

3.1. SWM Sector review, Low No Specific Safeguards ToR for the preparation Led by PMU- consultations, and system Assessments of the review to include MPCLG

reform road map identification and management of social and environmental issues and appropriate mitigatory mechanisms. Timeline- TOR to be reviewed once the scope of the action plan is finalized. 3.2. Support to solid waste Low No Specific Safeguards Led by PMU- management institutions Assessments Provision for MPCLG environment and social development capacity/expertise, including ToR 3.3Facilities and capacity High One facilities are identified, Led by PMU- building in Local environmental screening and MPCLG Authorities on SWM subsequent assessments will be undertaken as per conceptual designs.

The project technical capacity building plan will also include environmental and social impact mitigation plan during operation of the SWM stream and facilities established under the project as the NWMA will be mandated to cover SWM nationwide when established. 3.4 Support for GoSL to Low No Specific Safeguards Not Applicable Not Applicable engage private sector and Assessments job creation initiatives in SWM 3.5 Audit of existing dump Low No Specific Safeguards TOR to be reviewed Led by the PMU- sites nationwide, and Assessments- Study TOR will when scope of study is MMPWD in development of guidelines include assessment of finalized- during collaboration with for SWM environmental parameters. implementation. the PMU-MPCLG COMPONENT 4

4.1. Public awareness and Low No Specific Safeguards Not Applicable citizen engagement Assessments programs 4.2. Consultant support for Low No Specific Safeguards Instruments Not Applicable project design, implementation and capacity building 4.3. Implementation Monitoring be conducted as During project PMU and All IAs support for PMU and PIA, outlined in project EMF and AP, implementation- With including incremental RPF, SMF and standalone sub- compliance monitoring operation costs. project specific EAs, EMPs, reports being submitted to SIMPs, RAPs. the bank

COMPONENT 5 Contingent Emergency The Operations Manuel for the PMU MMPWD and Response (CER) CER will include procedural MPCLG requirements for both environmental and social safeguards management during the event of an emergency response.

* The list of project components above has been extracted from the Project Appraisal Document as of the 67

18th January 2018. The table above is to be updated on a quarterly basis throughout the implementation of the project and is not final as presented in the document.

5.4 Clearance Procedures with IDA

All safeguards instruments listed below will be subject to IDA prior review and clearance by the IDA safeguards specialist. Only cleared safeguards instruments can be included in bidding documents and other procurement instruments. No work can commence on project sites without due clearance of the respective safeguards instrument as outlined in Table presented in Section 5.3.2.

• All TORs for SCASs and EAs • All SCASs, EAs, and EMPs

5.5 Safeguards Training

The Environmental and Social Coordinator will be trained by the Environmental Specialist and Social Specialist of the IDA project team on the EMF implementation, safeguards and procedural requirements of IDA

Training will be provided for the Implementing Agencies on how to monitor and report on environmental and social safeguards requirements by the E&S Coordinator. They will be also provided training on the use of Grievance Redressal mechanism, consultations. The generic scope required for such trainings are presented in the Session Plan presented in Annex 24

All contractors are expected to disseminate and create awareness within the workforce EMP compliance, and any staff training necessary for their effective implementation. Where contractors do not have existing environmental staff, E&S Coordinator and IAs will plan for adequate capacity building within the workforce to be involved.

Training on safeguards regarding operation of waste management systems and facilities and associated safeguards will be provided to the designated authority officials who will in due course manage the operation and are inbuilt in to the project modality.

Requisite Training Programs and Estimated Number During Course of Project

Minimum Number to be Training Program Target Audience conducted over project period EMF and Safeguards Implementation PMU Staff 10 programs Training: to cover world bank environmental IA Staff safeguards, management and monitoring Field Agency Staff. during project implementation- (including refresher) Training programs on operational Staff of SWM Facility 6 programs environmental safeguards implementation, operating entities, including monitoring for the CMC, WMA, SLRDCC, CEA, LA Staff etc.

Certificate Best Practice training on Key staff of agencies involved 2 programs Environmental Management within SWM in SWM in the project area. Operations- conducted by sectoral experts.

6 Chapter 6: Institutional Arrangements for Implementation of the Project

6.1 Overall Project Institutional Arrangements

Project implementation will entail the creation of project management unit (PMU) at the WMD within the MEE. The institutional responsibilities and arrangements for project implementation would be established for the participating implementation agencies, as follows:

Project Management Unit • The PMU’s main role will be to ensure operational compliance as per the World Bank polices as defined in the Project Appraisal Document, Financing Agreement and Operations Manual and Government policies as applicable. • The PMU will be led by a Project Director and will include a team of specialized staff responsible for project management, financial management, procurement, environmental safeguards, social safeguards, monitoring and evaluation, civil works design review and contract management, as well as support staff such a secretary, fiduciary support staff and a driver. • The PMU will also recruit specialized consultants necessary for specific technical assistance for overall implementation of activities. • The PMU will liaise closely and also ensure overall coordination of all Project entities to ensure necessary data and information are shared and collated for reporting to Project Board and the World Bank. (Ref Appraisal stage PAD, 2017)

Project Specific Implementation Issues

Steering Committee. A Steering Committee chaired by the Secretary, MMWD, will be established within two months of the effectiveness of the project. The Steering Committee will include representatives from the MMWD, MPCLG, and the PIAs. It will provide overall guidance to the project and address key issues faced during project implementation, including institutional coordination.

Project Management Unit. A full PMU will be established within two months of the effectiveness of the project in the MMWD and joined by the MPCLG. The PMU will be headed by a project director and will comprise two Additional Project Directors, one from the MMWD and the other from the MLGPC. A representative from each PIA will also be a member of the PMU. The PMU will provide oversight and coordination across all implementing agencies and ensure overall quality and timeliness of investments. It will be responsible for project management, FM and loan disbursements, coordinate with PIAs on safeguards implementation and compliance, semiannual progress reporting submission to the World Bank, project monitoring and evaluation, and preparation of the Implementation Completion and Results Report. The PMU will conduct quarterly technical and financial audits of implementation and expenditures of the PIAs, through independent consultants. The PMU will have specialist staff and consultants with expertise in engineering design of solid waste facilities, procurement, and social and environmental safeguard compliance monitoring. The PMU will also be responsible for implementing the Aruwakkalu landfill project and the MPCLG component, and carry out procurement for the SLR, CEA and the WMA.

Ministry of Provincial Councils and Local Government. The MPCLG, one of the core members of the PMU, will implement the subcomponents under the MPCLG, which will be the responsibility of the Additional Project Director (MPCLG) in the PMU. The PMU will set up a Sri Lanka rupee working account for the MPCLG, which will include all project funds for its subcomponents. The MPCLG will be responsible for design, bid documents, contract award and signature, supervision, FM, safeguards implementation and compliance monitoring, reporting on physical and financial progress, and providing necessary inputs/data for progress reporting, and preparation of the Implementation Completion and Results 70

Report.

Project Implementation Agencies. There are six PIAs under the project:

• Central Environmental Authority. The CEA will be responsible for preparation of specifications and bid document for equipment for the Dompe landfill, but procurement will be carried out by the PMU.

• Colombo Municipal Council. The CMC will be responsible for preparation and implementation of designs and bid documents, procurement and supervision for household waste bins, vehicles and equipment for waste collection, segregation, and improvement of sorting facilities for materials recovery.

• Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation. The SLLRDC is responsible for design and procurement of contractors for the construction of the temporary landfill and compost plant equipment and dump trucks and for operations at the KWP.

• Sri Lanka Railways. The SLR will be responsible for preparation of specifications and bid documents for railway rolling stock and waste haulage containers for the transport of waste from Kelaniya to Aruwakkalu. Procurement will be carried out by the PMU.

• Urban Development Authority. The UDA will be responsible for the closure of the Meethotamulla and Bloemendhal dumpsites and for the construction of the urban park at Meethotamulla. The UDA will be responsible for preparation of designs, bid documents, procurement, and construction supervision.

• Waste Management Authority (Western Province). The WMA will be responsible for the rehabilitation and closure of the controlled dumpsite at Karadiyana. The WMA will prepare designs and bid documents, but procurement will be done by the PMU.

The PIAs will be responsible for detailed design, specifications, and bid documents preparation. The CMC, SLLRDC, and UDA will also award and sign contracts. The PIAs will also be responsible for construction supervision, monitoring of physical and financial progress, maintaining project expenditure information, implementation of social and environmental safeguard instruments, monitoring and supervision of safeguards compliance, and progress reporting. They will provide inputs to the PMU for preparation of progress reports, Result Framework Monitoring Reports, and the Implementation Completion and Results Report.

Operation and Maintenance of SWM Facilities

A new company to be set up under MMWD (within twelve months of project effectiveness) will be the asset owner of the landfill and the Kelaniya and Aruwakkalu transfer stations. GoSL will engage a private operator or operators to operate the waste transfer and disposal facilities at Kelaniya and Aruwakkalu under a form of contract acceptable to the Bank, before January 1, 2020.

Figure 6.1 Diagram of Institutional Implementation Unit

6.2 Institutional Arrangement for Implementation of the EAMF

The PMU to be established within the WMD will need to second/hire environmental specialists to focus on the tasks and responsibilities outlined in the EMF in the role of an Environmental Specialist and Safeguards Coordinator (ESSC).

The ESSC the PMU; He/She will report to the Project Director (PMU), under the Secretary (MoMPWD) and will be responsible for the overall management of environmental safeguards of the project and the implementation of the project specific safeguards instruments. The safeguards instruments include the EMF and all subsequent EAs and EMPs prepared during project implementation. He/she will be in charge of the overall management of safeguards that will be implemented by the implementing agencies and will partake in the following responsibilities;

Provide overall policy and technical direction for safeguards management under the Project, as defined by the project environmental and social safeguards instruments. Co-ordinate closely with the Environmental a Officers in the IAs in planning and managing project implementation as per the safeguards instruments; and provide necessary technical assistance to facilitate the implementation, management and monitoring of environmental and social safeguards Ensure environmental due diligence is carried out for each sub-project as soon as conceptual technical design and scope have been defined, as outlined in the safeguards instruments. 72

Closely co-ordinate with the PMU and IA technical colleagues for timely preparation of Environmental/Social Assessments/Management Plans for sub-projects, as necessary (depending on screening outcome); co-ordinate with the IAs for hiring technical assistance, where necessary, and for review and endorsement of these safeguard documents Conduct environmental screening for subprojects in collaboration with the team. Ensure consistency of safeguard documents with national environmental regulations and world bank policy requirements as defined in this EMF; work with the PMU to obtain necessary clearances from local environmental/archaeological regulatory authorities for sub-projects, where applicable. Prepare terms of references to undertake requisite safeguards assessments for complex activities that will warrant EA as per the environmental screening conducted and obtain necessary clearances from the World Bank and/or designated project approving agencies. Manage the consultants hired to undertake the preparation of environmental safeguards instruments, including environmental assessments, site contamination audits and other safeguards assessments, where applicable, and provide coordination support with implementation agencies and individuals Review draft and final environmental safeguard instruments for quality and obtain necessary clearances as per the safeguards instruments. Ensure that applicable measures in the EMPs are included in the design, and conditions on compliance with EMPs are included in the bidding documents. Liaise closely with the procurement team of the PMU and IAs on the above. Develop, organize and deliver environmental training programs and workshops for the Implementing Agencies at the field level, contractors, field supervision staff and other implementing agency officials as needed, on safeguard requirements and their management Ensure compliance with EMPs during the construction period and maintain close co-ordination with the technical teams of the IAs who will conduct monitoring. Prepare additional technical guidelines, if necessary, to support the safeguards instruments in order to strengthen the implementation of environmental and social safeguards Ensure adequate public consultation during the preparation of safeguards instruments Ensure public complaints relating to nuisance and inconvenience caused by sub-project implementation are addressed with corrective action and adequately documented Report to the Project Director, Secretary of MoMPWD and MoPCLG, and the World Bank on the overall environmental and social performance of the project as part of PMU’s periodic progress reporting. Maintain close cooperation with IAs to monitor the O&M during the operation of the project; Hold regular review meetings with the safeguards officers of the IAs and visit selected project sites to monitor implementation of the safeguards instruments.

Prepare routine monitoring reports, in collaboration with the IAs as set forth in the safeguards instruments. Liaise closely, where technical guidance is required, with the Environmental Specialists of the World Bank task team. Promote community participation in the process of planning, management and monitoring of environmental/social impacts of sub-projects; provide guidelines on community participation in environmental/social monitoring to the IAs Prepare terms of references for the systemic environmental audits for all project components and obtain clearances. Review and comment on audit reports, take necessary actions to address audit issues raised and obtain comments from World Bank. The ESSC will need to have the following academic qualifications and experience.

At minimum, a Master’s Degree in a field related to Solid Waste Management, Environmental Management, Environmental Engineering or a related field

A Minimum of 8-10 years’ professional national experience in environmental management, with a specific focus on Solid Waste Management, including extensive field experience, working with various government and private sector agencies and community organizations, especially in the field level.

The MoMPWD and MoLGWD has good capacity in terms of technical aspects as well as management and implementation of safeguards drawing from both the experience of implementing two Category A operations, namely the MCUDP and the Strategic Cities Development Project and a host of other Bank and donor funded projects within the ministry.

The ESSC will have three environmental officers assigned to assist in coordination and requisite field reviews etc. The PMU will require to hire these individuals who will share the role explained below, each officer will conduct the following tasks.

Environmental Officers at PMU; Will have the following key roles and responsibilities to support the ESSC and will report directly to the ESSC.

Work with ESSO in conducting environmental screening and field monitoring and will prepare the environmental screening reports assigned. Will conduct the necessary field work/ data collection for completion of environmental screening reports during sub project preparation and monitoring reports during sub project implementation. Will coordination with the project partner agencies to ensure timely delivery of safeguards instruments and monitoring updates. EOs will need to have the following academic qualifications and experience.

At minimum, a Master’s Degree in a field related to, Environmental Management, Natural Resource Management or a related field.

A Minimum of 2 years’ professional national experience in environmental management, including extensive field experience, working with various government and private sector agencies and community organizations, especially in the field level. Experience working on Solid Waste Management projects will be an added benefit.

Environmental Safeguards Focal Points at IAs; These focal points will be staff seconded by the relevant IA to the project implementation Cells to be established. They will be responsible for ensuring activities implemented by their respective IAs as per the EMF are well managed and report to the EHSC based in the PMU. They will assist in providing data and the timely completion of environmental screening reports and instruments and will collaborate with the PMU ESSO to ensure these assessments are completed in a timely manner. The Implementing Agencies are responsible for managing procurement and implementation of subprojects assigned to them while overall supervision will be conducted by the PMU. He/She will take proactive efforts during monitoring/reporting on compliance of due diligence mechanisms set forth in the EMF. As these officers, will be based in the IAs they will be required to conduct regular monitoring visits and facilitate good communication between contractors and PMU on safeguards issues and provide guidance to the contractors. In addition, they will also conduct awareness and training programs among the contractor staff and labors on EMP implementation.

Contractors: Implementation of measures laid out in the EMPs from the preconstruction, during, and to the close of construction will largely be the contractor’s responsibility (apart from those provisions relating to technical designs and other specified tasks indicated in the EMPs) and for this the contractor will nominate a safeguard officer (as requested in the EMP) as the focal person who will be directly responsible for ensuring compliance with the EMP during construction. The requisite qualifications for the environmental officer to be appointed by the contractor are presented in the Term of Reference in Annex 22.

Consultants: The PMU will hire environmental consultants to provide technical support the PMU where specialized services are required. Some of the consultancies identified include:

Preparation of EAs, EMPs, SEAs for sub projects as outlined in Section 5.3.2 of the EMF Conducting two systemic Project Level Environment Audits outlined in 5.2.8

6.3 The Roles and Responsibilities of IDA

The IDA project task team, specifically the environmental specialists, will provide close supervision and necessary implementation support by reviewing and providing guidance on conducting screening, and the preparation of relevant safeguard instruments as well as providing training for trainers programs for the ESSC; Undertake prior review and provide feedback on all safeguards instruments, review of monitoring updates and other relevant safeguards documents. Ensure regular missions to review overall safeguards performance and provide further implementation support Share knowledge on technologies and best practices Provide training support on Bank’s safeguard policies and requirements of the project.

6.4 Rough Cost Estimates of Safeguards Instruments

Drawing from the project experience and current indicative costs of Category A projects the following table provides a rough estimation of costs for safeguard management and EMF implementation. In terms of costs,

competition and an increase in the number of players in the consultancy market within the country has led to drops in preparation costs since 2016 when done by local consultants. All safeguards instruments have been inbuilt in to the project modality and will be financed via the project and detailed project cost tables will include the necessary costs accordingly.

The associated cost to implement EMPs as well as training for project staff, contractors etc. have been integrated into the project budget. The project will ensure that all works contracts will include the EMP, and the cost of implementing the EMP will be identified as an item in the Bill of Quantities.

Unit Total Activity Quantity Rate in US$ in US$ Environmental Staff Environmental Specialist and Safeguards Coordinator (ESSC). 1 1500 90000 Environmental Officers at PMU 3 1000 60000 Environmental Focal Point at IA 5 500 30000 Sub Total 180000 Capacity Building (short-term and long-term)

Training on environmental safeguards, management and monitoring during project implementation (including refresher)- Project 10 50,000 500,000 Implementing staff, contractors staff

Training programs on operational environmental safeguards implementation, monitoring for staff of SWM Facility operating 6 50,000 300,000 entities

Certificate Best Practice training on Environmental Management 2 200,000 400,000 within SWM Operations- conducted by sectoral experts.

Safeguard Instrument Preparation

Recruitment of consultants to prepare stand-alone EAs, EMPs, SCAs lump sum 800,000

Consultancy for project level environmental audit 2 100,000 200,000

Environmental Monitoring

Environmental monitoring that includes sampling and laboratory lump sum 250,000 testing as outlined in EIAs/EMPs

Environmental screening and compliance monitoring by project staff (will be part of transport and operational budget of the overall lump sum 250,000 ESWMP)

Costs associated with mitigation measures identified in respective Included in the construction safeguards instruments costs Contingencies 100,000 TOTAL 2,880,000

ANNEXES

Annexes 7.1 Annex-1: Map Showing Locations of Key Project Sites Aruwakkalu Sanitary Landfill

LANDFILL

Transfer Station

Kerawalapitiya Composting Site and Controlled Landfill COMPOST

Bloemendhal Dump Site T Kelaniya Transfer Dompe Sanitary Meetotamulla Station Landfill Dump Site COLOMBO MUNICIPAL COUNCIL

Karadiyana Dump Site

The map above does not indicate project sites under Component 3 as sub-project sites are to be identified during project implementation, post technical appraisal. 78

7.2 Annex 2: Suggested Format for Environmental Screening Form

Environmental Screening Report

1. Project Identification Project title

Project Proponent

2. Project Location Location (relative to the nearest town, highway) Definition of Project Area

(The geographical extent of the project & areas affected during construction)

Adjacent land and features

3. Project Justification Need for the project

(What problem is the project going to solve)

Purpose of the project (what is going to be achieved by carrying out the project)

Alternatives considered (different ways to meet the project need and achieve the project purpose)

4. Project Description Proposed start date Proposed completion date Estimated total cost Present land ownership Description of the project (with supporting material such as maps, drawings etc attached as required) Project Management Team Agency –

Contact person -

Nature of consultation and input received

5. Description of the existing environment 5.1 Physical features – Ecosystem components Topography and terrain

Soil (type and quality)

Surface water (sources, distance from the site, local uses and quality) Ground water (sources, distance from the site, local uses and quality) Flooding Air quality (any pollution issues) Noise level and vibration (Any anticipated issues)

5.2 Ecological features – Eco-system components

Vegetation (trees, ground cover, aquatic vegetation)

Presence of wetlands 80

Fish and fish habitats

Birds (waterfowl, migratory birds, others)

Presence of special habitat areas (special designations and identified sensitive zones)

Human Animal Coexistence Screening

The site is a known area of Elephant Habituation (verify site location with DWC if elephants are recorded from the project site historically) Does the site require particular mitigation, including elephant fences, warning signs etc. 5.3 Physical Cultural Resources (PCR) PCR resources in the area (recorded or potential to exist)

Type of PCR Distance from the project site Ownership Protection status National/regional/local significance 5.4 Other features Residential/Sensitive Areas (Eg, Hospitals, Schools)

Traditional economic and cultural activities

6. Public Consultation Public consulted Consultation method Date Details/Issues raised

7. Screening for Potential Environmental Impacts Screening question Yes No Significance of Remarks the effect (Low, moderate, high) 1 Will construction and operation of the Project involve actions which will cause physical changes in the locality (topography, land use, changes in water bodies, etc)

2 Will the Project involve use, storage, transport, handling or production of substances or materials which could be harmful to human health or the environment or raise concerns about actual or perceived risks to human health?

3 Will the Project produce solid wastes during construction or operation?

4 Will the Project release pollutants or any hazardous, toxic or noxious substances to air?

5 Will the Project cause noise and vibration or release of light, heat energy or elecctromagnetic radiation?

6 Will the Project lead to risks of contamination of land or water from releases of pollutants onto the ground or into surface waters, groundwater or coastal wasters?

7 Will the project cause localized flooding and poor drainage during construction 82

Is the project area located in a flooding location?

8 Will there be any risks and vulnerabilities to public safety due to physical hazards during construction or operation of the Project?

9 Are there any transport routes on or around the location which are susceptible to congestion or which cause environmental problems, which could be affected by the project?

10 Are there any routes or facilities on or around the location which are used by the public for access to recreation or other facilities, which could be affected by the project?

11 Are there any areas or features of high landscape or scenic value on or around the location which could be affected by the project?

12 Are there any other areas on or around the location which are important or sensitive for reasons of their ecology e.g. wetlands, watercourses or other water bodies, mountains, forests which could be affected by the project?

13 Is the location within or adjacent to the coastal zone? If so, what is the distance to the coast? 14 Are there any areas on or around the location which are used by protected, important or sensitive species of fauna or flora e.g. for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, migration, which could be affected by the project?

15 Are there mangrove, coral reef, sea grass bed, turtle beach habitats etc within close proximity? 16 Is the project located in a previously undeveloped area where there will be loss of green-field land

17 Will the project cause the removal of trees in the locality? 18 Can any of the identified historic or culturally importance sites on or around the location be affected by the project?

19 Are there existing land uses on or around the location e.g. homes, gardens, other private property, industry, commerce, recreation, public open space, community facilities, agriculture,

forestry, tourism, mining or quarrying which could be affected by the project?

20 Are there any areas on or around the location which are densely populated or built-up, which could be affected by the project?

21 Are there any areas on or around the location which are occupied by sensitive land uses e.g. hospitals, schools, places of worship, community facilities, which could be affected by the project

22 Are there any areas on or around the location which contain important, high quality or scarce resources e.g. groundwater, surface waters, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals, which could be affected by the project?

23 Are there any areas on or around the location which are already subject to pollution or environmental damage e.g. where existing legal environmental standards are exceeded, which could be affected by the project? 24 Will the project involve treatment of Solid Waste, if so indicate the amounts, nature of waste and briefly describe proposed waste management technologies to be implemented on site.

8. Project operating requirements

Yes No 24 Does the project belong to a prescribed category of the National Environmental Act 25 Does the project need to obtain clearances from the following agencies: 26 a. Department of Archaeology 27 b. National Building Research Organization 28 c. Coast Conservation Department 29 d. Forest Department 30 e. Department of Wildlife Conservation 31 f. Any other: If so, describe

9. Conclusion and Screening Decision

Summary of environmental effects: Assuming that all mitigation measures are implemented as proposed, the following effects cane be predicted 84

N/S - Effect not significant, or can be rendered insignificant with mitigation

SP - Significant positive effect

SN - Significant negative effect

U - Outcome unknown or cannot be predicted, even with mitigation

10. Screening Decision Recommendation (check one): Environmental assessment is still underway, and not final. All potentially adverse effects can be classified as general construction related impacts and are mitigatable with known technology. Public concern does not warrant further assessment.

Therefore, standalone Environmental Assessment not required, an Environmental Management Plan would be suffice.

Potential adverse impact are significant, hence, standalone Environmental Assessment and Management Plan needed before the project can proceed

Potential adverse impact are significant, hence project cannot be justified

11. Details of Persons Responsible for the Environmental Screening

Screening report completed by Date

Name/Designation/Contact information Signature Screening report reviewed by Date

Name/Designation/Contact information Signature Approved by Date

Name/Designation/Contact information Signature

7.3 Annex-3: Policy Framework: Environmental Assessment and Impact Mitigation

The importance of the Environmental Impact Assessment as an effective tool for the purpose of integrating environmental considerations with development planning is highly recognized in Sri Lanka. The application of this technique is considered as a means of ensuring that the likely effects of new development projects on the environment are fully understood and taken into account before development is allowed to proceed. The importance of this management tool to foresee potential environmental impacts and problems caused by proposed projects and its use as a mean to make project more suitable to the environment are highly appreciated. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) unit of the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) is involved in the implementation of the EIA procedure under the National Environmental Act.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA)

Realizing the need for integrating environment, economic and social considerations with the planning and decision making process in a more formal manner, the Government of Sri Lanka decided to introduce Environmental Impact Assessment for development projects. The importance of the Environmental Impact Assessment as an effective tool for the purpose of integrating environmental considerations with development planning is highly recognized in Sri Lanka.

The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) unit of the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) is involved in the implementation of the EIA procedure under the National Environmental Act. Administration of the EIA process, co-ordination between Project Approving Agencies (PAA's) that have been appointed for this purpose, preparation of manuals and guidelines on EIA and maintenance of a data base on EIA is done by the CEA.

EIA under the National Environmental Act (NEA)

EIA was mandated island wide by the 1988 amendments to the National Environmental Act. Part IV C of the Amendment Act No. 56 of 1988 mandated that CEA require “prescribed” development project proposals to be subjected to Environmental Impact Assessment, where adverse and beneficial impacts of the proposed projects on the environment would be identified together with measures to minimize such adverse impacts.

The procedure stipulated in the Act for the approval of projects provides for the submission of two types of reports Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) report and Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report. If the environmental impacts of the project are not very significant then the project proponent may be asked to do an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE), which is a relatively short and simple study. However, if the potential impacts appear to be more significant, the project proponent may be asked to do an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) which is a more detailed and comprehensive study of environmental impacts. Such reports are required in respect of “prescribed projects” included in a Schedule in an Order published by the Minister of Environment in terms of section 23 Z of the act in the Gazette Extra Ordinary No. 772/22 dated 24th June 1993 (ANNEX II). Once an EIA report is submitted NEA provides for a public inspection and comment on the report during a mandatory period of 30 days. A public hearing may be held to provide an opportunity to any member of the public (who has submitted his comments) to be heard in support of his comments if the PAA considers it to be in the public interest to do so. A decision whether to approve the project has to be arrived at thereafter. IEE reports have been exempted from this requirement. However, an Initial Environmental Examination report shall be deemed to be a public document for the purposes of sections 74 and 76 of the Evidence Ordinance (Chapter 21) and shall be open for inspection by the public.

The EIA process is implemented through designated Project Approving Agencies (PAAs) specified under Section 23 Y of the NEA. At present 23 state agencies, including Ceylon Tourist Board have been specified by the Minister as contained in Gazette Extra Ordinary No. 859/14 dated 23rd February 1995 and Gazette Extra Ordinary No. 1373/6 of 29th December 2004. The National Environmental Act stipulates that all “prescribed projects” must receive approval from the appropriate project approving agencies (PAAs), which must be those that are “concerned with or connected with such prescribed projects”. A PAA, which is also the project proponent, is disqualified from acting as the PAA for the project by NEA-EIA Regulation 2(1) of June 1993. When the PAA is also the project proponent, the CEA is required to designate an appropriate PAA. Again in cases where there are more than one PAA is involved, the CEA must determine the appropriate PAA. In the event of doubt or difficulty in identifying the appropriate PAA, it has been practice for the CEA to take on the role of PAA.

Prescribed projects

Prescribed projects are listed in two groups in Schedule included in the first ministerial order of June 24, 1993. Part I of the Schedule includes 31 projects and undertakings if located wholly or partly outside the Coastal Zone. The projects in this group irrespective of size if located wholly or partly within the coastal zone must undergo the approval process that is laid down in the Coast Conservation Act. In other words only those projects located totally outside the Coastal Zone will be subject to the approval process laid down in the NEA.

Item 19 in this list of 31 projects and undertakings is described as the “Development of Industrial Estates and Parks exceeding an area of 10 hectares”. Once an industrial estate or industrial park is approved under Part IV VC of the NEA, any individual project or undertaking located in it, even though prescribed, will be exempted from the approval process. Projects and undertakings, which are listed as Items 20 to 30, belong to the category of high polluting industries. They will be required to go through the EIA process only if they are located outside an approved industrial estate or industrial park.

Implementation of projects in environmentally sensitive areas that are listed in Part III of the Schedule is not prohibited, but regardless of their magnitude such projects and undertakings must go through the approval process. This itself acts as a disincentive to project proponents. Similarly, even though Part I of the Order exempts projects and undertakings proposed to be established within the Coastal Zone from the approval process set out in Part IV C of the NEA, the law requires that such projects must be subject to the NEA approval process if they are located in environmentally sensitive areas of the Coastal Zone. In short, the EIA process set out in the Coast Conservation Act applies to projects prescribed under the NEA only when they are located wholly within the Coastal Zone but not in any environmentally sensitive area therein.

Part II of the Schedule of prescribed projects includes Item 32 industries (Items 33 to 52). Item 32 is described as “All projects and undertakings listed in Part I irrespective of their magnitudes and irrespective of whether they are located in the coastal zone or not, if located wholly or partly within the areas specified in Part III of the Schedule”. The industries included as Items 33 to 52 are not described by magnitude and are subject to the approval process only if located within the environmental sensitive areas mentioned in Part III of the Schedule.

Operational Procedure for EIA/IEE

The Basic Information Questionnaire (BIQ) form prepared by the CEA has to be filled by the project proponent and submitted to the CEA. On examination of the BIQ, the CEA decides on the need for an EIA/IEE. If its determined that an EIA/IEE is required, the CEA will decide a suitable Project Approving Agency (PAA).

The PAA in turn will appoint a technical committee (TC) to scope the project based on the preliminary information. If the PAA determines that the project would have no long-term adverse environmental impacts, an initial environmental examination (IEE) would be considered adequate. The project proponent must submit a detailed IEE for review and approval by the PAA. The IEE should identify potential environmental and social issues and the possible remedial actions. Upon reviewing the IEE, if the TC identifies any substantial environmental issues that may arise as a result of the proposed project, the proponent will be advised to undertake a detailed EIA and issue the Terms of Reference (TOR) for the EIA. In developing the TOR, the PAA will also consider the views of other state agencies and the public. If the PAA decided that no further environmental analysis is needed, the process ends with approval/rejection of the IEE.

If an EIA is a necessity, then the project proponent must conduct the EIA according to the TOR issued, prepare the report in all three languages and submit it to the PAA. The PAA will then declare open the EIA report for a period of 30 days for public comments and the comments received will be conveyed to the proponent. The project proponent can then prepare a response to the public comments and submit it to the PAA. The TC will then evaluate the report with respect to adherence to the TOR, quality of the report contents and adequacy of the responses to public comments.

Based on the recommendations of the TC, the PAA in concurrence with CEA would either grant approval for the implementation of the proposed project subject to specific conditions or refuse approval for implementation of the project, giving reasons for doing so. The PAA will also specify a period within which the approved project should be completed. If the project proponent is unable to complete the project within the specified period, written permission for an extension must be obtained from the PAA, 30 days prior to the expiration of the approved completion date.

EIA in the Coast Conservation Act

The Coast Conservation Act No. 57 of 1981 together with the Coast Conservation (Amendment) Act, No. 64 of 1988 governs the Coastal Zone. This Zone comprises mainly “the area lying within a limit of three hundred meters landwards of the Mean High Water line and a limit of two kilometers seawards of the Mean Low Water line”. The EIA process is part of the permit procedure mandated in Part II of the Coast Conservation Act (CCA) for the approval of prescribed development projects and undertakings within the Coastal Zone. The Act states that the Minister in charge of the subject of Coast Conserva6tion “may, having regard to the effect of those development activities on the long term stability, productivity and environmental quality of the Coastal Zone, prescribe the categories of development activity, which may be engaged in within the Coastal Zone without a permit”. Such activity should not however include any development activity already prescribed under the NEA.

Section 16 of the Coast Conservation Act (CCA) confers on the Director of Coast Conservation the discretion to request a developer applying for a permit (to engage in a development activity within the Coastal Zone) to furnish an Environmental Impact Assessment relating to the proposed development activity. The CCA does not however specify how and when this discretion should be exercised. The Coast Conservation Department (CCD) interprets this provision as requiring an EIA when the impacts of the project are likely to be significant. The application from for a permit includes several questions, the answers to which would help determine whether the development activity is likely to have significant impacts on the environment.

The Act requires the Director of Coast Conservation, on receiving an EIA Report, to make it available for public inspection and to entertain comments on it. The Act also requires the Director of Coast Conservation to refer the EIA report to the Coast Conservation Advisory Council for comment. The Council is an inter- department, inter-disciplinary advisory body. The Director of Coast Conservation may decide to. 89

(1) Grant approval for the implementation of the proposed project subject to specified conditions, Or (2) Refuse approval for the implementation of the project, giving reasons for doing so.

Part I of the Schedule (annex II) containing the list of projects prescribed under the NEA states that the CCA applies in the case of those projects, which lie wholly within the Coastal Zone. This indicates that the NEA expects the Coast Conservation Dept. to consider these projects as prescribed and that an Environmental Impact Assessment is required albeit under the provisions of the CCA.

In practice however the Coast Conservation Department is guided by their own rules and regulations in determining whether any of the prescribed projects under the NEA require an Environmental Impact Assessment.

Certain parts of the Coastal Zone, which are considered environmentally sensitive and declared as “no- build” areas automatically, rule out the need to consider development projects in such areas. Similarly, development projects proposed for location in environmentally sensitive areas within the Coastal Zone are required to be submitted to the approval process specified in the NEA. Many of these environmentally sensitive areas have already been identified and listed by the Coast Conservation Department as “set-back” areas comprising reservation areas and restricted areas in which development activities are prohibited or significantly restricted.

CCD Planning Division officers submit their recommendations regarding proposed development projects to the Planning Committee of the Coast Conservation Department. The three technical divisions of the Coast Conservation Department recommend the issue of a permit with or without an EIA. Where an EIA is recommended, scoping sessions are convened with representatives of concerned state agencies to determine the Terms of Reference for the EIA.

The long title of the Coast Conservation Act states that the Act is established to regulate and control development activities within the Coastal Zone. Therefore, the Coast Conservation Department is the final authority in determining whether to permit a development activity in terms of the CCA, even though such activity may be required go through the approval process laid down in the NEA.

EIA in the Fauna and Flora (Protection) Ordinance

The Fauna and Flora (Protection) Ordinance No. 2 of 1937, as amended by the Fauna and Flora (Amendment) Act No. 49 of 1993, requires that any development activity of any description whatsoever proposed to be established within one mile of the boundary of any National Reserve, should receive the prior written approval of the Director of Wildlife Conservation. The Ordinance as amended mandates tha6t the project proponent should furnish an IEE or EIA report in terms of the National Environmental Act. The information that a project proponent applying for permission to establish a development project within one 90

mile of any National Reserve has to submit is much more comprehensive than the information required for the approval process stipulated under the NEA. This is because every development project or activity to be established within one mile of any National Reserve is subject to the approval process of the Department of Wild Life Conservation regardless of its magnitude or category. Success in the implementation of this requirement will be tested to the extent that the term “development activity” is not defined in the Act. This procedure could also discourage any development activity however environmentally compatible it is, proposed to be established within any environmentally sensitive area.

EIA in the Provincial Administration

The Provincial Level environmental protection and management is introduced in Sri Lanka through the 13th amendments to the constitution certified in November 1987, which specifies three lists, the Reserved list, the Provincial Council list, and the Concurrent list. Provincial Councils have the exclusive right to legislate through statues on matters specified in the provincial Council list. The subject of environmental protection is placed in the Concurrent list as well as on the Provincial Council list. Provincial councils and Parliament can both legislate on matters on the Concurrent list provides it is done in consultation with each other. Only the North Western Provincial Council (NWPC) enacted legislation on environmental protection by Statute No. 12 of 1990. The National Environmental Act remains suspended an in operative within the North Western Province with effect from 10th January 1991.

Operational Framework for Implementation of EIA under national regulations

Activity Agency Duration Submitting Preliminary information - A project proponent is required to CEA 2 months provide the CEA with preliminary information on the proposed project, in order for the EIA process to be initiated. The best time for a project proponent to submit the preliminary information on the proposed project is as soon as the project concept is finalized and the location of the project is decided. The Basic Information Questionnaire (BIQ) form prepared by the CEA can be used for this purpose (Annex 2). When a prescribed project is referred to CEA, the CEA will decide a suitable Project Approving Agency (PAA). Environmental Scoping - Then the PAA will carry out scoping and Terms PAA 2 month of Reference (ToR) for the EIA/IEE will be issued to the project proponent EIA/ IEE report preparation Proponent 3 months Public participation and evaluation - On receipt of an EIA report, it will PAA 3 months be subjected to an adequacy check in order to ensure that the ToR issued by the PAA has been met. It will then be open for public inspection / comments for a period of 30 working days. If there are any public comments on the EIA report, they will be sent to the project proponent for response. Subsequent to the public commenting period the PAA will appoint a Technical Evaluation Committee (TEC) to evaluate the EIA report and make its recommendations. IEE reports are not required to be opened for public comments and are thus subjected to technical evaluation only. Decision making - Based on the recommendation of the TEC, the PAA PAA 2 months makes it's decision on whether to grant approval for a project. If the PAA is not the CEA, it should obtain the concurrence of the CEA prior to granting approval 91

Generally the approval is valid for 3 years. If the Project Proponent does not commence work within 3 years of the decision, renewal of the approval from the Project Approving Agencies is necessary. The validity period is usually stated in the letter of approval.

7.4 Annex 4 : Basic Information Questionnaire for the CEA

APPLICATION NO

CENTRAL ENVIRONMENTAL AUTHORITY

BASIC INFORMATION QUESTIONNAIRE

(Essential information to determine the environmental approval requirement of projects)

1 Name of the Project:

2 Name of the Developer: (Company/firm/individual)

Postal Address:

Phone No: Fax No:

Contact person Name Designation: Phone No: Fax No:

3 Brief description of the project ( Use a separate sheet) Attach copy (ies) of pre-feasibility / feasibility study report (s) if available

4 Scale / magnitude of the project: (eg. For a road project: Length of the trace; Tourist hotel: No. of rooms; Agriculture project: Extent of land, solid waste management projects : capacity per/day etc.)

5 Main objective(s) of the project:

6 Investment and Funding sources:

7 Location of the Project i Pradeshiya Sabha: ii Divisional Secretariat: iii District iv Provincial Council

Provide a location map indicating the project site, access to the site, surrounding development and infrastructure within 500 m of the site (1:50000 scale).

8 Extent of the project area (in ha): 93

A copy of the survey plan of the site

9 Does the project wholly or partly fall within any of the following areas?

Area Y N Unaware e o s 100m from the boundaries of or within any area declared under the National Heritage Wilderness Act No 4 of 1988 100m from the boundaries of or within any area declared under the Forest Ordinance (Chapter 451) Coastal zone as defined in the Coast Conservation Act No 57 of 1981 Any erodable area declared under the Soil Conservation Act (Chapter 450) Any Flood Area declared under the Flood Protection Ordinance (Chapter 449) Any flood protection area declared under the Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation Act 15 of 1968 as amended by Act No 52 of 1982 60 meters from the bank of a public stream as defined in the Crown Lands Ordinance (Chapter 454) and having width of more than 25 meters at any point of its course Any reservations beyond the full supply level of a reservoir . Any archaeological reserve, ancient or protected monument as defined or declared under the Antiquities Ordinance (Chapter 188). Any area declared under the Botanic Gardens Ordinance (Chapter 446). Within 100 meters from the boundaries of, or within, any area declared as a Sanctuary under the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance (Chapter 469) 100 meters from the high flood level contour of or within, a public lake as defined in the Crown Lands Ordinance (Chapter 454) including those declared under section 71 of the said Ordinance Within a distance of one mile of the boundary of a National Reserve declared under the Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance

10 Present ownership of the project site:

State Private Other-specify

If state owned, please submit a letter of consent of the release of land from the relevant state agency

11 Present land use:

12 Present land use : (Please tick the relevant cage/s)

Land use Type Land use Type Paddy Marsh / Mangrove Tea Scrub / Forest Rubber Grassland / Chena Coconut Built-up area Other Plantations / Garden Other (pl. specify)

13 Does the site /project require any

Yes No If yes give the extent (in ha)

Reclamation of land, wetlands

Clearing of forest

Felling of trees

14 Does the project envisage any resettlement

Yes No If yes, give the number of families to be resettled

15 Does the project envisage laying of pipelines

Yes No If yes, give the length of the pipeline (km)

16 Does the project involve any tunneling activities

Yes No

17 Proposed timing and schedule including phased development:

18 Applicable laws, regulations, standards and requirements covering the proposed project:

19 Clearances / permits obtained or should be obtained from relevant state agencies and / or local authorities. (Attach required copies of the same)

The above information is accurate and true to the best of my knowledge. I am aware that this information will be utilized in decision-making by the relevant state authorities.

...... ……….. ………...... Date Signature of Applicant

7.5 Annex 5: Guidelines for Conducting Site Contamination Audits (SCAs)

Introduction and Objective

The purpose of the Site Contamination Audit (SCA) is to identify actual and potential site contamination as well as proliferation of contaminants across the area of the contaminated site. Contaminated land, such as solid waste open dump sites and poorly managed solid waste managing facilities, emit hazardous substances such as heavy metals to soil, toxic leachate, noxious and volatile landfill gas and a host of other contaminants which in turn pose conditions that are hazardous to public health and for the environment and need to be managed with proper remedial actions and environmental management tools. A site contamination audit ensures such sites are evaluated on the pollution linkage and facilitates in establishing the level of risk posed to public health and the environment and the key actions required to manage and/or mitigate the risk.

Process and Required Components of a SCA

The SCA process will include a site inspection and discussions with the personnel managing the waste management facility and residents who are informed about the site and its history and conditions. The site inspection will examine vegetation stress, key ecological receptors, leachate breakout and signs of contamination discharge. Surrounding land uses will also be considered. Drinking water sources and wells will be noted using published well records correlated to site observations. Proximity of the site to surface water bodies or sensitive habitats (e.g., wetlands) should also be identified.

The following key requirements need to be incorporated in to site specific Terms of References for that will be developed during project implementation.

The SCA report needs to include the following information at minimum.

An Outline of Facility Characteristics: Present current and historical description of the site and surrounding characteristics at a radius as outlined below for and its facilities should be developed, particularly as it relation to the areas of concern like contaminant sources and discharge points. Visual inspections, facility records reviews and discussions with informed personnel are to be employed for this purpose. In addition, above and below ground structures should be reviewed as possible sources of contaminant migration. Prior site uses and surrounding land uses are also considered. This section should be presented diagrammatically or via the use of maps to indicate locations of sensitive receptors with relation to the contaminated site being assessed, these include settlements, transportation corridors, protected areas, wetlands, coastlines, surface water bodies including canals and tributaries and other etc. The site inspection should also document the natural integrity of the surrounding environment, the condition of the facility, its set up and ancillary facilities, presence of unauthorized activities such as waste scavenging and piggeries on site, encroachments, and conditions such presence of animals and vectors in site and other nuances.

Table 1: Study Area Demarcation

Nature of Contaminated Site Study Area Small Open Dumpsite (Less than 10ft in height 500m radius from base of dump and 500m in surface area covered) Medium- Large Open Dumpsite-(More than 10ft 1000m radius (km) from base of dump in height and 500m in surface area covered)

A Solid waste management facility operating 500m radius from facility site boundary with visible inadequate environmental management (EPL requirements not met, no operational EMP etc.)

Current conditions of Physical Site Characteristics: The ecology, geology, hydrology and hydrogeology of the site and a radius as defined in Table 1, are to be examined using available data. The overall aim is to provide a more comprehensive description and understanding of the local site characteristics and to develop a current and historical description of the area. The current physical salient features of the sight, including

Identification of Contaminates and their characteristics: Contaminants to air, surface water, ground water and soil that may be present at the site must be identified. Their quantities and concentrations are to be estimated by visual inspections and scientific testing. Sampling locations should be spread out around the immediate vicinity of the site and spread out at different points locations along the minimum study area radius indicated in Table 1. The minimum required study media, respective items and parameters that are to be studied, requisite sampling

Table- 2- Minimum Requirements for Contamination Testing

Study Media Items and parameters to be Minimum Location tested Number of Samples Gas Accumulation at Oxygen (O2) Gas monitoring North, South, Disposal Site Nitrogen (N2) should be conducted East, Center and Methane (CH2) at least twice a day West (5 points) Carbon anhydride (CO2) for about 7 on top of closed Hydrogen sulphide (H2S) consecutive days. mound) Temperature 8 points, North, South, East, West and 3 additional mid points around perimeter of base Soil Quality pH 5 samples at At least 2 points Electrical conductivity minimum on site and 3 Moisture content points from Organic matter surrounding Calcium radius at Magnesium intervals. Sodium Potassium Groundwater Arsenic 5 samples at 8 points at Quality Cyanide minimum minimum along Selenium the permissible Total organic carbon (TOC) study area radius Barium, Hardness (as at intervals in CaCO3) addition to onsite

Study Media Items and parameters to be Minimum Location tested Number of Samples Surface Water Silver total dissolved solids 10 samples at 10 points at Quality (TDS) Sodium minimum minimum- 5 Manganese (dissolved) upstream and 5 Magnesium downstream of Chemical oxygen demand site (COD) Cadmium Sulfate (SO4-) Potassium Iron Calcium Electrical Conductivity Lead Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) Chloride Bicarbonate (HCO3-) Sodium pH Chromium.

Test locations should provide an adequately detailed description of the nature, extent and fate of contamination in three dimensions. They should also provide information on potential subsurface contaminant migration pathways. Further guidance with regard to requisite aspects of assessing ground water and soil quality are highlighted below.

• Groundwater o For large dumpsites 5-8 boreholes or test pits per potential source area small sites a minimum of 3-5 boreholes. o Any groundwater contaminant plume(s) associated with the site should be delineated to the minimum acceptable concentration of the contaminant. o Sufficient test locations to determine the direction of groundwater flow on-site (minimum of 3 groundwater monitoring wells or piezometers, including at least 1 multilevel installation to assess vertical gradients). o Chemical analyses are to be conducted on at least one groundwater sample from each available well including any on-site water supply wells (Note: sampling may also be required for any nearby, off-site potable water wells). o For groundwater samples, a blind duplicate and field blank sample should also be collected and analyzed with each batch of samples, regardless of the number of samples tested.

• Soil Quality o All soil test locations should extend to the bottom of the contaminated soil zone, to the seasonal low water level, or to bedrock, whichever is shallower. o Soil samples may be screened in the field for vapors, staining or odor. All field observations must be included in reports. o Chemical analyses are to be conducted on at least 2 soil samples per borehole location (one surface <1.5 m depth, one subsurface >1.5 m depth).

Note: Laboratory analysis of contaminated materials, soil, and water must be conducted by laboratories that have been formally recognized as competent to perform specified tests

The characterization of the contamination (i.e., degree, nature, estimated extent and media affected) and site conditions (i.e., geological, ecological, hydrogeological and hydrological) should be established to develop a remedial action plan including long term monitoring timelines and parameters.

Via identification of contamination characteristics, the assessment should aim to do the following: • to target and delineate the boundaries of identified contamination; • to define, in greater detail, site conditions to identify all contaminant pathways, particularly with respect to possible risk assessment; • to provide contaminant and other information necessary to finalize environmental quality remediation criteria or risk assessment; and • to provide all other information required to develop a remedial action plan and input to specifications and tender documents.

Testing methods and techniques are expected to be consistent with current day professional standards. Regardless of the method/technique used, all efforts should be made to minimize the spread of contamination because of activities during the site assessment. Field screening of samples, with portable instruments that provide relative results are acceptable if they are well founded in theory, capable of calibrating measurements to relative or absolute levels of contamination, verifiable regarding procedures and results and finally, if results of such techniques can be correlated to those of a nationally accredited laboratory results. Details of testing equipment used should be presented in the report.

Requirements for the Remedial Action Plan

Post the assessment of the degree of contamination on site a corresponding remediation criteria has to be determined for the site, a qualified person must prepare a Remedial Action Plan (RAP) detailing the methodology for achieving these criteria as well as the proposed remedial action.

The Remedial Action Plan must include the following information:

o include contact information, including names of key personnel, consultants, contractors, telephone, mail, fax, and email contacts, physical addresses; o summarize all data on contaminants identified during the site investigation(s) and annex test results; o identify contaminants of concern and the media affected; o identify the proposed cleanup/mitigation criteria and method(s) by which they have been derived; o identify, quantify and characterize the materials to be treated/removed; o summarize remedial options evaluated and the method used to select the preferred remedial strategy; o describe the selected clean up method and its technical feasibility; o detail an implementation plan, including a schedule; o discuss control measures to minimize fugitive air emissions, surface water control, worker health and safety; o identify the fate of residual contaminants; and o identify remedial verification and long-term monitoring plans.

7.6 Annex-6: Format for Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP)

Objective and Scope of Preparation of Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP)

In order to ensure short and long term environmental impacts that would arise due to improvement and rehabilitation work (to be described in the first section based on the sub-project/activity), an EMP plan will need to be developed as per the scope presented below and in accordance with the EMF of the Project. The project IWMPs should be reviewed and used as the basis for baseline information. Field level verification should be conducted prior to the preparation of the EMPs:

1. Identification of impacts and description of mitigation measures: Firstly, Impacts arising out of the project activities need to be clearly identified. Secondly, feasible and cost effective measures to minimize impacts to acceptable levels should be specified with reference to each impact identified. Further, it should provide details on the conditions under which the mitigatory measure should be implemented (ex; routine or in the event of contingencies) The EMP also should distinguish between type of solution proposed (structural & nonstructural) and the phase in which it should become operable (design, construction and/or operational). 2. Enhancement plans: Positive impacts or opportunities arising out of the project need to be identified during the preparation of the check list and Environmental Assessment process where applicable. Some of these opportunities can be further developed to draw environmental and social benefits to the local area. The EMP should identify such opportunities and develop a plan to systematically harness any such benefit. 3. Monitoring programme: In order to ensure that the proposed mitigatory measures have the intended results and complies with national standards and donor requirements, an environmental performance monitoring programme should be included in the EMP. The monitoring programme should give details of the following; • Monitoring indicators to be measured for evaluating the performance of each mitigatory measure (for example national standards, engineering structures, extent of area replanted, etc). • Monitoring mechanisms and methodologies • Monitoring frequency • Monitoring locations 4. Institutional arrangements: Institutions/parties responsible for implementing mitigatory measures and for monitoring their performance should be clearly identified. Where necessary, mechanisms for institutional co-ordination should be identified as often monitoring tends to involve more than one institution. 5. Implementing schedules: Timing, frequency and duration of mitigation measures with links to overall implementation schedule of the project should be specified. 6. Reporting procedures: Feedback mechanisms to inform the relevant parties on the progress and effectiveness of the mitigatory measures and monitoring itself should be specified. Guidelines on the type of information wanted and the presentation of feedback information should also be highlighted. 7. Cost estimates and sources of funds: Implementation of mitigatory measures mentioned in the EMP will involve an initial investment cost as well as recurrent costs. The EMP should include costs estimates for each measure and also identify sources of funding. 8. Contract clauses: This is an important section of the EMP that would ensure recommendations carried in the EMP will be translated into action on the ground. Contract documents will need to be incorporated with clauses directly linked to the implementation of mitigatory measures. Mechanisms such as linking the payment schedules to implementation of the said clauses could be explored and implemented, as appropriate. 100

The format to present the EMP in a matrix is provided below:

Impact

Activity

plication Progress

Location

Proposed Proposed

Frequency

Monitoring Monitoring Monitoring

Frequency of Frequency

Responsibility Responsibility

Environmental Environmental

Implementation Implementation Implementation

Mitigatory Action Mitigatory Implementation/Ap Pre-Construction Phase

Construction Phase

Demobilization Phase

Operational Phase

Important to note the following when using this template:

The EMP that will be prepared should have all sections in place, except the last column on Implementation Progress

What go in as the EMP to the bid and contract documents of construction contractor is the sections highlighted in blue, as Implementation Progress is not relevant at the time of bidding and Operational responsibilities would lie with the council.

Any activity that may be identified as the responsibility of design engineers should not be part of the EMP that goes into the bid and contract documents of construction contractors

Important to note: The consultant is responsible to ensure the EMF requirements are taken into consideration in the designing of infrastructure.

The EMP Presentation

The EMP should follow the same sequence as the tasks described above including the EMP matrix provided above.

Consultant Qualifications

The design consultant team should include an expert with at least 8 years of experience preparing environmental management and monitoring plans for infrastructure construction, improvement and rehabilitation, costing of mitigation measures and preparing contractor clauses necessary to capture EMP implementation needs.

101

Reporting and feedback schedule All submissions related to the assignment should be submitted to Project Management Unit, as hard copies and electronically. The duration of the consultancy is x months. During the final submission of the EMP report, if changes requested during the draft report stage have not been incorporated in a satisfactory manner to the client and the World Bank, the consultant will be required to work further on the document until it is considered satisfactory.

102

7.7 Annex-7: Guidelines for Environmental Closure of Small Open Dump Sites (Less than 10 feet in height and 500m in surface spread area)

The following guidelines are developed in line with recommendations made in line with international best practice.4

1. Environmental Closure Methods In the context of Sri Lanka and current solid waste management practices the following two principle methods should be adopted to environmentally close the current waste management locations. Field evaluations have shown that these sites contain small open dump sites, where inorganic waste material such plastics, glass metal have been mixed with garden waste and soil. 1. Closing by covering the waste (in-place method) 2. Closing by removing the waste from the site (evacuation method)

Which option to use should be explored via the feasibility studies to be conducted for each island, taking into consideration the sustainability and affordability of waste management options in the local context, all the while remaining cognizant of trying to affect real improvement in relation to the actual and potential environmental effects of the dump site? When choosing a closure/upgrading method it should be borne in mind, that it is not always the most technically advanced solution that is the most appropriate. Depending on the situation, simple improvements of operational aspects (such as applying cover soil and eliminating open burning) can often result in marked site performance and greatly reduced environmental impacts. The key principle should always be to keep things simple and sustainable in a local context, while maximizing actual improvement in environmental performance. 1.1. In-Place Closure This method is the most commonly used option. The solid waste is left at the site and covered with a layer of local soil and re-vegetated. The function of the cover layer is to:

• Reduce waste exposure to wind and vectors • Prevent people and animals from scavenging • Control odor • Minimize the risk of fires • Stop people from using the site • Control infiltration of rainwater / surface water • Control migration of landfill gas • Serve as growth medium for vegetation • Support suitable post-closure activities

The ability of the cover layer to limit infiltration of water into the dump is an essential environmental protection measure. This is achieved through a suitable combination of cover soil type, thickness, slope and vegetation. In other than very arid conditions a clay cover layer is best suited as it minimizes leachate production, and controls landfill gas migration and odor. The durability of the cap layer and the degree of

4 Guidelines for Design and Operation of Municipal Solid Waste Landfills in Tropical Climates prepared by the International Solid Waste Association in 2013 103

resistance that the cover offers to infiltration are important design considerations. What constitutes a suitable cap design is site specific and depends on the climate, locally available soil materials and plant

types, the extent of protection necessary for the local aquifer and surface water systems etc. Typical operational steps for in-place closing of an open dump are shown in the figure below. When deciding on a suitable final contour for the closed dump, consideration should to be given to the management of surface water and erosion in the Post- closure period. Post closure care may be defined as requirements placed upon solid waste management facilities after closure to ensure environmental impacts are controlled and public health and safety are adequately maintained, for a specified number of years after closure (typically 20 years may be considered and appropriate period of time for Post-closure care of an open dump). 1.1.1. Basic Principles of In-Place Closure The following steps need to be adhered to during the closure process: The dumpsite should be cleaned up and demarcated in a manner that will prohibit public access in order to avoid risk to the public. Recyclables should be separated to be managed appropriately. After closing the site to public access, the facility and surrounding area should be cleaned up so that any waste piles or piles of metallic materials, burnable materials, debris, and windblown paper are consolidated and placed in a final disposal cell for final covering. Particular attention should be given to any environmentally sensitive areas where waste may have been piled too steeply, may have been placed in or next to wetlands or beaches, or where wastes have been placed in drainage ways or in areas that impede surface water drainage. Site closure should help moderate the environmental impact of such improper disposal. As appropriate, waste materials may need to be moved or relocated to higher portions of the site, or the waste may be placed in appropriate areas to help sloping of the closed site. It is important to promote surface water drainage from landfill areas in order to keep surface water from filtering into and through the garbage, thus creating a hazard of ground water and surface water degradation. o A primary concern of site closure is the slope of filled portions of the site to promote surface water runoff without causing ponding or severe erosion of the final cover. The slope or grade of the land and the length strongly affects soil erosion of the slope. o Final slopes of filled portions of the landfill site should be at least 2 percent in grade and should not exceed 8 percent in grade.

104

o Slopes of up to 12 percent may be used where the slope length is short and run off is not concentrated or increased by adjacent slopes. Terraces, waterways, diversions or other measures should be used as appropriate to minimize soil erosion. The USDA Universal Soil Loss Equation may be used to predict soil loss and the life of the cover.

1.1.2. Application of a Final Cover in In-Place Closure

After the open landfilled areas have been sloped and all waste buried, compacted, and covered, an inert waste landfill site should be covered with at least 20-25 inches of clay-rich soil and 36 inches for municipal solid waste landfills that contain organic matter. In Sri Lanka due to impacts on extraction of clay-rich soil, more dense sandy soil may be used. This final cover of soil should be placed in layers. o The first or deepest being about 12 inches for inert waste landfills or 18 inches for municipal solid waste landfills, which should be carefully compacted in six-inch lifts to minimize surface water infiltration. Compaction testing of this "barrier layer" may be required to ensure the soil material be properly placed. o An additional 12-18 inch of soil material should be placed over the compacted clay layer to help protect it from damage due to erosion, plant roots, vehicular traffic, freezing and thawing, etc. This "buffer layer" also provides a rooting depth for the final vegetative cover. o Based on site conditions, additional layers may be desirable. At least six inches of topsoil or suitable plant growth material such as compost, should be spread over the site. o Where possible Soil nutrient testing of the topsoil is suggested. Soil pH, nitrogen, potassium, phosphorous, conductivity, bulk density, and organic matter are suggested parameters. o Based on this analysis, appropriate organic matter may be added to the topsoil to increase fertility.

1.1.3. Site Revegetation and Long Term Management The site should be revegetated when practicable to a mixture of native grass or shrub species as recommended by the local environmental protection agency. Tree plantings may be placed around the landfill site, however, unless special precautions are taken, trees should not be planted on top of the landfill and should not be planted in positions which will cause excessive soil drifting on the landfill. Tree plantings help improve the aesthetics of the landfill site and may improve the site for long term use as wildlife habitat, scenic areas, etc. As appropriate, the landfill site may need additional covering applied, additional erosion control structures installed, and/or reseeding of the vegetative cover. In the post-closure period there may be regulatory requirements to establish a monitoring programme to assess risks over the long term. The basic principles are as follows, to: • Maintain the Integrity of the Cover layer through regular maintenance to address: o Settlement, cap subsidence, slope instability and vegetation cover o Storm water run-off / run-on drainage controls, and drain and cap erosion • Operate, Monitor and Maintain o Leachate management system (if any) o Landfill gas controls and wells (if any) o Groundwater wells; stream sampling (if any) 105

1.2. Evacuation Method-Removing Waste With this method the solid waste in the open dump is excavated and disposed off-site (typically to a sanitary landfill, or a waste incineration plant). As no sanitary landfills are currently located in Sri Lanka, this activity can only be taken once the Aruwakkalu sanitary landfill facility has been established or incinerated as a fully operational incineration facility. Where possible, accumulated cans, bottles, metal and plastic waste found in the dumpsites of inhabited islands the option of sourcing them to recyclers or companies that partake in resource recovery should be explored. All material that cannot be incinerated nor has a recyclable/resource value should be sorted should be either incorporated in to the existing open dump site prior to In-Place Closure. In the case of the small-medium scale open dump piles that are mixed with soil and other organic matter, unless properly sorted, incineration will not be an option. Thus for these In-Place Closure should be adopted.

106

7.8 Annex 8: Generic EMP for Environmental Closure of Large to Medium Open Dump Facilities Using Capping System

The following Generic EMP identifies environmental impacts and mitigatory measures that need to be in place during the environmental closure of large to medium scale open dumpsites, more than 10feet in height and 500meters in radius.

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility Associated Implementation Monitoring Impacted Pre-Construction/Site preparation phase Total cessation of dumping in the site will be implemented prior to any works. Engineering Cost IA the Site in PMU Site1. Access Closure All public access to the site, including waste pickers and scavengers should be prohibited via collaboration with adequate fencing and signage which prohibit public access completely, in order to avoid risk to the the PMU public. The site will be fully closed to any SWM operation and appropriate signage must be established at the site entrance to indicate that the waste dump has been closed from operation. Barriers/fence and dangerous warning signs should be raised to keep the public away A fence shall be erected to cover the entire perimeter of the open dumpsite using cost effective fence materials consisting of chain link fence fabric, concrete post, etc. as specified in the Technical Specifications. o In order to avoid land disturbance and movement, the fence shall generally follow the contour of the ground. o Grading shall be performed where necessary to provide a neat appearance The site and surrounding area should be cleaned prior to commencing earthworks so that any waste Engineering Cost Contractor, IA IA/PMU Site2. Clearance piles or piles of residual waste material and windblown waste material are consolidated and placed in PMU, the waste mound for final covering. Particular attention should be given to move residual waste which may have piled too steeply in close proximity to the canals surrounding the project area. When establishing the buffer area, in the event demolition of existing structures is identified the contractor will follow the recommended steps in the Demolition Guidelines presented in the EMF.

107

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility Associated Implementation Monitoring Impacted The contractor is required to ensure that all construction materials, including sand, loam, and clay for Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Material3. Sourcing the ET covering process as well as other quarry material for construction is sourced from licensed sources. The contractor is required to maintain the necessary licenses and environmental clearances for all burrow and quarry material they are sourcing –including soil, fine aggregate and coarse aggregate. Sourcing of any material from protected areas and/or designated natural areas, including tank beds, are strictly prohibited. If the contractor uses a non-commercial burrow/quarry sites, the sites should be remediated according to the guidance provided in this EMP, once material sourcing has been completed. The contractor is required to submit in writing all the relevant copies, numbers and relevant details of all pre-requisite licenses etc. and report of their status to the engineer on a quarterly basis.

The contractor should identify an area onsite to store construction materials and equipment which Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Work4. Site Management should be approved by the engineer. Parking, repairing vehicles, machinery and equipment shall be done stationed only at the work site and/or in any other designated areas by the engineer. The contractor should provide instruction and advice should be given to drivers and operators (both company owned and hired) to park vehicles and store equipment at this designated area. Due to safety and public health issues prevalent at the site, no labor camps may be established on site Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Labor5. Camps Resting facilities and the site office should be located closer to the site entrance and away from the waste mound. The location, layout and basic facility provision of labor camps to be set up must be submitted to the Engineer prior to establishment. The establishment of labor camps will commence only upon the written approval of the Engineer. The contractor shall maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner and as approved by the Engineer. All temporary accommodation must be established and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. The sewage system for the camp, if not available, must be planned and implemented with concurrence from the Local Public Health Officer (PHI)

108

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility Associated Implementation Monitoring Impacted Discussions should be conducted with the residents who reside along the vicinity of the project site Engineering Cost Contractor/IA/ PMU Information6. Disclosure o Residents have to be briefed of the project, purpose and design and outcomes via a PMU among documented community consultation session Stakeholders o This should be done immediately once the contractor is mobilized. o The contractor should take note of all impacts, especially safety hazards that will be of concern to the residents and take necessary measures as stipulated in the EMP to mitigate them. The contractor will maintain a log of any grievances/complains and actions taken to resolve them. A copy of the EMP should be available at all times at the project supervision office on site.

Construction/Intervention Phase The contractor should avoid over loading trucks that transport material to construction sites. Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Transport7. and Storage of During transportation, materials should be covered with tarpaulin. requisite cover Peak hours in roads with moderate to high traffic should be avoided. and The contractor shall minimize possible public nuisance due to dust, traffic congestion, air pollution, construction etc., due to such haulage; materials If local roads are used, routes are to be selected based on the truck load; loads should be divided to prevent damages to local roads and bridges. Speed limits as nationality stipulated for haulage must be maintain All vehicles used for haulage should be in good condition. If there are damages to local roads and other utilities due to hauling in roads caused by the contractor. The contractor shall attend to repair all damaged infrastructure/ roads, if needed through relevant authorities All construction materials such as sand, soil, metal, etc. should be transported under cover to the site Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Emission8. of Dust during and stored under cover at the sight. cover Plastic sheeting (of about 6 mm minimum thickness) can be used and held in place with weights, application and such as old tires or cinder blocks, with the edges of the sheeting buried, or by the use of other construction. anchoring systems, in order to minimize the levels of airborne dust. Mud patches caused by material transporting vehicles in the access road should be immediately cleaned Continual water sprinkling should be carried out in the work and fill areas and the access road if dust stir is observed. Water sprinkling should be done more frequently on days that are dry and windy (at least four time’s day) as the levels of dust can be elevated during dry periods. Dust masks should be provided to all laborers for the use at required times During the grading and sub-grading preparation, all excavation materials including old wastes must Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Prevention9. of garbage slides be confined within the confines of the dumpsite property. during site It is not acceptable to dump any of these materials outside of the dumpsite property; preparation All construction materials including heavy equipment to be used during site preparation must be confined within designated or specific area and should be inside the property of the open dumpsite; 109

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility Associated Implementation Monitoring Impacted In summary, the use area outside of the property line of the open dumpsite must be avoided to eliminate nuisance and conflict with adjacent property owners, and contamination and/or pollution of drainage canals around the site and private properties. During site preparation and application of cover layers, soil or silt interceptors must be provided at Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Prevention10. of soil erosion the base of the waste mound to in order to avoid or address the problem of soil during site Erosion. preparation The contractor should cover completed areas with polythene sheets to prevent erosion and associated dust generation until revegetation has been conducted. Burrowing of In the event the contractor will use a self-operated burrow site: Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Earth and Approval from the National Building Research Organization (NBRO) is a requisite for any burrow Management site located in hilly areas of Self A site operational plan for opening and closing the burrow site, for any new burrow site, should be Operated prepared and submitted to the engineer for clearance. Burrow Sites Perhaps, a small guideline on burrow area management can be included. I think I have some guidelines and can do one for you. The contractor shall comply with the environmental requirements/guidelines issued by the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) and the respective local authorities with respect of locating burrow areas and with regard to all operations related to excavation and transportation of earth from such sites. Contractor can also find suitable soil materials from currently operated licensed burrow pits, subject to approval of the engineer No burrow-sites be used (current approved) or newly established within areas protected under FFPO5 and FO6 Burrow areas shall not be opened without having a valid mining license from the GSMB7. The location, depth of excavation and the extent of the pit or open cut area shall be as approved by the engineer. All burrow pits/areas should be rehabilitated at the end of their use by the contractor in accordance with the requirements/guidelines issued by the CEA and the respective local authority and guidelines presented in Annex-3 of this document. Establishment of burrow pits/areas and its operational activities shall not cause any adverse impact to the near-by properties and people. Contractor shall take all steps necessary to ensure the stability of slopes including those related to temporary works and burrow pits. Quarry In the event the contractor manages a self-owned existing quarry sites available in the project area Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Operations and Approval from the National Building Research Organization (NBRO) is a requisite for any quarry Management site located in hilly areas of Self A site operational plan for opening and closing the quarry site, for any new quarry site, should be prepared and submitted to the engineer for clearance.

5 FFPO- Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance 6 FO-Forest Ordinance 7 GSMB- Geological Survey and Mines Bureau 110

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility Associated Implementation Monitoring Impacted Operated The should be approved by GSMB with valid Environmental Protection License (EPL) and Industrial Quarry Sites Mining Licenses; Prior approval should be obtained from GSMB, CEA and local authorities such as Pradeshiya Sabha. Selected quarry sites should have proper safety measures such as warnings, safety nets etc., and third party insurance cover to protect external parties that may be affected due to blasting. Quarry sites should not be established within protected sites identified under the FFPO and FO. It is recommended not to seek material from quarries that have ongoing disputes with community. The maintenance and rehabilitation of the access roads in the event of damage by the contractor’s operations shall be a responsibility of the contractor. Copies of all relevant licenses should be maintained by the contractor for review and documentation by the engineer Excavation of The contractor will ensure that waste excavation is conducted in a manner that does not greatly Engineering Cost Contractor PMU waste from disturb the matrix of the existing waste mound. waste mound Care should be maintained, especially when working on the slopes to ensure further failures do not occur due to the height of the mound. Machinery operated for excavation should be operated by skilled operators at all times. Workers working on machinery and on site during excavation should be geared with full body suits, masks helmets, boots and gloves and heat protection equipment to avoid exposure with raw decomposing waste material, which can be at higher temperatures. Excavation work will be carried out in a sequenced manner, to avoid ad-hoc exposed areas on the waste mound. Spreading and The active working face should be minimized as much as practical an appropriate size is about 2 to 3 Engineering Cost Contractor PMU compaction of times the width of the compactor vehicle. waste Waste should be spread and compacted in layers not greater than 0.6m (2ft.) after compaction. Compaction of the waste should be on a slope of about 20-30% as guided via the permissible levels and worked from the bottom of the slope to the top The recommended process for spreading and compaction is presented in the diagram below:

111

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility Associated Implementation Monitoring Impacted

Machinery11. Only experienced and well trained workers should be used for the handling of machinery, equipment Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Operation and material processing plants. Noise12. from Noise generating work should be limited to day time (6:00AM to 6:00PM). No work that generates Engineering Cost Contractor PMU vehicles, excessive noise should be carried out during night hours (from 6:00PM to 6:00AM on the following machinery, day). equipment and All equipment and machinery should be operated at noise levels that do not exceed the permissible construction level of 75 dB8 (during construction) for the day time. activities. For all construction activities undertaken during the night time, it is necessary to maintain the noise level at below 50 dB as per the CEA noise control regulations All equipment should be in good serviced condition. Regular maintenance of all construction vehicles and machinery to meet noise control regulations stipulated by the CEA in 1996 (Gazette Extra Ordinary, No 924/12) must be conducted for vehicles/machinery that will be used in construction on site and for transport. Ideally noise generating work should not be carried out during public holidays and religious days. Labor gangs should be warned to work with minimum noise. Strict labor supervision should be undertaken in this respect. No night time residency of laborers on site should be encouraged, post work hours. Idling of temporary trucks or other equipment should not be permitted during periods of loading / unloading or when they are not in active use. The practice must be ensured especially near residential / commercial / sensitive areas.

8 dB-Decibels 112

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility Associated Implementation Monitoring Impacted Stationary construction equipment will be kept at least 100m from the site periphery, which has proximity to households. All possible and practical measures to control noise emissions during drilling shall be employed. Contractor shall submit the list of high noise/vibration generating machinery & equipment to the engineer for approval. Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery must be done regularly and during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found defective will be replaced. Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and up to the satisfaction of the Engineer to keep noise levels at the minimum. Pollution13. of The contractor shall ensure that all construction vehicle parking locations, fuel/lubricants storage Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Soil and Water sites, vehicle, machinery and equipment maintenance and refueling site shall be located away from via Fuel and the canal that is adjacent to the site by least 200m away. Lubricants Contractor shall ensure that all vehicle/machinery and equipment operation, maintenance and refueling will be carried out in such a fashion that spillage of fuels and lubricants does not further contaminate the ground. Contractor shall arrange for collection, storing and disposal of oily wastes to the pre-identified disposal sites (list to be submitted to Engineer) and approved by the Engineer. All spills and collected petroleum products will be disposed of in accordance with standards set by the CEA/MoMDE9. Engineer will certify that all arrangements comply with the guidelines of CEA/MoMDE or any other relevant laws. Disposal14. of All debris and residual spoil material from excavations for drainage and site cleaning, should be Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Debris and conducted prior to cover application and used in the reshaping of the waste mound and may not be Spoil transported off site. Public15. Safety At all times the site will restrict the entry of public on to the site. Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Safety signboards and signboards prohibiting entrance and risks, should be displayed at all necessary locations. The contractor should obtain a Third party insurance to compensate any damages, injuries caused to the public or laborers during the construction period. All construction vehicles should be operated by experienced and trained operators under supervision. All digging and installation work should be completed in one go no ensure no parts of the waste mound is left susceptible to LFG emission and instability. Trenches should be progressively rehabilitated once work is completed. Material loading and unloading should be done only within the project site. Safety16. of Contractor shall comply with the requirements for safety of the workers as per the ILO Convention Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Workers No. 62 and Safety & Health Regulations of the Factory Ordinance of Sri Lanka to the extent that those are applicable to this contract.

9 MoMDE-Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment 113

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility Associated Implementation Monitoring Impacted The contractor shall supply all necessary safety measures at site- including provision of First Aid Kids, Fire extinguishers. Signage providing instructions on first aid management, emergency contact and emergency operational procedures in local languages. Basic onsite safety training should be conducted for all laborers during the EMP training prior to the start of the construction activities. The training to laborers should also include a brief on the risks of working on an open dump site. The contractor should obtain a Third party insurance to compensate any damages, injuries caused to laborers during the construction period. Protective footwear and protective goggles should be provided to all workers employed on mixing of materials like cement, concrete etc. Welder's protective eye-shields shall be provided to workers who are engaged in welding works. Earplugs shall be provided to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers working in crushing, compaction, or concrete mixing operation. The contractor shall supply all necessary safety equipment such as safety goggles, helmets, safety belts, ear plugs, mask etc. to workers and staff. In addition, the contractor shall maintain in stock at the site office, gloves, ear muffs, goggles, dust masks, safety harness and any other equipment considered necessary. A safety inspection checklist should be prepared taking into consideration what the workers are supposed to be wearing and monitored on a monthly basis and recorded. Prevention17. of Prevention of accidents involving human beings or vehicles or accidents during construction period Engineering Cost Contractor PMU accidents should be done via adequate training and guidance to all workers. A readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and first aid supplies should be available at the site office at all times. Availability of suitable transport at all times to take injured or sick person(s) to the nearest hospital should also be insured. Names and contact information for emergency services such as Ambulance services, hospitals, police and the fire brigade should be prepared as a sign board and displayed at the work site. Operation18. of The Contractor shall establish and maintain all offsite labor accommodation in such a fashion that Engineering Cost Contractor PMU labor camps uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. A supply of sufficient quantity of potable water in every workplace/labor camp site at suitable and easily accessible places and regular maintenance of such provisions should be maintained. The sewage system for the offsite labor camp, if newly established, are designed, built and operated in such a fashion that no health hazards occurs and no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water courses take place. Ensure adequate water supply is to be provided in all toilets and urinals. The contractor shall provide garbage bins in the camps and ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed of in a hygienic manner Traffic19. Travel routes for construction vehicles should be designed to avoid areas of congestion and Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Management communicated to drivers.

114

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility Associated Implementation Monitoring Impacted If project vehicles will be entering and exiting the site and being operated after 6PM a lighting system should be maintained to ensure adequate on site lighting and clear lighting to road uses, off the site access point. Contractor should supply traffic co-coordinators to manage vehicle movements to and from the project site at the entrance, as it is located off a main road directly. Surface20. The project interventions itself include and adequate storm water drainage system in the premises, Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Drainage and which will discharge water to existing storm water drainage networks. Possible Water During construction, the contractor will conduct overall storm water management in the premises Stagnation during construction using temporary ditches, sand bag barriers etc. Proper drainage arrangements to be made, to avoid the overflowing of existing drainage paths to cutting, excavation and other activities

Fire21. Safety Easily flammable materials should not be stored in construction site; they must be transported out of Engineering Cost Contractor PMU project site. Any activities, such as welding, that can lead to ignition should be conducted post the closure of the mound where possible to avoid risk of exposure to landfill gas. During the excavation activities, as the decomposing waste buried will be of higher temperatures there is the potential risk of fire, thus it should be conducted with extreme care as per the stipulated sequence and safety precautions. At all times the site should be equipped with appropriate firefighting and fire retardant equipment to suppress any fires on the site. Fire extinguishers should be available at the site office for use in the case of emergencies. A supply of water should be available on site during the excavation period and construction period for firefighting purposes. Grievance22. Grievances are inevitable during the entire works period. Engineering Cost Contractor PMU Redress Grievances submitted in writing shall be referred to the IA/PMU by the safeguard officer of the Mechanism Contractor through the Engineer. during Verbal communications shall be directed to IA/PMU through Engineer. Contact information of construction Engineer/IA/IA/PMU/in print form shall be available at the site. The grievances shall be submitted to the Engineer on the same day of receiving. It has to be recorded and the safeguard officer of the Engineer shall ensure the timely redress through the IA/PMU Post Construction/Operation and Maintenance Phase

Planting23. post Only native species of plants may be used for the planting process- Vetiver grass is recommended as Engineering Contractor/PMU/ PMU/IA ET Cover a suitable species that grows well on sandy loam soils and toxic conditions and has good potential to Cost/Operational MoMPWD application control soil erosion. Specific properties of vetiver grass are presented in the diagram below. Cost Attempts should be made to also identify suitable “living filter” plant species that are known to minimize the amounts of toxic gases in a given environment. A supply of water should be available for the routine maintenance of the vegetation until it succeeds naturally.

115

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility Associated Implementation Monitoring Impacted Routine maintenance of planted species should be conducted to identify issues with establishment on site. Replacement planting should be conducted as appropriate. Properties of Vetiver Grass

In order to support vegetation to establish well, top soil layers should be maintained as per the guidance on general standards for top soil provided below.

116

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation cost Responsibility Associated Implementation Monitoring Impacted

Site24. Closure The contractor will remove all excess material, equipment, vehicles from the project site prior to Engineering Cost Contractor PMU and complete demobilization. Demobilization All temporary site offices will be dismantled and removed from the site. If the parking site has been dilapidated in any way as per the evaluation of the engineer, the contractor will reinstate it to the original condition prior to demobilization. Operational25. The facility should be equipped with potable drinking water as well as water for firefighting and dust Operational Cost IA/MoMWD IA Management mitigation. during Monitoring activities should be conducted as outlined in the monitoring plan to be development in monitoring compliance with Annex 19 of the EMF Document. phase

117

7.9 Annex 9: Generic EMP for Construction and Operation of Composting/Organic Waste Processing Facilities.

The following generic EMP has been developed as per the requirements stipulated in the World Bank Group General Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines and Sectoral EHS Guidelines for SWM Facilities as well as the Central Environmental Authority of Sri Lanka’s Technical Guidelines for Solid Waste Management.

Best Practices developed by other countries have also been utilized.10

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring Preparation of Facility Design Site Selection and Site in accordance with buffer distance recommendations below. Composting Design Cost IA the Site in IA/PMU Suitability facilities in general should, as best practice, be placed at adequate distances collaboration with from salient features in the following locations: the IA/PMU o 1,000 m to land that is a designated protected area o 1,000m from any designated historic and heritage areas, buildings or sites, including UNESCO World Heritage sites. o Within any floodplain subject to flooding that occurs, on average, more than one in every 100 years o Within 100 m of a bank of a major watercourse or within 500 m of a high- water mark of a water way. The facility should not be sited near a proclaimed potable water supply catchment.

10 Environmental Guidelines for Composting and Other Organic Recycling Facilities-Environmental Protection Agency, Victoria, Australia Environment Protection Authority Compost Guideline- Environmental Protection Agency, South Australia

118

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

o Sites within an identified drinking water catchment (surface water or groundwater), for example, any lands nominated by local water supply authorities or near a groundwater bore used as drinking water should not be considered. o Sites should not be in an area overlying an aquifer that contains drinking-water quality groundwater that is vulnerable to pollution. National environment protection policy requirements should be adhered with- including site selection criteria laid out in the Central Environmental Authority- Technical Guidelines on Solid Waste Management in Sri Lanka. Sites where the substrata are prone to landslip or subsidence as designated by the NBRO should not be selected. Existing composting facilities should be protected from encroachment from new developments. In the absence of site-specific risk information an effective buffer is 1,000 m between new developments and composting facilities, measured from the outer boundary of the area licensed to undertake composting (see diagram above). The separation distance should be measured from the boundary of the composting activity/ pad (including the leachate collection pond/waste water lagoon at the site to the nearest receptor. Requirements for A comprehensive hydrological investigation of both the site and the Design Cost Preliminary waster surrounding surface water and groundwater regime needs to be conducted assessments before site establishment. The investigation should identify the groundwater flow pathways for all aquifers on site, assess the vulnerability of the groundwater underneath and adjacent to the facility, and establish whether systems to prevent groundwater pollution need to be set up. A water pollution remediation plan should be developed if pollution of groundwater, surface water or the subsoil is confirmed in the preliminary water assessment of the site or is identified by external monitoring. Design Requirements for ❖ The receipt, storage and processing of incoming feedstocks should be undertaken Design Cost IA the Site in IA/PMU Environmental on a low permeability material such as compacted clay, asphalt or concrete over collaboration with Management a sub-grade which can support, without sustained damage, the load of material the IA/PMU on it and the load of any machinery used in the composting facility. ❖ A suitable protective layer should be maintained over the constructed liner to protect the constructed liner from damage because of day-to-day activities. ❖ The design of the compost facility should ensure access to all areas of the site irrespective of weather conditions. ❖ The design and maintenance of a minimum 2% drainage gradient for all areas that receive, store and process feedstocks, and the orientation of windrows, to ensure the free drainage of leachate to a designated wastewater collection system. ❖ Composting facilities should be designed and managed so as to reduce the generation of fugitive dust and airborne emissions.

119

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

o All vehicle moving areas should be compacted and sealed so as to prevent the generation of dust. ❖ Composting facilities should be designed and operated to minimize offsite noise impacts. o Composting facilities should provide suitable separation distances around the facility and engineering or management controls for specific noise sources. o Operating hours at composting facilities should be suited to the surrounding land use. ❖ Finished compost product should be stored on a designated hardstand area that has a minimum 2% drainage gradient to direct the potentially nutrient rich runoff into a storm water management system capable of removing sediments and nutrients. ❖ A maintenance program should be implemented that is suitable to maintain the effective working condition of all working surfaces. Any compromise to the working surfaces identified should be repaired as soon as practicably possible. ❖ Records should be maintained of all inspection and repair work performed.

Design of waste water ❖ Design of the wastewater management system should include an assessment of management systems the following factors: o the maximum potential leachate generation o rainfall, climate conditions including storm events o sampling and inspection access o ongoing maintenance, including an assessment of potential odor. ❖ The wastewater management system should ensure that waste water discharged meets the requirements for waste water discharge from solid waste management facilities as stipulated in the World Bank Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for Solid waste management facilities. Design of storm water ❖ Composting facilities should be designed to divert clean storm water from management systems pooling or draining towards areas where feedstocks and finished compost product are received, sorted, stored or processed. ❖ The facilities should not have direct connection to existing storm water systems which may not follow a treatment channel. ❖ Composting facilities should be designed to prevent clean storm water from entering into areas where feedstocks are received, stored and processed and areas where finished product is stored. ❖ All storm water which encounters incoming feedstocks and compost windrows should be handled and treated as wastewater. ❖ Design criteria for the storm water management system should consider: o Storm water separation o the 1–in–25-year recurrence interval

120

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

o 24-hour duration storm event for design of drainage features. ❖ Composting facilities should have a separate storm water management system which; is fit for purpose, sized appropriately for site conditions and suitably maintained. o All out-door areas involving process materials– pre-storage areas, vehicle loading and unloading areas, processing stacks, maturing and matured product stacks and related activities – should be contained within bunded areas. This is to prevent any contaminated water or solids flowing onto and/or contaminating the clean zones of the site, clean storm water drains or adjoining properties. o All water that falls within the bunded areas, whether storm water or leachate, must be regarded as contaminated wastewater and should be captured for re-use. o It is preferable that the above-mentioned outdoor areas are sealed with impermeable bases (for example, concreted). Otherwise a base made of low permeability clay, compacted soil. o The surface of the bunded areas should be graded so that the water drains to a recycling o tank or pit. This pit should be of sufficient capacity to prevent overflow. Out-door operational activities should be carried out in the smallest possible area, to minimize the size of the bunded areas and the o quantity of contaminated storm water collected. o Indoor operational activities should also have suitably graded and bunded operating surfaces which drain to collection drains to intercept all leachate and run-off for recycling. o Clean storm water should be segregated from contaminated storm water – for example by the use of cut-off drains and barriers to direct it away from the main operational areas. o Grade and drain the pre-storage and processing areas to a collection pit. o Establish a vegetative filter strips of fully composted material around compost heaps to absorb leachate run-off and to divert storm water run-on. Pre-Construction/Site preparation phase

121

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

Site Access Closure All public access to the site via adequate fencing and signage which prohibit Engineering IA the Site in IA/PMU public access completely, in order to avoid risk to the public. Cost collaboration with The site entrance will include adequate signage indicating the details of the the IA/PMU proposed subproject, implementing agencies etc as well as safety signage to keep public away. A fence shall be erected to cover the entire perimeter of the facility using cost effective fence materials consisting of chain link fence fabric, concrete post, etc. as specified in the Technical Specifications in order to ensure, animals and public are unable to access the site. o To avoid land disturbance and movement, the fence shall generally follow the contour of the ground. o Grading shall be performed where necessary to provide a neat appearance Material Sourcing The contractor is required to ensure that all construction materials, including Engineering Contractor IA/PMU gravel, sand, earth as well as other quarry material for construction is sourced Cost from licensed sources. The contractor is required to maintain the necessary licenses and environmental clearances for all burrow and quarry material they are sourcing –including soil, fine aggregate and coarse aggregate. Sourcing of any material from protected areas and/or designated natural areas, including tank beds, are strictly prohibited. If the contractor uses a non-commercial burrow/quarry sites, the sites should be remediated per the guidance provided in this EMP, once material sourcing has been completed as per Annex 19. The contractor is required to submit in writing all the relevant copies, numbers and relevant details of all pre-requisite licenses etc. and report of their status to the engineer on a quarterly basis. Work Site Management The contractor should identify an area onsite to store construction materials and Engineering Contractor IA/PMU equipment which should be approved by the engineer and demarcated for Cost material storage as per the site plan. Parking, repairing vehicles, machinery and equipment shall be done stationed only at the work site and/or in any other designated areas by the engineer. The contractor should provide instruction and advice should be given to drivers and operators (both company owned and hired) to park vehicles and store equipment at this designated area.

122

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

Waste Storage Area

Due to safety and public health issues prevalent at the site, no labor camps may Engineering Contractor IA/PMU 26.Labor Camps be established on site Cost Resting facilities and the site office should be located closer to the site entrance and away from the waste mound. The location, layout and basic facility provision of labor camps to be set up must be submitted to the Engineer prior to establishment. The establishment of labor camps will commence only upon the written approval of the Engineer. The contractor shall maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner and as approved by the Engineer. All temporary accommodation must be established and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. The sewage system for the camp, if not available, must be planned and implemented with concurrence from the Local Public Health Officer (PHI)

123

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

Discussions should be conducted with the residents who reside along the vicinity Engineering Contractor/IA/ IA/PMU 27.Information Disclosure among Stakeholders of the project site Cost IA/PMU o Residents must be briefed of the project, purpose and design and outcomes via a documented community consultation session o This should be done immediately once the contractor is mobilized. o The contractor should take note of all impacts, especially safety hazards that will be of concern to the residents and take necessary measures as stipulated in the EMP to mitigate them. The contractor will maintain a log of any grievances/complains and actions taken to resolve them. A copy of the EMP should be available always at the project supervision office on site. Construction/Intervention Phase Prevention of removal of trees should be maintained as far as possible. Engineering Contractor IA/PMU 28.Site Clearance and Land Development All plant and animal species identified as rare/endangered/threatened at Cost environmental screening should be managed as follows, floral species should either be relocated to a suitable site if possible or protected on site via adequate measures of protection implemented, faunal species (IUNC Guidelines to be followed for any animal relocation11. During removing, attention should be paid to maintain minimum disturbances to soil cover and also care should be taken not to damage adjoining trees. Degraded state land identified for forestry activities will be improved to compensate for the trees removed as 1:2 at least Water spraying should be done at a regular interval to avoid dust generation due to site clearance All debris and residual spoil material including any left earth shall be disposed Engineering Contractor IA/PMU 29.Disposal of Debris and Spoil only at locations approved by the engineer for such purpose and subjected to Cost the following clauses: The contractor shall obtain the approval from the relevant Local Authority such as Prdeshiya Sabha, Municipal Council and other government agencies (as required) for disposal and spoil at the specified location, as directed by the Engineer Private land that will be selected for disposal should also require written consent from the land owner The debris and spoil shall be disposed in such a manner that; o waterways and drainage paths are not blocked o the disposed material should not be washed away by runoff and o should not be a nuisance to the public

11 IUCN-Guidelines for Reintroductions and Other Conservation Translocations-2013- https://portals.iucn.org/library/sites/library/files/documents/2013-009.pdf 124

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

All material that is reusable or recyclable shall be used for such purposes either by the contractor or through dealers. The debris and residual spoil material including any left earth shall be used, to refill the burrow areas as directed by the engineer, subjected to laying of topsoil as per recommendations for conservation and reuse of top soil provided below. Excavated earth materials and all debris materials shall be disposed immediately without allowing to stockpile at identified locations for debris disposal, recommended by the engineer. During transportation, dispose materials should be covered with tarpaulin. If approved by the engineer, contractor can dispose the debris and spoil as a filling material provided that the contractor can ensure that such material is used for legally acceptable purposes with disposed in an environmentally acceptable manner. Top soil of productive areas where it has to be removed for the purpose of this Engineering Contractor IA/PMU 30.Conservation and Reuse of Topsoil project shall be stripped to a specified depth of 150mm and stored in stockpiles Cost of height not exceeding 2m, if directed by the engineer. If the contractor is in any doubt on whether to conserve the topsoil or not for any given area he/she shall obtain the direction from the engineer in writing Removed top soil could be used as a productive soil when replanting/establishing vegetation Stockpiled topsoil must be returned to cover the areas including cut slopes where the topsoil has been removed due to project activities. Residual topsoil must be distributed on adjoining/proximate barren areas as identified by the engineer in a layer of thickness of 75mm – 150mm. Topsoil thus stockpiled for reuse shall not be surcharged or overburdened. As far as possible multiple handling of topsoil stockpiles should be kept to a minimum. The contractor should avoid over loading trucks that transport material to Engineering Contractor IA/PMU 31.Transport and Storage of construction materials construction sites. Cost During transportation, materials should be covered with tarpaulin. Peak hours in roads with moderate to high traffic should be avoided. The contractor shall minimize possible public nuisance due to dust, traffic congestion, air pollution, etc., due to such haulage; If local roads are used, routes are to be selected based on the truck load; loads should be divided to prevent damages to local roads and bridges. Speed limits as nationality stipulated for haulage must be maintain All vehicles used for haulage should be in good condition. If there are damages to local roads and other utilities due to hauling in roads caused by the contractor. The contractor shall attend to repair all damaged infrastructure/ roads, if needed through relevant authorities

125

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

All construction materials such as sand, soil, metal, etc. should be transported Engineering Contractor IA/PMU 32.Emission of Dust during cover application and under cover to the site and stored under cover at the sight. Cost construction. Plastic sheeting (of about 6 mm minimum thickness) can be used and held in place with weights, such as old tires or cinder blocks, with the edges of the sheeting buried, or by the use of other anchoring systems, in order to minimize the levels of airborne dust. Mud patches caused by material transporting vehicles in the access road should be immediately cleaned Continual water sprinkling should be carried out in the work and fill areas and the access road if dust stir is observed. Water sprinkling should be done more frequently on days that are dry and windy (at least four time’s day) as the levels of dust can be elevated during dry periods. Dust masks should be provided to all laborers for the use at required times Debris material shall be disposed in such a manner that waterways, drainage Engineering Contractor IA/PMU 33.Prevention of soil erosion during site preparation paths would not get blocked. Cost Drainage paths associated with the infrastructure should be improved / erected to drain rain water properly. Silt traps will be constructed to avoid siltation into water ways where necessary. To avoid siltation, drainage paths should not be directed to streams, other water bodies and sea directly and they should be separated from streams / other water bodies / sea Barricades such as humps will be erected at excavated areas for culverts, silttraps, toe walls, filling and lifting with roper sign boards, as some work in these sections will have to be stopped during heavy rains due to heavy erosion. To prevent soil erosion in these excavated areas, proper earth drain system should be introduced. Embankment slopes, slopes of cuts, etc. shall not be unduly exposed to erosive forces. These exposed slopes shall be graded and covered by grass or other suitable materials per the specifications. All fills, back fills and slopes should be compacted immediately to reach the specified degree of compaction and establishment of proper mulch. Work that lead to heavy erosion shall be avoided during the raining season. If such activities need to be continued during rainy season prior approval must be obtained from the Engineer by submitting a proposal on actions that will be undertaken by the contractor to prevent erosion. The work, permanent or temporary shall consist of measures as per design or as directed by the engineer to control soil erosion, sedimentation and water pollution to the satisfaction of the engineer. Typical measures include the use of berms, dikes sediment basins, fiber mats, mulches, grasses, slope drains and other devices. All sedimentation and pollution control works and maintenance

126

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

thereof are deemed, as incidental to the earthwork or other items of work and no separate payment will be made for their implementation. Burrowing of Earth and In the event the contractor will use a self-operated burrow site: Engineering Contractor IA/PMU Management of Self Approval from the National Building Research Organization (NBRO) is a Cost Operated Burrow Sites requisite for any burrow site located in hilly areas A site operational plan for opening and closing the burrow site, for any new burrow site, should be prepared and submitted to the engineer for clearance. Perhaps, a small guideline on burrow area management can be included. I think I have some guidelines and can do one for you. The contractor shall comply with the environmental requirements/guidelines issued by the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) and the respective local authorities with respect of locating burrow areas and with regard to all operations related to excavation and transportation of earth from such sites. Contractor can also find suitable soil materials from currently operated licensed burrow pits, subject to approval of the engineer No burrow-sites be used (current approved) or newly established within areas protected under FFPO12 and FO13 Burrow areas shall not be opened without having a valid mining license from the GSMB14. The location, depth of excavation and the extent of the pit or open cut area shall be as approved by the engineer. All burrow pits/areas should be rehabilitated at the end of their use by the contractor in accordance with the requirements/guidelines issued by the CEA and the respective local authority and guidelines presented in Annex-3 of this document. Establishment of burrow pits/areas and its operational activities shall not cause any adverse impact to the near-by properties and people. Contractor shall take all steps necessary to ensure the stability of slopes including those related to temporary works and burrow pits. Quarry Operations and In the event the contractor manages a self-owned existing quarry sites available Engineering Contractor IA/PMU Management of Self in the project area Cost Operated Quarry Sites Approval from the National Building Research Organization (NBRO) is a requisite for any quarry site located in hilly areas A site operational plan for opening and closing the quarry site, for any new quarry site, should be prepared and submitted to the engineer for clearance. The should be approved by GSMB with valid Environmental Protection License (EPL) and Industrial Mining Licenses;

12 FFPO- Fauna and Flora Protection Ordinance 13 FO-Forest Ordinance 14 GSMB- Geological Survey and Mines Bureau 127

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

Prior approval should be obtained from GSMB, CEA and local authorities such as Pradeshiya Sabha. Selected quarry sites should have proper safety measures such as warnings, safety nets etc., and third party insurance cover to protect external parties that may be affected due to blasting. Quarry sites should not be established within protected sites identified under the FFPO and FO. It is recommended not to seek material from quarries that have ongoing disputes with community. The maintenance and rehabilitation of the access roads in the event of damage by the contractor’s operations shall be a responsibility of the contractor. Copies of all relevant licenses should be maintained by the contractor for review and documentation by the engineer 34.Machinery Operation Only experienced and well trained workers should be used for the handling of Engineering Contractor IA/PMU machinery, equipment and material processing plants. Cost 35.Noise from vehicles, Noise generating work should be limited to day time (6:00AM to 6:00PM). No Engineering Contractor IA/PMU machinery, equipment work that generates excessive noise should be carried out during night hours Cost and construction (from 6:00PM to 6:00AM on the following day). activities. All equipment and machinery should be operated at noise levels that do not exceed the permissible level of 75 dB15 (during construction) for the day time. For all construction activities undertaken during the night time, it is necessary to maintain the noise level at below 50 dB as per the CEA noise control regulations All equipment should be in good serviced condition. Regular maintenance of all construction vehicles and machinery to meet noise control regulations stipulated by the CEA in 1996 (Gazette Extra Ordinary, No 924/12) must be conducted for vehicles/machinery that will be used in construction on site and for transport. Ideally noise generating work should not be carried out during public holidays and religious days. Labor gangs should be warned to work with minimum noise. Strict labor supervision should be undertaken in this respect. No night time residency of laborers on site should be encouraged, post work hours. Idling of temporary trucks or other equipment should not be permitted during periods of loading / unloading or when they are not in active use. The practice must be ensured especially near residential / commercial / sensitive areas. Stationary construction equipment will be kept at least 100m from the site periphery, which has proximity to households. All possible and practical measures to control noise emissions during drilling shall be employed.

15 dB-Decibels 128

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

Contractor shall submit the list of high noise/vibration generating machinery & equipment to the engineer for approval. Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery must be done regularly and during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found defective will be replaced. Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and up to the satisfaction of the Engineer to keep noise levels at the minimum. 36.Pollution of Soil and The contractor shall ensure that all construction vehicle parking locations, Engineering Contractor IA/PMU Water via Fuel and fuel/lubricants storage sites, vehicle, machinery and equipment maintenance and Cost Lubricants refueling site shall be located away from the canal that is adjacent to the site by least 200m away. Contractor shall ensure that all vehicle/machinery and equipment operation, maintenance and refueling will be carried out in such a fashion that spillage of fuels and lubricants does not further contaminate the ground. Contractor shall arrange for collection, storing and disposal of oily wastes to the pre-identified disposal sites (list to be submitted to Engineer) and approved by the Engineer. All spills and collected petroleum products will be disposed of in accordance with standards set by the CEA/MoMDE16. Engineer will certify that all arrangements comply with the guidelines of CEA/MoMDE or any other relevant laws. 37.Preventing Loss of minor Contractor should make employees aware on water conservation and waste Engineering Contractor IA/PMU water sources and minimization in the construction process. Cost disruption to water users Arrange adequate supply of water for the project purpose throughout the construction period. Not obtain water for project purposes, including for labor camps, from public or community water supply schemes without a prior approval from the relevant authority. Not extract water from ground water or surface water bodies without the permission from engineer & relevant authority. Obtain the permission for extracting water prior to the commencing of the project, from the relevant authority. Contractor shall protect sources of water (potable or otherwise) such as water sources used by the community so that continued use these water sources will not be disrupted by the work. In case the closer of such sources is required on temporary basis contractor shall provide alternative arrangement for supply. Alternative sources such as wells thus provided should be within acceptable distance to the original sources and accessible to the affected community. Contractor shall not divert, close or block existing canals and streams in a manner that adversely affect downstream intakes. If diversion or closure or blocking of

16 MoMDE-Ministry of Mahaweli Development and Environment 129

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

canals and streams is required for the execution of work, contractor must obtain the engineers approval in writing. Contractor shall also obtain the approval from the National Water Supply and Drainage Board (NWS&DB) or local authority or Divisional Secretary depending on the operating agency of the intake/water supply. Contractor shall restore the drainage path back to its original status once the need for such diversion or closure or blockage ceased to exist. During the affected period contractor, shall supply water to the affected community. In case the contractor’s activities going to adversely affect the quantity or quality of water, the contractor shall serve notice to the relevant authorities and downstream users of water sufficiently in advance. Apply best management practices to control contamination of run-off water during maintenance & operation of equipment. Maintain adequate distance between stockpiles & water bodies to control effects to natural drainage paths. 38.Preventing siltation into Contractor shall take measures to prevent siltation of water bodies because of Engineering Contractor IA/PMU water bodies construction work including, construction of temporary / permanent devices to Cost prevent water pollution due to siltation and increase of turbidity. These shall include the measures against erosion highlighted in this EMP Construction materials containing small / fine particles shall be stored in places not subjected to flooding and in such a manner that these materials will not be washed away by runoff. Temporary soil dumps should be placed at least 200m away from all water bodies If temporary soil piles are left at the site for a long time those piles should be covered with thick polythene sheets All fills, back fills and slopes should be compacted immediately to reach the specified degree of compaction and establishment of proper mulch 39.Preventing contamination The work shall be carried out in such a manner that pollution of natural water Engineering Contractor IA/PMU of water from construction courses rivers, lagoons, sea and other minor stream paths located within Cost wastes construction areas or downstream. Measures as stipulated in this EMP shall be taken to prevent the wastewater produced in construction from entering directly into streams, water bodies or the irrigation systems. Avoid / minimize construction works near / at such drainage locations during heavy rainy seasons The discharge standards promulgated under the National Environmental Act shall be strictly adhered to. All waste arising from the project is to be disposed in a manner that is acceptable to the engineer and as per the guidelines/instructions issued by the CEA. 40.Mana ging alteration of Contractor shall not close or block existing canals and streams permanently. If Engineering Contractor IA/PMU drainage paths diversion or closure or blocking of canals and streams is required for the Cost

130

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

execution of work (e.g. for construction of bypass), contractor must first obtain the Engineers approval in writing. Contractor shall carry out an investigation and report to the Engineer, if an investigation is requested by the Engineer. Contractor shall also obtain the approval from the relevant agencies such as ID/ /Divisional Secretary prior to such action is taken. Contractors shall restore the drainage path back to its original status once the need for such diversion or closure or blockage is no longer required. The debris and spoil shall be disposed in such a manner that waterways and drainage paths are not blocked. Avoid/ minimize construction works near/ at such drainage locations during heavy rain seasons such as monsoon rain periods. 41.Public Safety At all times the site will restrict the entry of public on to the site. Engineering Contractor IA/PMU Safety signboards and signboards prohibiting entrance and risks, should be Cost displayed at all necessary locations. The contractor should obtain a Third-party insurance to compensate any damages, injuries caused to the public or laborers during the construction period. All construction vehicles should be operated by experienced and trained operators under supervision. Trenches should be progressively rehabilitated once work is completed. Material loading and unloading should be done only within the project site. 42.Safety of Workers Contractor shall comply with the requirements for safety of the workers as per Engineering Contractor IA/PMU the ILO Convention No. 62 and Safety & Health Regulations of the Factory Cost Ordinance of Sri Lanka to the extent that those are applicable to this contract. The contractor shall supply all necessary safety measures at site- including provision of First Aid Kids, Fire extinguishers. Signage providing instructions on first aid management, emergency contact and emergency operational procedures in local languages. Basic onsite safety training should be conducted for all laborers during the EMP training prior to the start of the construction activities. The training to laborers should also include a brief on the risks of working on an open dump site. The contractor should obtain a Third-party insurance to compensate any damages, injuries caused to laborers during the construction period. Protective footwear and protective goggles should be provided to all workers employed on mixing of materials like cement, concrete etc. Welder's protective eye-shields shall be provided to workers who are engaged in welding works. Earplugs shall be provided to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers working in crushing, compaction, or concrete mixing operation.

131

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

The contractor shall supply all necessary safety equipment such as safety goggles, helmets, safety belts, ear plugs, mask etc. to workers and staff. In addition, the contractor shall maintain in stock at the site office, gloves, ear muffs, goggles, dust masks, safety harness and any other equipment considered necessary. A safety inspection checklist should be prepared taking into consideration what the workers are supposed to be wearing and monitored monthly and recorded. 43.Prevention of accidents Prevention of accidents involving human beings or vehicles or accidents during Engineering Contractor IA/PMU construction period should be done via adequate training and guidance to all Cost workers. A readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and first aid supplies should be available at the site office at all times. Availability of suitable transport at all times to take injured or sick person(s) to the nearest hospital should also be insured. Names and contact information for emergency services such as Ambulance services, hospitals, police and the fire brigade should be prepared as a sign board and displayed at the work site. 44.Operation of labor camps The Contractor shall establish and maintain all offsite labor accommodation in Engineering Contractor IA/PMU such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and Cost washing. A supply of sufficient quantity of potable water in every workplace/labor camp site at suitable and easily accessible places and regular maintenance of such provisions should be maintained. The sewage system for the offsite labor camp, if newly established, are designed, built and operated in such a fashion that no health hazards occurs and no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water courses take place. Ensure adequate water supply is to be provided in all toilets and urinals. The contractor shall provide garbage bins in the camps and ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed of in a hygienic manner 45.Handling Environmental The Contractor will appoint a suitably qualified Environmental Officer following Engineering Contractor IA/PMU Issues during the award of the contract. The Environmental Officer will be the primary point Cost Construction of contact for assistance with all environmental issues during the pre- construction and construction phases. He/ She shall be responsible for ensuring the implementation of EMP. The Contractor shall appoint a person responsible for community liaison and to handle public complaints regarding environmental/ social related matters. All public complaints will be entered into the Complaints Register. The Environmental Officer will promptly investigate and review environmental complaints and implement the appropriate corrective actions to arrest or mitigate the cause of the complaints. A register of all complaints is to be passed to the

132

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

Engineer within 24 hrs. They are received, with the action taken by the Environmental Officer on complains thereof. Contractor shall prepare detailed Environmental Method Statement (EMS) clearly stating the approach, actions and manner in which the EMP is implemented. It is required from the contractor to prepare the EMS for each work site, if work will be carried out at more than one site at once and time plan for implementation. The EMS shall be updated regularly and submit for Engineers review. 46.Grievance Redress Grievances are inevitable during the entire construction period. Engineering Contractor IA/PMU Mechanism during Grievances submitted in writing shall be referred to the IA/PMU by the safeguard Cost construction officer of the Contractor through the Engineer. Verbal communications shall be directed to IA/PMU through Engineer. Contact information of Engineer/IA/IA/PMU/in print form shall be available at the site. The grievances shall be submitted to the Engineer on the same day of receiving. It has to be recorded and the safeguard officer of the Engineer shall ensure the timely redress through the IA/PMU 47.Traffic Management Travel routes for construction vehicles should be designed to avoid areas of Engineering Contractor IA/PMU congestion and communicated to drivers. Cost If project vehicles will be entering and exiting the site and being operated after 6PM a lighting system should be maintained to ensure adequate on site lighting and clear lighting to road uses, off the site access point. Contractor should supply traffic co-coordinators to manage vehicle movements to and from the project site at the entrance, as it is located off a main road directly. 48.Surface Drainage and The project interventions itself include and adequate storm water drainage Engineering Contractor IA/PMU Possible Water Stagnation system in the premises, which will discharge water to existing storm water Cost drainage networks. During construction, the contractor will conduct overall storm water management in the premises during construction using temporary ditches, sand bag barriers etc. Proper drainage arrangements to be made, to avoid the overflowing of existing drainage paths to cutting, excavation and other activities 49.Fire Safety Easily flammable materials should not be stored in construction site; they must Engineering Contractor IA/PMU be transported out of project site. Cost Any activities, such as welding, that can lead to ignition should be conducted post the closure of the mound where possible to avoid risk of exposure to landfill gas. At all times the site should be equipped with appropriate firefighting and fire retardant equipment to suppress any fires on the site. Fire extinguishers should be available at the site office for use in the case of emergencies.

133

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

A supply of water should be available on site during the excavation period and construction period for firefighting purposes.

50.Management of Chance All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity and structures and other remains Engineering Contractor IA/PMU found Archeological or things of geological or archaeological interest etc. discovered on the site Cost Property and/or during construction work shall be the property of the Government of Sri Lanka, and shall be dealt with as per provisions of Antiquities Ordinance of 1940 (Revised in 1956 & 1998) The contractor shall take reasonable precaution to prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging any such article or thing and shall, immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the Engineer’s instructions for dealing with the same, awaiting which all work shall be stopped within 100m in all directions from the site of discovery. If directed by the Engineers the Contractor shall obtain advice and assistance from the Department of Archaeological of Sri Lanka on conservation measures to be taken with regard to the artifacts prior to recommencement of work in the area. 51.Chance found important Flora Engineering Contractor IA/PMU Flora/Fauna o While any rare/threatened/endangered flora species will be identified Cost and removed prior to construction, during construction if by chance such species are found, it shall be immediately informed to the PMU by the contractor. o All activities that could destroy such flora and/or its habitat shall be stopped with immediate effect. Such activities shall be started only after obtaining the Engineer’s approval. Contractor shall carry out all activities and plans that the Engineer instructed him to undertake to conserve such flora and/or its habitat. Fauna o All works shall be carried out in such a manner that the destruction or disruption to the fauna and their habitats is minimum. o Construction workers shall be instructed to protect fauna including birds and aquatic life as well as their habitats. o Chance found important Fauna o During construction, if any faunal species is found, it shall be immediately informed to the PMU by the contractor. All activities that

134

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

could destroy such fauna and/or its habitat shall be stopped with immediate effect. Such activities shall be started only after obtaining the Engineer’s approval. Contractor shall carry out all activities and plans that the Engineer instructed him to undertake to conserve such fauna and/or its habitat.

52.Site Closure and The contractor will remove all excess material, equipment, vehicles from the Engineering Contractor IA/PMU Demobilization project site prior to complete demobilization. Cost All temporary site offices will be dismantled and removed from the site. If the parking site has been dilapidated in any way as per the evaluation of the engineer, the contractor will reinstate it to the original condition prior to demobilization. Post Construction/Operation and Maintenance Phase

53.Management of Incoming Incoming feedstocks should only include Municipal Solid Waste, the site will Operational Facility Operator IA, CEA, feedstock not accept any material categorized as any other form of waste, including medical Cost MoMPWD waste, sludge and bio solids. Gross pollutant trap wastes that consist of material such as silt and sediments, and from high-risk locations such as industrial areas, contaminated sites and surrounds or from the cleanup of industrial or road accidents should not be permitted in to the facility. Feedstock, oversized materials, screened contaminants and finished compost products should be stored in a separate designated area at the facility to avoid cross-contamination. Feedstocks should be incorporated into the windrow upon receipt at the compost site, (or if not practicable, within 24 hours of receipt) to avoid the generation of odor (excluding untreated timber, pallets and other feedstocks that are not subject to rapid decomposition). Stockpiles of feedstock should be managed in a contained manner if not immediately incorporated to the windrow/pile on an impermeable surface, large plastic bins with vents are recommended as to prevent the occurrence of fire, and the generation of dust and or odor. Residual waste and/or incoming feedstocks that are unsuitable for use in the composting process should be categorized in accordance with national classification of waste – including industrial and commercial waste and waste soil), prior to being removed offsite and transported to a suitably licensed facility to receive and/or dispose of that waste. Feedstocks should be source segregated prior to receipt at the facility and only contain organic waste. 135

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

No feedstocks shall be burnt at the premise Written records should be maintained for incoming feedstocks which include: o feedstocks characteristic o the quantities of each type of feedstock received at the premises o the source of each type of feedstock received at the premise o any contamination (physical and or chemical)

54. As per the siting of the composting facility if it is in a different zone to the Operational Facility Operator IA, CEA, sensitive receptor (ie industrial land and residential land, respectively) Cost MoMPWD consideration to the predominant land use should be given when interpreting the indicative noise limits from the National Policy Requirements on Nosie. Basic requisites are as follows o Noise generating work should be limited to day time (6:00AM to 6:00PM). No work that generates excessive noise should be carried out during night hours (from 6:00PM to 6:00AM on the following day). o All equipment and machinery should be operated at noise levels that do not exceed the permissible level of 75 dB for the day time. o For any activities undertaken during the night time, it is necessary to maintain the noise level at below 50 dB as per the CEA noise control regulations o All equipment should be in good serviced condition. Regular maintenance of all construction vehicles and machinery to meet noise control regulations stipulated by the CEA in 1996 (Gazette Extra Ordinary, No 924/12) must be conducted for vehicles/machinery that will be used in construction on site and for transport. o Ideally noise generating work should not be carried out during public holidays and religious days. o Operational staff should be warned to work with minimum noise. Strict labor supervision should be undertaken in this respect and provided with adequate protection equipment including ear mufflers. o Idling of temporary trucks or other equipment should not be permitted during periods of loading / unloading of feedstock or when they are not in active use. The practice must be ensured especially near residential / commercial / sensitive areas. o Noise generating equipment will be kept at least 100m from the site periphery, which has proximity to households. o Servicing of all machinery must be done regularly and during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found defective will be replaced. o Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and up to the satisfaction of national requirements with noise levels at the minimum. 136

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

55.Management of Air All vehicle moving areas should be sealed to prevent the generation of dust. Operational Facility Operator IA, CEA, Emissions composting Where roads are not sealed measures should be implemented to reduce the Cost MoMPWD operations generation of dust, including the use of water carts and restrictions to vehicle speed. The storage of unprocessed feedstock should be minimized as much as possible to avoid accumulation of emissions from biodegradation. Operators should take steps to minimize the accumulation of contaminated runoff which will if unchecked also lead to air emissions. Process monitoring should be conducted to ensure aerobic processes are maintained during the facility operations to control air emissions. Vehicles that enter the productive areas of the site should exit the site via a wheel wash that is suitable of removing mud and other types of dirt from their tires. All vehicles transporting incoming feedstocks and finished compost product must be covered with traupaline. Where finished compost stockpiles are located within 5 m of the perimeter fence they should be maintained below the top of the fence. Finished compost stockpiles should not be located within 2 m of the site boundary fence. 56.Management of Litter Composting facilities should take all reasonable and practicable measures to Operational Facility Operator IA, CEA, prevent litter escaping the premise and collect any litter that escapes from the Cost MoMPWD premise on or before the close of each day’s operation. Litter generation and offsite migration should be minimized through selection of quality feedstocks, rejection of highly contaminated feedstocks, and litter control and collection programs in and around the facility, including all fences and approach roads. Composting facilities should have a perimeter fence that is suitable for containing debris and dust on site. Composting facilities should prevent unsightly conditions onsite and the migration of litter beyond the premises boundaries through: o appropriate feedstock quality assurance prior to receival onsite. o regular inspection of incoming feedstocks, litter pick-up and cleaning of tipping floors, conveyor transfer points and of wheels of all vehicles leaving the site. o covering all loads during transport of feedstocks and final product to and from the facility. 57.Management of Odors Putrescible or municipal waste should be incorporated into the composting Operational Facility Operator IA, CEA, during composting process the day it is delivered, as soon as possible after it is received. Other Cost MoMPWD operations feedstocks should be used as quickly as possible. The amount of feedstock stored on site should be limited to less than one week of requirements where possible.

137

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

Water absorption into the feedstock, which restricts access of air and leads to anaerobic conditions, should be prevented. This can be done by providing protection from rain and appropriate storm water and groundwater controls and monitoring to ensure water logging does not occur. Animal excreta and other potentially odorous wastes should be received and maintained in a dry state to minimize anaerobic decomposition before use. Very wet or fluid wastes should be contained in vessels fitted with lids. Odor control equipment may be installed to remove or destroy the odorous components of emissions from the compost process. Such equipment may also be applied to the vents of buildings enclosing operations such as feedstock handling. Suitable control devices include enclosures, bio-filters, wet scrubbers, chemical scrubbers, carbon absorption beds or afterburners. For windrow composting: o Always ensure windrows are aerated, either by forced aeration of static piles or timely regular turning of windrows maintain and monitor windrow temperatures to prevent the generation of anaerobic conditions. o Ensure windrows are of a manageable size so that surface-to-volume ratios are maximized for passive aeration. Contaminated water may be high in organic material and become anaerobic, thus it should not be allowed to accumulate on the site except in leachate collection ponds. Leachate ponds must be aerated to reduce stagnation and resulting odors from this source. 58.Management of Any contaminated storm water and leachate should be minimized via process Operational Facility Operator IA, CEA, wastewater management so there is no excess wastewater requiring discharge from the Cost MoMPWD premises. All contaminated storm water/leachate should be totally contained on the site and stored for re-use in the process – with or without treatment. This will decrease the dependency of fresh water. Avoid run-off from any particularly wet waste feedstock by storing it under cover or in a contained manner where necessary. To avoid significant run-off, control the water added to the materials – during premixing, storage and processing – to the moisture requirements of the process. Blend wetter feedstocks with drier ones to provide an appropriate moisture content in the initial heap. Water exceeding process needs should be stored for use in the drier months. The required capacity should be determined by the monthly water balance method (see box on the next page). 138

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

The collection pit may need to be supplemented by a separate tank or pond and should be treated immediately via usage of the mobile leachate treatment system. Wastewater discharged should comply with the World Bank Group Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for the solid waste management facilities. Clean Storm water systems should be equipped with an interception pit to retain any floating solids or silt that may have by-passed the bunded system. The pit should be regularly inspected after rain to confirm that any discharge is clean. The facility operator is responsible for ensuring no pollution occurs in the receiving environment of any water discharge and discharge requirements meet the World Bank Group requisite waste water discharge guidelines as per the World Bank Group Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for the solid waste management facilities. Set-up fresh compost heaps on an organic base, such as dry wood chips, or straw, with a high water absorbency. Maintain vegetative filter strips of fully composted material around compost heaps to absorb leachate run-off and to divert storm water run-on. 59.Fire Management The facility operator should be able to show that their facilities have sufficient Operational Facility Operator IA, CEA, fire-fighting capacity by developing a site-specific fire management strategy to Cost MoMPWD minimize the incidence and impact of fires. The following activities should be implement to prevent fires from occurring at the facility o adequate fire-fighting equipment should be made available on site and stored in an accessible, o all operating staff should be trained and able to manage fire outbreaks at any part of the facility. o clear signage should be established to inform workers and the public that flammable liquids are not permitted on the site. This should be reinforced by advice to customers at the gatehouse and inspection of loads at the organic reception area. o Approved quantities of combustible contaminants that have been separated from the organics received for processing and are destined for recycling (such as tires and plastic bottles) should be stockpiled in small piles or in windrows. o all fuels or flammable solvents for operational use should be stored in an appropriately ventilated and secure store. This store should be located away from reception, storage and processing areas. o all flammable liquids should be stored within a bund that can hold 110% of the volume of the flammable liquids stored there, so that any release of raw or burning fuel cannot cause a fire in the combustible 139

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

organics present on the site or have an impact on contaminating storm water. 60.Occupational Health and All staff will be trained sufficiently on the requirements outlined in this Operational Facility Operator IA, CEA, Safety during plant Environmental Management Plan- including management of pollution, fire Cost MoMPWD operations. management etc. The facility operator will provide for all staff and at all times have available on protective gear, such as shoes. face masks, and gloves. The facility operator will conduct routine health surveillance program including regular vaccination and health examinations for workers. 61.Quality Assurance of final Product quality assurance should be implemented to ensure that the composting Operational Facility Operator IA, CEA, products processes are fit for purpose for the site’s proposed use. Cost MoMPWD Compost facilities should be operated to ensure that the whole mass of the windrow is subject to a minimum of three turns and the core temperature is maintained in excess of 55 ºC for three consecutive days following each turn to eliminate pathogens, weeds and seeds. Where compost windrows contain manure, animal waste, food or grease trap waste the whole mass of the windrow should be subject to a minimum of five turns and the core temperature maintained more than 55ºC for 15 consecutive days to eliminate pathogens, weeds and seeds. Manual and/or mechanical sorting is necessary for the removal of physical contaminants/inclusions such as litter, plastic, glass and stones. Finished compost product should be tested as per National Standards to demonstrate compliance with national quality requirements for compost. 62.Labeling for adequate Final Compost should be appropriately labelled to ensure that a consumer is Operational Facility Operator IA, CEA, Environmental Risks informed about the potential environmental and human health risks of the Cost MoMPWD compost product Compost product should be protected to prevent contamination during transportation, handling and storage. Compost products that are bagged should include an appropriate hazard warning which specifies the health risks, safety precautions, first aid and disposal requirements which are recommended for the compost product. The hazard warning should be appropriate to address the risks of compost which is made from organic materials and may contain living micro-organisms, including bacteria, fungi and protozoa. Compost product that has total copper concentrations more than 60 mg/kg and less than 150 mg/kg should include a warning on the label which states that the product should not be used as a complete soil replacement or growing medium and specify the copper concentration. It should also state that copper may accumulate in soils and become harmful over time. Compost product that has zinc concentrations more than 200 mg/kg and less than 300 mg/kg should include a warning on the label which states that the product

140

Activities and Protection and preventive measures Mitigation Responsibility Associated Impacted cost Implementation Monitoring

should not be used as a complete soil replacement or growing medium and specify the zinc concentration. It should also state that zinc may accumulate in soils and become harmful over time. Compost product should include information about recommended rates of application. 63.Grievance Redressal The operating entity shall develop suitable method to receive complaints and Operational Facility Operator IA, CEA, Mechanism (GRM) feedback. Cost MoMPWD A complaint and feedback register shall be placed at a convenient place, easily accessible by the public to record feedback as well as record actions to taken to deal with complaints accordingly. 64.Detection Monitoring ❖ The following parameters of should be monitored accordingly as part of the Operational Facility Operator IA, CEA, Frequencies for Leachate facility operational monitoring plan to monitor and detect any contamination Cost MoMPWD Management- Ground due to leachate. Water and Surface Water Quality Bi-annually for: Annually for:

Ammonia (NH3 as N) Magnesium (Mg) Alkalinity (Total Alkalinity) Calcium (Ca)

Nitrate (as N) (NO3-N) Sodium (Na)

Electrical Conductivity (EC) Sulphate (SO4) pH E-Coli Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Other Pathogenic Organisms Chlorides (Cl) Potassium (K) Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) E-Coli Other Pathogenic Organisms

65.Dealing with Pollution In the event pollution incidents causing or threatening material harm to the Operational Facility Operator IA, CEA, Incidents environment are detected, then the facility occupier must take immediate action Cost MoMPWD to contain the pollution. They must report the incident to the Central Environmental Authority in accordance with the National Environmental Act of Sri Lanka, giving details such as the nature and source of the pollution, any actions taken, and any future action that will be carried out to prevent recurrence. If the CEA directs the future actions, these must be started as soon as practicable.

141

7.10 Annex 10: Generic Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for Construction of Ancillary Facilities as New Infrastructure and/or Rehabilitation of Existing Infrastructure.

The following Generic EMP identifies environmental impacts and mitigatory measures that need to be in place during the construction of ancillary facilities, such as office buildings, staff accommodation facilities, storage facilities and other facilities that are also part of the solid waste management facilities. The EMP should be used in line with site screening and assessment in the preparation of site specific EMPs.

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision 1.0 Advance Works

1.1 Identifying Location for new infrastructure New infrastructure to be set up should be located in areas that are least Design stage Design cost IA sensitive to wildlife and land. At all times attempts, should be made to identify areas where minimal land clearance impacts are envisioned 1.2 Incorporation of Green Building Design Green infrastructure guidelines should be followed in designing and Design stage Design cost IA construction. The use of natural material sourced from sustainable sources (not from within the protected areas) should be used where suitable. Structures built should incorporate earthy and natural colors that will mingle in with the natural scape and not hinder the aesthetic value of the area 1.3 Design of slope protection / land-slide management structures Design must ensure structural integrity and safety of structures to address Design stage Design cost IA issues such as physical trauma associated with failure of structures and address potential reduction of stabilization of the nearby land due to slope protection activities. Incorporate as appropriate the following during planning, siting and design phases, especially in hilly terrain: Inclusion of buffer strips or physical separations around project sites Incorporation of siting and safety engineering criteria to prevent failures due natural and/or man-made risks (such as wind, flooding, landslides, etc.) Application of locally regulated building codes to ensure structural integrity Certification of designing and constructing infrastructure, the applicability and appropriateness of structural criteria 142

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision 1.3 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) A site specific. EMP and relevant guidelines should be included as a Special Prior to bidding To be IA Condition in the Bid Document; and EMP should be attached to contract to provided as a form part of the contract requirement provisional sum and/or as part of the engineering cost 2.0 Construction Phase 2.1 Earthwork and Soil Conservation 2.1. Site Clearance and Land Development 1 Prevention of the removal of trees should be carried out as far as possible. Applicable Engineering Contractor, IA IA No trees that are of rare endemic value are to be removed for the purpose of throughout the cost the project construction During removing, attention should be paid to maintain minimum areas disturbances to soil cover and also care should be taken not to damage adjoining trees. Compensation for the trees removed should be conducted at 1:2 at least Water spraying should be done at a regular interval to avoid dust generation due to site clearance 2.1. Disposal of Debris and Spoil 2 (a) All debris and residual spoil material including any left earth shall be Disposal sites to Engineering Contractor IA disposed only at locations approved by the engineer for such purpose and be identified by cost subjected to the clauses 2.1.1.b and 2.1.1.c. the contractor All material that is reusable or recyclable shall be used for such purposes and approved by either by the contractor or through dealers. Engineer. (b) The contractor shall obtain the approval from the relevant Local Authority such as Prdeshiya Sabha, Municipal Council and other government agencies (as required) for disposal and spoil at the specified location, as directed by the Engineer

143

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision Private land that will be selected for disposal should also require written consent from the land owner (c) The debris and spoil shall be disposed in such a manner that; (i) waterways and drainage paths are not blocked (ii) the disposed material should not be washed away by runoff and (iii) should not be a nuisance to the public (d) The debris and residual spoil material including any left earth shall be used, All burrow sites to refill the burrow areas as directed by the engineer, subjected to laying of (licensed sites) topsoil as per EMP clause 2.1.2. identified by contractor and approved by engineer. (e) Excavated earth materials and all debris materials shall be disposed Applicable immediately without allowing to stockpile at identified locations for debris throughout the disposal, recommended by the engineer. During transportation, dispose project sites materials should be covered with tarpaulin. (f) If approved by the engineer, contractor can dispose the debris and spoil as a In identified filling material provided that the contractor can ensure that such material is filling sites used for legally acceptable purposes with disposed in an environmentally subjected to the acceptable manner. approval of engineer 2.1. Conservation and reuse of top soil 2 (a) Top soil of the agricultural areas and any other productive areas where it has Within the Engineering Contractor FD,DWC to be removed for the purpose of this project shall be stripped to a specified project sites cost depth of 150mm and stored in stockpiles of height not exceeding 2m, if where topsoil directed by the engineer. If the contractor is in any doubt on whether to from productive conserve the topsoil or not for any given area he shall obtain the direction land to be from the engineer in writing removed (b) Removed top soil could be used as a productive soil when Site(s) identified replanting/establishing vegetation for replantation program

144

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision (c) Stockpiled topsoil must be returned to cover the areas including cut slopes Within the where the topsoil has been removed due to project activities. Residual topsoil project sites must be distributed on adjoining/proximate barren areas as identified by the where slope engineer in a layer of thickness of 75mm – 150mm. stabilization is carried out and/or on barren land (d) Topsoil thus stockpiled for reuse shall not be surcharged or overburdened. Locations where - As far as possible multiple handling of topsoil stockpiles should be kept to a topsoil is minimum. stockpiled for reuse 2.1. Protection of Ground Cover and Vegetation 3 (a) Construction vehicle, machinery and equipment shall be used and stationed Within the - Contractor IA only in the areas of work and in any other area designated/ approved by the project areas engineer. Entry and exit of construction vehicles and machinery should be restricted to particular points as directed by the engineer (b) Contractor should provide necessary instructions to drivers, operators and Within the other construction workers not to destroy ground vegetation cover project areas unnecessarily 2.1. Burrowing of Earth 4 (a) Earth available from construction site excavation works as per design, may All excavation - Contractor IA be used as embankment materials, subject to approval of the engineer areas and embankments (b) Contractor shall comply with the environmental requirements/guidelines All burrow sites issued by the CEA and the respective local authorities with respect of identified and locating burrow areas and with regard to all operations related to excavation used by the and transportation of earth from such sites. contractor Contractor can also find suitable soil materials from currently operated licensed burrow pits in the surrounding area, subject to approval of the engineer

145

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision No burrow-sites be used (current approved) or newly established within areas protected under FFPO and FO (c) Burrow areas shall not be opened without having a valid mining license from the GSMB. The location, depth of excavation and the extent of the pit or open cut area shall be as approved by the engineer. (d) All burrow pits/areas should be rehabilitated at the end of their use by the Engineering contractor in accordance with the requirements/guidelines issued by the cost CEA and the respective local authority. (e) Establishment of burrow pits/areas and its operational activities shall not All excavation - cause any adverse impact to the near-by properties. Also shall not be a areas, slopes and danger of health hazard to the people. burrow sites (f) Contractor shall take all steps necessary to ensure the stability of slopes Engineering including those related to temporary works and burrow pits. cost 2.1. Prevention of soil erosion 5 (a) Debris material shall be disposed in such a manner that waterways, drainage Applicable Engineering Contractor IA paths would not get blocked. throughout cost Drainage paths associated with the infrastructure should be improved / project sites erected to drain rain water properly. Silt traps will be constructed to avoid siltation into water ways where necessary. To avoid siltation, drainage paths should not be directed to streams, other water bodies and sea directly and they should be separated from streams / other water bodies / sea

(b) Barricades such as humps will be erected at excavated areas for culverts, silt Applicable traps, toe walls, filling and lifting with roper sign boards, as some work in throughout these sections will have to be stopped during heavy rains due to heavy project sites erosion. To prevent soil erosion in these excavated areas, proper earth drain system should be introduced.

146

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision (c) Embankment slopes, slopes of cuts, etc. shall not be unduly exposed to erosive forces. These exposed slopes shall be graded and covered by grass or other suitable materials per the specifications. All fills, back fills and slopes should be compacted immediately to reach the specified degree of compaction and establishment of proper mulch. (d) Work that lead to heavy erosion shall be avoided during the raining season. - If such activities need to be continued during rainy season prior approval must be obtained from the Engineer by submitting a proposal on actions that will be undertaken by the contractor to prevent erosion. (e) The work, permanent or temporary shall consist of measures as per design Engineering or as directed by the engineer to control soil erosion, sedimentation and cost water pollution to the satisfaction of the engineer. Typical measures include the use of berms, dikes sediment basins, fiber mats, mulches, grasses, slope drains and other devices. All sedimentation and pollution control works and maintenance thereof are deemed, as incidental to the earthwork or other items of work and no separate payment will be made for their implementation. 2.1. Contamination of soil by fuel and lubrications 6 (a) Vehicle/machinery and equipment servicing and maintenance work shall be Servicing yards Engineering Contractor IA carried out only in designated locations/ service stations approved by the to be used for cost engineer vehicle (b) Approval from CEA in the form of an Environmental Protection Licenses servicing IA (EPL) should be secured by the contractor if he intends to prepare his own vehicle servicing yard (c) Waste oil, other petroleum products and untreated wastewater shall not be Servicing yards discharged on ground so that to avoid soil pollution. Adequate measures to be used for shall be taken against pollution of soil by spillage of petroleum/oil products vehicle from storage tanks and containers. All waste petroleum products shall be servicing and disposed of in accordance with the guidelines issued by the CEA or the locations where engineer. vehicles will be temporarily stationed 147

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision (d) Sites used for vehicle and plant service and maintenance shall be restored New servicing IA back to its initial status. Site restoration will be considered as incidental to yards developed work. by the contractor for the project 2.1. Disposal of harmful construction wastes 7 (a) Contractor prior to the commencement of work shall provide list of harmful, Locations - Contractor IA hazardous and risky chemicals/ material that will be used in the project work identified to to the Engineer. Contractor shall also provide the list of places where such store chemicals chemicals/materials or their containers or other harmful materials have been and waste dumped as waste at the end of the project. disposal (b) All disposal sites should be approved by the engineer and approved by CEA IA and relevant local authority. (c) The contractor shall clean up any area including water-bodies All affected affected/contaminated (if any) as directed by the engineer at his own cost. water bodies close to material storage and waste disposal sites 2.1. Quarry operations 8. (a) Utilizing the existing quarry sites available in the project influential area as All, quarry sites Engineering Contractor IA much as possible which are approved by GSMB with valid EPL and which will be cost Industrial Mining Licences; used during If new quarries are to be opened, prior approval should be obtained from construction GSMB, CEA and local authorities such as Pradeshiya Sabha. phase. Selected quarry sites should have proper safety measures such as warnings, safety nets etc., and third party insurance cover to protect external parties that may be affected due to blasting. Quarry sites should not be established within protected sites identified under the FFPO and FO

148

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision (b) It is recommended not to seek material from quarries that have ongoing - disputes with community. (c) The maintenance and rehabilitation of the access roads in the event of Engineering damage by the contractors operations shall be a responsibility of the cost contractor. 2.2 Storage and handling of construction material 2.2. Emission of dust 1 (a) Storage locations of sand, metal, soil should be located away from At all material Engineering Contractor IA settlements and other sensitive receptors and covered (with artificial barriers storage locations cost or natural vegetation). (stock piles of Measures given under clauses 2.5.1 (c), (d), (e) should be considered within sand, gravel and material storage site to minimize dust during handling of material. metal) All access roads within the storage site should be sprinkled with water for dust suspension. 2.2. Storage of fuel, oil and chemicals (avoid fumes and offensive odor) 2 (a) All cement, bitumen (barrels), oil and other chemicals should be stored and At all material Engineering Contractor IA handled on an impervious surface (concrete slab) above ground level. storage locations cost Storage facility of cement, bitumen (barrels), oil and other chemicals should (cement, be an enclosed structure ensuring that no storm water flows in to the bitumen, fuel, structure. oil and other A ridge should be placed around the storage facility to avoid runoff getting chemicals used in to the structure. for construction Adequate ventilation should be kept to avoid accumulation of fumes and activities) offensive odor that could be harmful to material handlers. Measures given under clause 2.9 should be considered to avoid any accidents and risks to worker population and public. 2.2. Transportation of material 3

149

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision (a) The contractor should avoid over loaded trucks to transport material to Within the - Contractor IA construction sites. During transportation, materials should be covered with project locations tarpaulin.Avoid peak hours in roads with moderate to high traffic’; the and the vicinity contractor shall minimize possible public nuisance due to dust, traffic congestion, air pollution, etc., due to such haulage; If local roads are used, select routes based on the truck load; divide the load to prevent damages to local roads and bridges; observe speed limits and maintain vehicles in the good condition; transport material under cover; avoid peak hours in roads with moderate to high traffic. If there are damages to local roads and other utilities due to hauling in roads which were not identified during design stage, Contractor shall attends to repair all damaged infrastructure/ roads, if needed through relevant authorities 2.3 Water – Protection of Water Sources and Quality 2.3. Loss of minor water sources and disruption to water users 1. (a) Contractor should make employees aware on water conservation and waste Project sites and - Contractor IA minimization in the construction process. worker camps (b) Arrange adequate supply of water for the project purpose throughout the Engineering construction period. Not obtain water for project purposes, including for cost labor camps, from public or community water supply schemes without a prior approval from the relevant authority. Not extract water from ground water or surface water bodies without the permission from engineer & relevant authority. Obtain the permission for extracting water prior to the commencing of the project, from the relevant authority. (c) Contractor shall protect sources of water (potable or otherwise) such as water Wells and other sources used by the community so that continued use these water sources public water will not be disrupted by the work. In case the closer of such sources is sources required on temporary basis contractor shall provide alternative arrangement locations within for supply. Alternative sources such as wells thus provided should be within the project sites acceptable distance to the original sources and accessible to the affected community. 150

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision (d) Contractor shall not divert, close or block existing canals and streams in a Waterways manner that adversely affect downstream intakes. If diversion or closure or located in the blocking of canals and streams is required for the execution of work, surrounding contractor must obtain the engineers approval in writing. Contractor shall areas of road also obtain the approval from the National Water Supply and Drainage sections or the Board (NWS&DB) or local authority or Divisional Secretary depending on contractor’s the operating agency of the intake/water supply. Contractor shall restore the work sites. drainage path back to its original status once the need for such diversion or closure or blockage ceased to exist. During the affected period contractor shall supply water to the affected community. (e) In case the contractors activities going to adversely affect the quantity or Project sites quality of water, the contractor shall serve notice to the relevant authorities and downstream users of water sufficiently in advance. (f) Apply best management practices to control contamination of run-off water construction - during maintenance & operation of equipment. sites, material Maintain adequate distance between stockpiles & water bodies to control and soil storage effects to natural drainage paths. areas, and equipment and machinery service areas 2.3. Siltation into water bodies 2 (a) Contractor shall take measures to prevent siltation of water bodies as a result All water bodies Engineering Contractor IA of construction work including, construction of temporary / permanent located around cost devices to prevent water pollution due to siltation and increase of turbidity. the project areas These shall include the measures against erosion as per EMP 2.1.6. (b) Construction materials containing small / fine particles shall be stored in places not subjected to flooding and in such a manner that these materials will not be washed away by runoff. (c) Temporary soil dumps should be placed at least 200m away from all water bodies

151

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision (d) If temporary soil piles are left at the site for a long time those piles should be covered with thick polythene sheets (e) All fills, back fills and slopes should be compacted immediately to reach the specified degree of compaction and establishment of proper mulch 2.3. Alteration of drainage paths 3 (a) Contractor shall not close or block existing canals and streams permanently. All drainage Engineering Contractor IA If diversion or closure or blocking of canals and streams is required for the paths impacted cost execution of work (e.g. for construction of bypass), contractor must first by the project obtain the Engineers approval in writing. Contractor shall carry out an activities investigation and report to the Engineer, if an investigation is requested by the Engineer. Contractor shall also obtain the approval from the relevant agencies such as ID/ /Divisional Secretary prior to such action is taken. Contractors shall restore the drainage path back to its original status once the need for such diversion or closure or blockage is no longer required. (b) The debris and spoil shall be disposed in such a manner that waterways and drainage paths are not blocked. (c) Avoid/ minimize construction works near/ at such drainage locations during heavy rain seasons such as monsoon rain periods. 2.3. Contamination of water from construction wastes 4. (a) The work shall be carried out in such a manner that pollution of natural water At all water Engineering Contractor IA courses rivers, lagoons, sea and other minor stream paths located within courses located cost construction areas or downstream. Measures as given in 2.1.6., 2.1.7, 2.1.8, adjacent 2.3.2 and 2.3.6 clauses shall be taken to prevent the wastewater produced in construction construction from entering directly into streams, water bodies or the sites and irrigation systems. downstream

(b) Avoid / minimize construction works near / at such drainage locations during At all water - heavy rainy seasons courses located adjacent

152

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision construction sites (c) The discharge standards promulgated under the National Environmental Act At all water Engineering shall be strictly adhered to. All waste arising from the project is to be courses located cost disposed in a manner that is acceptable to the engineer and as per the adjacent guidelines/instructions issued by the CEA. construction sites and downstream

2.3. Contamination from fuel and lubricants 5. (a) All vehicle and plant maintenance and servicing stations shall be located and Vehicle and Engineering Contractor IA operated as per the conditions and /or guidelines stipulated under the EPL plant cost issued by CEA. In general these should be located at least 200m away from maintenance and water bodies and wastewater shall not be disposed without meeting the servicing centers disposal standards of the CEA. Wastewater from vehicle and plant maintenance and servicing stations shall be cleared of oil and grease and other contaminants to meet the relevant standards before discharging to the environment. (b) Vehicle, machinery and equipment maintenance and re-filling shall be done Yards, servicing as required in EMP clause 2.1.6. to prevent water pollution as well centers 2.3. Locating, sanitation and waste disposal in construction camps 6. (a) Locations selected for labor camps should be approved by engineer and At all labor Engineering Contractor IA comply with guidelines/ recommendations issued by the CEA/Local camps cost Authority. Construction of laborer camps shall not be located within 200m from waterways or near to a site or premises of religious, cultural or archeological importance and school. (b) Labor camps shall be provided with adequate and appropriate facilities for disposal of sewerage and solid waste. The sewage systems shall be properly designed, built and operated so that no pollution to ground or adjacent water bodies/watercourses takes place. Garbage bins shall be provided the camps

153

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision and regularly emptied. Garbage should be disposed of in a hygienic manner, to the satisfaction of the relevant norms. Compliance with the relevant regulations and guidelines issued by the CEA/LA shall be strictly adhered to. (c) Contractor shall ensure that all camps are kept clean and hygienic. Necessary measures shall be taken to prevent breeding of vectors (d) Contractor shall report any outbreak of infectious disease of importance in a - labor camp to the engineer and the Medical Officer of Health (MOH) or to the Public Health Inspector (PHI) of the area immediately. Contractor shall carry out all instructions issued by the authorities, if any. (e) Contractor shall adhere to the CEA recommendations on disposal of - wastewater. Wastewater shall not be discharged to ground or waterways in a manner that will cause unacceptable surface or ground water pollution. (f) All relevant provisions of the Factories Act and any other relevant regulations - aimed at safety and health of workers shall be adhered to. (g) Contractor should remove all labor camps fully after its need is over, empty Engineering septic tanks, remove all garbage, debris and clean and restore the area back cost to its former condition. A consent letter from the land owner should be obtained that certifies the decommissioning has taken place to the level acceptable to the land owner 2.3. Wastage of water and waste minimization 7. (a) The contractor will minimize wastage of water in the construction Within project - Contractor IA process/operations by reusing water as much as possible, utilizing only the sites and labor required amount of water for the construction works etc… camps (b) The contractor shall educate and made employees aware on water conservation, waste minimization and safe disposal of waste following guidelines given by CEA and LA. 2.3. Extraction of water 8. (a) The contractor is responsible for arranging adequate supply of water for the Engineering Contractor IA project purpose throughout the construction period. Contractor shall not cost

154

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision obtain water for his purposes including for labor camps from public or Within project community water supplies without approval from the relevant authority. sites and labor Such extraction (if approved) should be under direct supervision of the camps engineer (b) Extraction of water by the contractor for the project purposes shall comply - with the guidelines and instructions issued by relevant authority. The Contractor shall not extract water from groundwater or from surface water-bodies without permission from the Engineer. (c) Construction over and close to rivers, minor streams and lagoon shall be All drainage and undertaken in dry season. irrigation activities (d) The Contractor may use the natural sources of water subject to the provision At all natural that any claim arising out of conflicts with other users of the said natural water sources sources of water shall be made good entirely by the contractor used for construction works 2.4. Flood Prevention 2.4. Blockage of drainage paths and drains 1. (a) Contractor’s activities shall not lead to flooding conditions as a result of All construction Engineering Contractor IA blocked drainage paths and drains. The contractor shall take all measures work sites cost necessary or as directed by the Engineer to keep all drainage paths and drains clear of blockage at all times. (b) If flooding or stagnation of water is caused by contractor’s activities, contractors shall provide suitable means to (a) prevent loss of access to any land or property and (b) prevent damage to land and property. Contractor shall compensate for any loss of income or damage as a result. 2.4. Work in Flood Prone Areas 2 (a) Contractor’s activities shall not lead to aggravate floods in flood prone areas All construction - Contractor IA when working in flood prone areas. work sites and

155

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision (b) When working in flood prone areas during rainy season the contractor shall their impacts avoid storing materials, chemicals and other items of work in areas where areas those can be washed away by the floods. 2.5 Air Pollution 2.5. Generation of Dust 1. (a) The contractor shall effectively manage the dust generating activities such Within the Engineering Contractor IA as topsoil removal, handling and transporting sand, rubble, bitumen, and construction cost cement during periods of high winds or during more stable conditions with area where earth winds directed towards adjacent residences and other facilities. work will take (b) All stockpiles shall be located sufficiently away from sensitive receptors. place, storage (c) All vehicles delivering materials shall be covered to avoid spillage and dust locations of emission. sand, rubble, (d) The Contractor should avoid, where possible and take suitable action to bitumen, cement prevent dirt and mud being carried to the roadway (particularly following and all sub roads wet weather). used for material (e) The contractor should enforce vehicle speed limits to minimize dust transportation, generation. paying special (f) The Contractor shall employ a water truck to sprinkle water for dust attention to suppression on all exposed areas as required (note: the use of waste water / sensitive waste oil for dust suppression is prohibited) locations. (g) All cleared areas shall be rehabilitated progressively. (h) All earthwork shall be protected in a manner acceptable to the minimize generation of dust. (i) All existing roads used by vehicles of the contractor, or any of his sub- contractor or supplies of materials or plant and similar roads which are part of the works shall be kept clean and clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by such vehicles or their tires. (j) Clearance shall be affected immediately by manual sweeping and removal of debris, or, if so directed by the Engineer, by mechanical sweeping and clearing equipment. Additionally, if so directed by the Engineer, the road surface will be hosed or sprinkled water using appropriate equipment.

156

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision (k) Plants, machinery and equipment shall be handled (including dismantling) so as to minimize generation of dust. (l) The contractor shall take every precaution to reduce the level of dust emission from the hot mix plants and the batching plants up to the satisfaction of the Engineer in accordance with the relevant emission norms. 2.5. Emission from Hot-Mix Plants and Batching Plants 2 (a) The hot mix plants and batching plants shall be sited in accordance with CEA Locations at - Contractor IA guidelines. It is recommended that hot mix plants and batching plants to be which hot mix located sufficiently away from sensitive receptors such as vulnerable plant/s and habitats, religious and cultural sites, residential areas, schools and industrial concrete areas batching plant/s (b) The exhaust gases shall comply with the requirements of the relevant current to be located emission control legislation. All operations at plants shall be undertaken in accordance with all current rules and regulations protecting the environment as well as the conditions given in the EPL. (c) The hot mix plant be sited in accordance with CEA guidelines and operated with an EPL. The hot mix plants shall be fitted with the requirements of the relevant current emission control legislation. Road side mixing should be avoided 2.5. Odor and offensive smells 3. (a) Contractor shall take all precautions such as storing all chemicals used for Within Engineering Contractor IA construction works in properly closed containers with good ventilations to construction and cost prevent odor and offensive smell emanating from chemicals and processes work sites applied in construction works or from labor camps. In a situation including all when/where odor or offensive smell does occur contractor shall take sites used for immediate action to rectify the situation. Contractor is responsible for any store all compensation involved with any health issue arisen out of bad odor and chemicals and offensive smells. places where chemical

157

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision reactions take place. (b) The waste disposal and sewerage treatment system for the labor camps shall At all labor be properly designed, built and operated so that no odor is generated. camps Compliance with the regulations on health and safety as well as CEA and LA guidelines shall be strictly adhered to.

2.5. Emission from construction Vehicles, Equipment and Machinery 4. (a) The emission standards promulgated under the National Environment Act All plants, - Contractor IA shall be strictly adhered to. machinery and (b) All vehicles, equipment and machinery used for construction shall be vehicles used for Engineering regularly serviced and well maintained to ensure that emission levels comply construction cost with the relevant standards. (c) Contractor should obtain the certificate issued by the Vehicular Emission Test (VET) for all construction vehicles, plants and other machineries and it should be renewed annually 2.5. Air Pollution from Crusher 5. (a) Crusher plants should operate under an EPL and shall confirm to relevant Location of - Contractor IA dust emission levels as stated in the EPL. Only the quarries approved by crusher plants GSMB and holding current EPL shall be used for material extraction. (b) Crushing plants shall be sited sufficiently away from sensitive receptors such as houses, place of worships and outdoor recreation areas (locations given under item 2.4.1) or as required by the Engineer. (c) Sprinkling of water (through a sprinkler system) for dust suppression. Engineering cost 2.6 Noise Pollution and Vibration 2.6. Noise from Vehicles, Plants and Equipment. 1 (a) All machinery and equipment should be well maintained and fitted with All machinery Engineering Contractor IA noise reduction devices in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. and vehicles cost

158

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision used for construction works (b) In construction sites within 150 m of the nearest habitation, noisy Within the construction work such as crushing, concrete mixing and batching, construction - mechanical compaction, etc., will be stopped between 20.00 hours to 06.00 sites and their hours. No construction shall take place within 100m around hospitals vicinity between 20.00 hours to 06.00 hours. Near noise sensitive sites, such as schools noisy equipment shall not be used during noise sensitive times of the day. (c) All vehicles and equipment used in construction shall be fitted with exhaust Engineering silences. During routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust cost silencers shall be checked and if found to be defective shall be replaced. Notwithstanding any other conditions of contract, noise level from any item of plant(s) must comply with the relevant legislation for levels of sound emission. Non-compliant plant shall be removed from site. (d) Noise limits for construction equipment used in this project (measured at one All equipment, - meter from the edge of the equipment in free field) such as compactors, machinery and rollers, front loaders, concrete mixers, cranes (moveable), vibrators, and vehicles used for saws shall not exceed 75 dB(A). construction (e) Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and works Engineering proper, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, to keep noise from these at a cost minimum. (f) Workers in vicinity of strong noise, and workers working with or in crushing, Within the compaction, batching or concrete mixing operations shall be provided with construction protective gear. sites and their vicinity 2.6. Vibration 2 (a) Contractor shall take appropriate action to ensure that construction works do Within the - Contractor IA not result in damage to adjacent properties due to vibration. construction

159

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision (b) Prior to commencement of excavation, blasting activity, the Contractor shall sites and their undertake a condition survey of existing structures within the zone of vicinity influence, as agreed with the relevant government agencies and the engineer. (c) Contractor shall carry out monitoring at the nearest vibration sensitive receptor during blasting or when other equipment causing vibrations are used. (d) The contractor shall modify the method of construction until compliance with the criteria, if vibration levels exceed the relevant vibration criteria. (e) Contractor shall pay due consideration on vibration impacts of blasting on adjoining structures. Explosive loads shall be determined so that excessive vibration can be avoided and blasts shall be controlled blasting in nature. Notwithstanding to these provisions contractor is liable for any damage caused by blasting work. 2.6. Noise from Blasting or Pre splitting Operations 3 (a) Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours (preferably during mid-day), At quarry sites - Contractor IA as permitted by the Engineer. The timing should be made known to all the and landslide people within 500 m (200 m for pre-splitting) from the blasting site in all mitigation sites directions. People, except those who actually light the fuse shall be excluded from the area of 200 m (50 m for pre-splitting) from the blasting site in all directions at least 10m minutes before the blasting. Only chemical blasting where rocks have to be removed for landslide mitigation measures 2.7 Impacts to Flora 2.7. Loss or Damage to Trees and Vegetation 1 (a) All works shall be carried out in a manner that the destruction to the flora All project sites - Contractor IA and their habitats is minimised. Trees and vegetation shall be felled / removed only if that impinges directly on the permanent works or necessary temporary works. In all such cases contractor shall take prior approval from the Engineer.

160

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision

(b) Contractor shall make every effort to avoid removal and/or destruction of trees of religious, cultural and aesthetic significance. If such action is unavoidable the Engineer shall be informed in advance and carry out public consultation and report on the same should be submitted to the Engineer. (c) Contractor shall adhere to the guidelines and recommendations made by the Central Environmental Authority, if any with regard to felling of trees and removal of vegetation. (d) Removed trees must be handed over to the Timber Corporation. (e) The contractor shall plant over 5 year old root-balled native trees suitable for Indicative Engineering the location as identified by the Engineer. number of trees / cost The planting should take place in public land suitable for the purpose plants and The contractor shall build hardy structures around the trees for protection. indicative The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring the well-being of the number of trees/plants until the end of the contract planting structures necessary are to be identified by the contractor. Planting should take place as soon as the plant removal takes place 2.7. Spread of Invasive Plant Species 3 There is a possibility of introducing / spreading of invasive species during Contractor IA material transportation and disposing cleared vegetation from one site to another, thus the following measures are to be undertaken. Close monitoring of transportation, storage of borrowing material for the spread of any invasive species must be done.

161

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision Vehicles should be covered during transportation of cleared vegetation to and from the construction site. Borrow material to be brought from properly identified borrow pits and quarry sites, the sites should be inspected in order to ensure that no invasive plant species are being carried with the burrow material. Washing the vehicles should be conducted periodically to prevent carrying any invasive species The construction site should be inspected periodically to ensure that no invasive species are establishing themselves at the site. 2.7. Chance finds of important Flora 2

(a) During construction, if a rare/threatened/endangered flora species is found, All project sites - Contractor IA it shall be immediately informed to the relevant agency by the contractor through the engineer. All activities that could destroy such flora and/or its habitat shall be stopped with immediate effect. Such activities shall be started only after obtaining the Engineer’s approval. Contractor shall carry out all activities and plans that the Engineer instructed him to undertake to conserve such flora and/or its habitat. 2.8. Impact on Fauna 2.8. Loss, Damage or Disruption to Fauna 1. (a) All works shall be carried out in such a manner that the destruction or All project sites - Contractor IA disruption to the fauna and their habitats is minimum.

(b) Construction workers shall be instructed to protect fauna including wild animals and aquatic life as well as their habitats. Hunting, poaching and unauthorized fishing by project workers is not allowed. (d) Siting of all hot mix plants, crushing plants, workshops, depots and Locations Engineering temporary worker camps and storing of toxic and hazardous materials at selected for cost approved locations, and recycling and dumping of solid waste matter at erecting the locations approved by local authorities, maintenance of vehicles and asphalt, crusher

162

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision equipment in good operable condition, ensuring no leakage of oil or fuel and and concrete the fitting of proper exhaust baffles. Any solid waste should not be dumped batching plants into natural habitats. and workshops 2.8. Chance found important Fauna 2 (a) During construction, if a rare/threatened/endangered fauna species is found, All project sites - Contractor IA it shall be immediately informed to the relevant agency by the contractor. All activities that could destroy such fauna and/or its habitat shall be stopped with immediate effect. Such activities shall be started only after obtaining the Engineer’s approval. Contractor shall carry out all activities and plans that the Engineer instructed him to undertake to conserve such fauna and/or its habitat. 2.9 Disruption to people 2.9. Loss of Access 1 (a) At all times, the Contractor shall provide safe and convenient passage for All project sites Engineering Contractor IA vehicles, pedestrians and livestock. Work that affects the use of existing cost accesses shall not be undertaken without providing adequate provisions to the prior satisfaction of the Engineer. (b) The works shall not interfere unnecessarily or improperly and ensure - convenience of public at all times (c) On completion of the works, all temporary obstructions to access shall be Engineering cleared away, all rubbish and piles of debris that obstruct access be cleared cost to the satisfaction of the Engineer. (d) Providing advance information to the public about the planned construction works and activities causing disruption to access and the temporary arrangements made to give relief to public in order to avoid any inconveniences due to the construction activities. 2.9. Traffic Control and Safety 3

163

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision (a) The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic Road-side Engineering Contractor IA during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, construction cost including signs, markings, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required by sites the Engineer for the information and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section of the highway under improvement. The provision of traffic safety measures shall be considered incidental to work and follow The Institute for Construction Training and Development (ICTAD) guidelines and instructions given by the Police, if any. (b) Vehicles travelling in and out of the PA should maintain low speeds when Construction transporting material inside the boundaries of the PA in order to avoid areas disturbing the wildlife and avoid the risk of accidents. In the event the road within the PA is blocked by wildlife the contractor will not disturb the wildlife until they move away from the path, with noise or other means. 2.1 Accidents and Risks 0 2.1 Public and Worker safety 0.1 (a) All reasonable precautions will be taken to prevent danger of the workers Construction Engineering Contractor IA and the public from accidents such as fire, explosions, blasts, falling rocks, areas, material cost falling to excavated pits, chemical sprays, unsafe power supply lines etc. storage and (b) The Contractor shall comply with requirements for the safety of the worker camps workmen as per the international labor organization (ILO) convention No. 62 and Safety and Health regulations of the Factory Ordinance of Sri Lanka to the extent that those are applicable to this contract. The contractor shall supply all necessary safety appliances such as safety goggles, helmets, masks, boots, etc., to the workers and staff. The contractor has to comply with all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress. ( c) Construction activities on existing facilities where operation is underway should be conducted post times of operation, post operational hours of the center if on the same site.

164

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision 2.1 Prevention of Risks of Electrocution 0.2 (a) All electrical wiring and supply related work should confirm to British Construction Engineering Contractor IA Standards (BS) or relevant Sri Lankan Standards. Adequate precautions will areas, material cost be taken to prevent danger of electrocuting from electrical equipment and storage and power supply lines including distribution boards, transformers, etc. worker camps Measures such as danger signboards, danger/red lights, fencing and lights will be provided to protect the public and workers. All electric power driven machines to be used in the construction shall be free from defect, be properly maintained and kept in good working order, be regularly inspected and as per BS provisions and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 2.1 Risk at Hazardous Activity 0.3 (a) All workers employed in hazardous activities shall be provided with Construction Engineering Contractor IA necessary protective gear. These activities include mixing asphalt material, areas, material cost cement, lime mortars, concrete etc., welding work, work at crushing plants, storage and blasting work, operators of machinery and equipment such as power saws, worker camps etc. (b) The use of any toxic chemical shall be strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. The Engineer shall be notified of toxic chemicals that are planned tobeused in all contract related activities. A register of all toxic chemicals delivered to the site shall be kept and maintained up to date by the Contractor. The register shall include the trade name, physical properties and characteristics, chemical ingredients, health and safety hazard information, safe handling and storage procedures, and emergency and first aid procedures for the product. 2.1 Lead Pollution 0.4 (a) No paint containing lead or lead products will be used except in the form of Workshops, - Contractor IA paste or readymade paint. Facemasks shall be supplied to workers who are yards where working in spray painting or scraping lead paints. spray painting is done

165

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision 2.1 Handling of Explosives 0.5 (a) Except as provided in the contract or ordered or authorized by the Engineer, All locations - Contractor IA the Contractor shall not use explosives. Where the use of explosives is so where blasting provided or ordered or authorized, the Contractor shall comply with the activities will requirements of the following Sub-Clauses of this Clause besides the law of commence the land as applicable. (b) The Contractor shall at all times take every possible precaution and shall Engineering IA comply with relevant laws and regulations relating to the importation, cost handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives. Contractor shall obtain Ministry of Defense (MoD) approval for importing and handling explosives and keep the Local Police informed of the same. 2.1 Health and Safety 1 2.1 Prevention of Vector based Diseases 1.1 (a) Contractor shall take necessary actions to prevent breeding of mosquitoes at At worker Engineering Contractor IA places of work, labor camps, plus office and store buildings. Stagnation of camps, stores, cost water in all areas including gutters, used and empty cans, containers, tires, yards etc. shall be prevented. Approved chemicals to destroy mosquitoes and larvae should be regularly applied. All burrow sites should be rehabilitated at the end of their use by the contractor in accordance with the requirements/guidelines issued by the Central Environmental authority and relevant local authorities (b) Contractor shall keep all places of work, labor camps, plus office and store buildings clean devoid of garbage to prevent breeding of rats and other vectors such as flies. 2.1 Workers Health and Safety 1.2 (a) Contractor shall comply with the provisions in Health and Safety regulations Within - Contractor IA under the Factory Ordinance with regard to provision of health and safety construction measures and amenities at work place(s). sites, workshops

166

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision and worker camps 2.1 First Aid 1.3 (a) At every workplace, first aid kit shall be provided as per the regulations. At Within Engineering Contractor IA every workplace an ambulance room containing the prescribed equipment construction cost and nursing staff shall be provided. sites, quarry, crusher, concrete batching plants, workshops and worker camps 2.1 Potable Water 1.4 (a) In every workplace and labor camps portable water shall be available Within Engineering Contractor IA throughout the day in sufficient quantities. construction cost sites, quarry, crusher, concrete batching plants, workshops and worker camps 2.1 Hygiene 1.5 (a) The contractor shall provide and maintain necessary (temporary) living Worker camps Engineering Contractor IA accommodation and ancillary facilities for labour to standards and scale and temporary cost approved by the engineer. sheds at work (b) At every workplace and labor camps sufficient number of bathing facilities, sites latrines and urinals shall be provided in accordance with the Health and Safety regulations and/or as directed by the Engineer. These bathroom and toilet facilities shall be suitably located within the workplace/buildings. Latrines shall be cleaned at least three times daily in the morning, midday

167

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision and evening and kept in a strict sanitary condition. If women are employed, separate latrines and urinals, screened from those for men and marked in the vernacular shall be provided. There shall be adequate supply of water, within and close to latrines and urinals. (c) The sewage system for the camp must be properly designed, built and operated so that no health hazard occurs and no pollution to the air, ground or adjacent watercourses takes place. (d) Garbage bins must be provided in the camp, work sites and regularly emptied and the garbage disposed of in a hygienic manner. Construction camps shall have a clean hygienic environment and adequate health care shall be provided for the work force. (e) Unless otherwise arranged for by the Local Authority, the contractor shall arrange proper disposal of sludge from septic tanks. The contractor shall obtain approval for such disposal from the Public Health Inspector of the area. 2.1 Protection of Archaeological, Cultural and Religious Places and Properties 2 2.1 Prevention of damage to Cultural and Religious Places and Properties 2.1 (a) During construction activities the contractor should take all necessary and Near physical - Contractor IA adequate care to minimize impacts on cultural properties which includes cultural cultural sites and remains, places of worship. resources Workers should not be allowed to trespass in to such areas. 2.1 Chance finds of Archaeological property 2.2 (a) All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity and structures and other In all project - Contractor IA remains or things of geological or archaeological interest etc. discovered on sites the site and/or during construction work shall be the property of the Government of Sri Lanka, and shall be dealt with as per provisions of Antiquities Ordinance of 1940 (Revised in 1956 & 1998) (b) The contractor shall take reasonable precaution to prevent his workmen or any Engineering other persons from removing and damaging any such article or thing and shall, cost

168

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the Engineer’s instructions for dealing with the same, awaiting which all work shall be stopped within 100m in all directions from the site of discovery. (c) If directed by the Engineers the Contractor shall obtain advice and assistance from the Department of Archaeological of Sri Lanka on conservation measures to be taken with regard to the artefacts prior to recommencement of work in the area. 2.1 Environmental Enhancement 3 2.1 Landscaping 3.1 (a) Landscape plantation, re-vegetation etc, shall be taken up as per either All project sites Engineering Contractor IA detailed design or typical design guidelines given as part of the Bid and associated cost Documents. sites The contactor also shall remove all debris, piles of unwanted earth, spoil material, away from the roadsides and from other work places and disposed at locations designated or acceptable to the Engineer or as per Clause 2.1.1. Special care should be taken to ensure that the species selected for replanting are not invasive to the said site. (b) On completion of the works, the temporary structures shall be cleared away in full, all rubbish burnt, waste dumps and septic tank shall be filled and closed and roadsides, workplaces and labor camps, cleared and cleaned. (b) In case of an inadvertent damage cause to a utility, the contractor shall All project sites immediately inform the service provider and help to restore the service without delay. 2.1 Handling Environmental Issues during Construction 4 (a) The Contractor will appoint a suitably qualified Environmental Officer Relevant Engineering Contractor IA following the award of the contract. The Environmental Officer will be the construction cost primary point of contact for assistance with all environmental issues during sites during the

169

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision the pre-construction and construction phases. He/ She shall be responsible construction for ensuring the implementation of EMP. period (b) The Contractor shall appoint a person responsible for community liaison and to handle public complaints regarding environmental/ social related matters. All public complaints will be entered into the Complaints Register. The Environmental Officer will promptly investigate and review environmental complaints and implement the appropriate corrective actions to arrest or mitigate the cause of the complaints. A register of all complaints is to be passed to the Engineer within 24 hrs. They are received, with the action taken by the Environmental Officer on complains thereof. (c) Contractor shall develop suitable method to receive complaints and establish a Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM). The complaint register shall be placed at a convenient place, easily accessible by the public. • Grievances submitted in writing shall be referred to the IA/PMU by the safeguard officer of the Contractor through the Engineer. • Verbal communications shall be directed to IA/PMU through Engineer. Contact information of Engineer/IA/IA/PMU/in print form shall be available at the site. • The grievances shall be submitted to the Engineer on the same day of receiving. It has to be recorded and the safeguard officer of the Engineer shall ensure the timely redress through the IA/PMU (d) Contractor shall prepare detailed Environmental Method Statement (EMS) clearly stating the approach, actions and manner in which the EMP is implemented. It is required from the contractor to prepare the EMS for each work site, if work will be carried out at more than one site at once and time plan for implementation. The EMS shall be updated regularly and submit for Engineers review. 3.0 Operational stage 3.1 Hygienic Conditions (a) Regular clearing/ cleaning and maintenance of the facility should be All buildings Maintenance IA IA conducted, especially of Kitchens and Sanitary facilities in in order to supported by the cost maintain hygienic conditions. project

170

Activities Protection and preventive measures Locations/ Mitigation Institutional Responsibility Project phase cost Implementation Supervision 3.2 Solid Waste Management (a) Solid Waste should be segregated and collected in covered bins and In all project Maintenance IA IA arrangements should be made with the LA for removal of solid waste from sites cost the site as per the set solid waste management scheme in the area. Daily collection should be conducted in facilities located within the PA boundaries. 3.3 Mosquitoes and Vector Breading (a) Regular checks should be conducted to ensure that there is no storm water In all project Maintenance IA IA collection and stagnation at the site which will facilitate the breading of sites cost mosquitoes. Clearing should be conducted accordingly to prevent collection and stagnation of water.

171

7.11 Annex 11: Guidance Note on Selecting Mitigation Measures to be Included in the Environmental Management Plan for Construction Projects in Sri Lanka

Pre-Construction Impact Mitigation

Utility Relocation Identify the common utilities to be affected such as: telephone cables, electric cables, electric poles, water pipelines, public water taps, etc. Affected utilities shall be relocated with prior approval of the concerned agencies before construction starts. Ensure community consensus and minimum impact to common utilities like telephone cable, electric cables, electric poles, water taps and etc., Proper clearance to be obtained from the concerned authorities and sent to the PMU before commencement of works.

Tree Removal Attempt to save the trees by changing the alignment of the designs Provide adequate protection to the trees to be retained with tree guards (e.g. Masonry tree guards, Low level RCC tree guards, Circular Iron Tree Guard with Bars) as required. Identify the number of trees that will be affected with girth size & species type Trees shall be removed from the construction sites before commencement of construction with prior permission from the concerned department. Compensatory plantation by way of Re-plantation of at least twice the number of trees cut should be carried out in the project area. (Please Refer Tree Protection/ Tree Re-Planting Procedures outlined in Section X)

Construction of labor camps The location, layout and basic facility provision of labor camp must be submitted to Engineer prior to their construction. The construction will commence only upon the written approval of the Engineer. The contractor shall maintain necessary living accommodation and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner and as approved by the Engineer. All temporary accommodation must be constructed and maintained in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. The sewage system for the camp must be planned and implemented with concurrence from the Local Public Health Officer (PHI) Adequate health care is to be provided for the work force. The layout of the construction camp and details of the facilities provided should be prepared and shall be approved by the engineer. Labor camp sites after use should be cleared and the site should be reinstated to previous condition at the close of the construction work.

Planning of temporary Traffic arrangements

172

Temporary diversion will be provided with the approval of the engineer. Detailed traffic control plans will be prepared and submitted to the engineers for approval, one week prior to commencement of works. The traffic control plans shall contain details of temporary diversion, details of arrangements for construction under traffic, details of traffic arrangement after cessation of work each day, Signage, safety measures for transport of hazardous materials and arrangement of flagmen.

Site Management and Mitigation of Impacts during Construction Phase

Information Disclosure among Stakeholders Discussions should be conducted with the residents who reside around the immediate vicinity of the construction site; provide them with information on the project activities muster their views for possible impact mitigation as this will also ensure a good rapport and less complains. This should be done immediately once the contractor is mobilized. A copy of the EMP should be available at all times at the project supervision office on site.

Material Sourcing Significant impact on geological resources is anticipated at quarry sites and borrow areas the PIA shall ask contractors to ensure that sand, aggregates and other quarry material is sourced from licensed sources. It is recommended that all burrow and/or quarry material should be sourced from licensed sources. The contractor is required to maintain the necessary licenses and environmental clearances for all burrow and quarry material they are sourcing to obtain soil , fine aggregate and coarse aggregate. Sourcing of any material from any protected areas and/or designated natural areas are strictly prohibited. The Project Supervision Engineer will require maintaining the numbers and relevant details of all necessary licenses etc. and report of their status accordingly.

Transport and Storage of construction materials Sites for storage of construction materials should be identified, without affecting the traffic and other common utilities that will lead to access issues as the compound is operational. All material should be transported in fully covered trucks. Overloading of vehicles with materials should be controlled and done in a manner to suit the trucks capacity. Construction material such as cement, sand and metal should be stored in closed structures or in a contained manner. Dust All construction materials such as sand, metal, lime, bricks etc. should be transported under cover to the site and stored under cover at the sight. Plastic sheeting (of about 6 mm minimum thickness) can be used and held in place with weights, such as old tires or cinder blocks, with the edges of the sheeting buried, or by the use of other anchoring systems. This will minimize the levels of airborne dust.

173

Mud patches caused by material transporting vehicles in the access road should be immediately cleaned Continual water sprinkling should be carried out in the work and fill areas and the access road if dust stir is observed. Water sprinkling should be done more frequently on days that are dry and windy (at least four time’s day) as the levels of dust can be elevated during dry periods. Dust barriers should be used during all construction activities, especially in areas along roads with heavy traffic, commercial and residential areas.

The maximum height of barriers should be 6ft at minimum. Material such as Amano roofing sheets, fine mesh geo textiles are recommended materials to be used for setting up dust barriers.

Dust masks should be provided to the laborers for the use at required times.

Noise Noise generating work should be limited to day time (6:00AM to 6:00PM). Other type of construction work which will not disturb the environment by noise or vibration could be carried out during the night time. No work that generates excessive noise should be carried out during night hours (from 6:00PM to 6:00AM on the following day). Even during day time use of the access road should be minimized during departure times (7:00AM to 8:30AM), school time (1:00PM-2:00PM) and arrival times (After 4:30PM -6:00PM). This will not only reduce noise levels but also help mitigate congestion issues in the area due to the construction activities.

174

All equipment and machinery should be operated at noise levels that do not exceed the permissible level of 75 dB (during construction) for the day time. For all construction activities undertaken during the night time, it is necessary to maintain the noise level at below 50 dB as per the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) noise control regulations All equipment should be in good serviced condition. Regular maintenance of all construction vehicles and machinery to meet noise control regulations stipulated by the CEA in 1996 (Gazette Extra Ordinary, No 924/12) must be conducted for vehicles/machinery that will be used in construction on site and for transport. Ideally noise generating work should not be carried out during public holidays and religious days. Special care should be taken as there is a temple nearby. Labor gangs should be warned to work with minimum noise. Strict labor supervision should be undertaken in this respect. Number of night time resident laborers should be minimized. Temporary sound barriers also should be erected around buildings or premises as appropriate to shield residents if there are complaints from them.

Vehicular noise pollution at residential / sensitive receptors Idling of temporary trucks or other equipment should not be permitted during periods of loading / unloading or when they are not in active use. The practice must be ensured especially near residential / commercial / sensitive areas. Stationary construction equipment will be kept at least 500m away from sensitive receptors, where possible. These include hospitals, schools, places of worship and households. All possible and practical measures to control noise emissions during drilling shall be employed.

Noise from vehicles, machinery and equipment Contractor shall submit the list of high noise/vibration generating machinery & equipment to the PIA for approval. Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery must be done regularly and during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found defective will be replaced. Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and up to the satisfaction of the Engineer to keep noise levels at the minimum.

Removal and Disposal of construction debris and excavated materials During site clearance activities, demolition and debris removal must be carried out swiftly and in well-planned manner. Possibly debris removal can be carried out during non-peak hours to avoid traffic at the site. The contractor shall identify the sites for debris disposal and should be finalized prior to start of the earthworks; Spoil and other disposal materials should only be dumped at sites for which prior approval from relevant authorities such as the LA have been obtained. Taking into account the following o The dumping does not impact natural drainage courses

o No endangered / rare flora is impacted by such dumping

o Should be located in nonresidential areas located in the downwind side

175

o Located at least 100m from the designated forest land. o Avoid disposal on productive land. o should be located with the consensus of the local community , in consultation with the engineer and shall be approved by the highways department o Minimize the construction debris by balancing the cut and fill requirements.

The contractor should avoid any spillage of spoil when transporting such materials to the approved material dumping sites. Protection of top soil The top soil to be protected and compacted after completion of pipe laying activities. The contractor should attempt to reuse the cut material from earthworks for project activities where possible

Pollution from Fuel and Lubricants The contractor shall ensure that all construction vehicle parking location, fuel/lubricants storage sites, vehicle, machinery and equipment maintenance and refueling sites shall be located away from rivers and irrigation canal/ponds. Contractor shall ensure that all vehicle/machinery and equipment operation, maintenance and refueling will be carried out in such a fashion that spillage of fuels and lubricants does not contaminate the ground. Contractor shall arrange for collection, storing and disposal of oily wastes to the pre-identified disposal sites (list to be submitted to Engineer) and approved by the Engineer. All spills and collected petroleum products will be disposed off in accordance with standards set by the CEA/MoE. Engineer will certify that all arrangements comply with the guidelines of CEA/MoE or any other relevant laws.

Public and Worker Safety The construction site should be barricaded at all time in a day with adequate marking, safety tape, flags, reflectors etc. for safety of individuals using the compound on a daily basis. ( Items such as parking cones, lights, tubular markers, orange and white strips and barricades of a luminous nature for night visibility) The construction site should be clearly demarcated by the above means and restriction of access to public to the site will help the safety of public. Safety signboards should be displayed at all necessary locations.

176

The contractor should obtain a Third party insurance to compensate any damages, injuries caused to the public or laborers during the construction period. All construction vehicles should be operated by experienced and trained operators under supervision. Basic onsite safety training should be conducted for all laborers during the EMP training prior to the start of the construction activities. All digging and installation work should be completed in one go, if this task is not accomplished the area should be isolated using luminous safety tape and barricading structures surrounding the whole area. Trenches should be progressively rehabilitated once work is completed. Material loading and unloading should be done in an area, well away from traffic and barricaded

177

Construction wastes should be removed within 24 hours from the site to ensure public safety.

Safety Gear for Labors Protective footwear and protective goggles should be provided to all workers employed on mixing of materials like cement, concrete etc. Welder's protective eye-shields shall be provided to workers who are engaged in welding works. Earplugs shall be provided to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers working in crushing, compaction, or concrete mixing operation. The contractor shall supply all necessary safety appliances such as safety goggles, helmets, safety belts, ear plugs, mask etc. to workers and staffs. In addition, the contractor shall maintained in stock at the site office, gloves, ear muffs, goggles, dust masks, safety harness and any other equipment considered necessary. A safety inspection checklist should be prepared taking into consideration what the workers are supposed to be wearing and monitored on a monthly basis and recorded.

Prevention of accidents Prevention of accidents involving human beings, animals or vehicles falling or accidents due to open trenches/manholes during construction period. This needs to be ensured with proper barricading, signage boards and lighting etc. A readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances should be available at the site office at all times Availability of suitable transport at all times to take injured or sick person(s) to the nearest hospital should also be insured. Names and contact information for emergency services such as Ambulance services, hospitals, police and the fire brigade should be prepared as a sign board and displayed at the work site.

Presence of Outside Labor in a Residential Area Strict labor supervision should be undertaken. There should be labor awareness programs to educate the laborers about their general behavior while at work as well as their own safety.

Operation of labor camps

178

The Contractor shall construct and maintain all labor accommodation in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. Supply of sufficient quantity of potable water (as per IS) in every workplace/labor camp site at suitable and easily accessible places and regular maintenance of such facilities. The sewage system for the camp are designed, built and operated in such a fashion that no health hazards occurs and no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water courses take place. Ensure adequate water supply is to be provided in all toilets and urinals. The contractor shall provide garbage bins in the camps and ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed of in a hygienic manner

Surface Drainage and Possible Water Stagnation Provide storm water drain system in the premises which will discharge water to the improved roadside storm water drain. Carry out overall storm water management in the premises during construction using temporary ditches, sand bag barriers etc. Temporary flooding due to excavation. Proper drainage arrangements to be made, to avoid the overflowing of existing drains due to excavation during the laying of pipes, cutting activities.

Tree Protection during Construction Phase Giving due protection to the trees that fall in the shoulders /corridor of impact shall be the prime focus during Construction/post construction Masonry tree guards, Low level RCC tree guards, Circular Iron Tree Guard with Bars, use of plate compactors near trees may also be considered where necessary

Tree Re-Planting Re-plantation of at least twice (1:2) the number of trees cut should be carried out along the project road. Since the major portion of the project road may pass through open lands, planting of trees along the entire stretch of the road is recommended as an enhancement measure. Growth and survival of trees planted shall be ensured and monitoring done at least for a period of 3 years .Survival status shall be reported on monthly basis to Engineer in charge.

Clearing/Closure of Construction Site/Labor Camps Contractor to prepare site restoration plans for approval by the engineer. The plan is to be implemented by the contractor prior to demobilization. On completion of the works, all temporary structures will be cleared away, all rubbish cleared, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively sealed off and the site left clean and tidy, at the contractor’s expenses, to the entire satisfaction of the engineer.

Procedures for Dealing with Chance Finds

Flora and Chance found Fauna The contractor will take reasonable precaution to prevent workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal) including fishing in any water body and hunting of any animal. 179

If any wild animal is found near the construction site at any point of time, the contractor will immediately upon discovery thereof acquaint the Engineer and carry out the Engineer's instructions for dealing with the same. The Engineer will report to the nearby Forest Department /Department of Wild Life Conservation (range office or divisional office) and will take appropriate steps/ measures, if required in consultation with the forest officials.

Chance Found Archaeological Property All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains or things of geological or archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the property of the Government and shall be dealt with as per provisions of the relevant legislation. The contractor will take reasonable precautions to prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging any such article or thing. He will, immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal acquaint the Engineer of such discovery and carry out the instructions for dealing with the same, waiting which all work shall be stopped. The Engineer will seek direction from the Archaeological Department of Sri Lanka and inform the project EO to follow the Chance Find Procedures set forth.

180

7.12 Annex 12: Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of Burrow Pits

Illustration on the Burrow Pit Rehabilitation

Mitigatory Measures to be Implemented 181

The following conditions must follow by the contractor during the construction period in burrowing earth:

o The sides of the pits should be sloped with a minimum angle of 1:3, to enable the escape of animals that may accidentally fall into the pits.

o The burrow pits should be restored by filling them or when it is not practical to rehabilitate them as small tanks/water holes enabling wild animals to use as a water source

o The earth burrowing activity at the identified site should be carried out only during the given time period of from 6.00 am to 6.00 pm

o Burrowing earth, transportation and unloading should be carried out under the inspection of Assistant Director (Mahaweli/Irrigation) or an officer appointed by him

o A 15-cm topsoil will be stripped off from the borrow pit and this will be stored in stockpiles in a designated area for height not exceeding 2m and side slopes not steeper than 1:2 (Vertical: Horizontal).

o Suitable drainage ditches or conduits shall be constructed or installed to avoid conditions where small pools of water that are, or are likely to become noxious, or foul, collect or remain on the burrow area. Surface drainage must be designed to minimize erosion during runoff and major rainfall events.

o Burrow Pit shall be backfilled with clean or inert fill. There shall be no material of deleterious nature (i.e. any material that would be classed as hazardous or waste). Please refer to the diagram above for the Illustration on burrow pit rehabilitation.

o Non-usable material including overburden, screenings and rocks, should be placed in the pit bottom and covered with Topsoil stripped from the surface so as to facilitate water seepage, planting grass and tree planting to be carried out using the Native trees.

o Once the site is reclaimed, any fences where they exist shall be removed to permit re-vegetation.

o Access and haul roads to the pit must be restored in a mutually agreeable manner where these are considered unnecessary after extraction has been completed.

o Above conditions should be included in the contract document and must monitor whether they are followed.

o Precautions must be taken to minimize spreading of the listed invasive species. • Destroy the listed invasive plants as much as possible prior to burrowing material. • Surface soil of the burrow site should be separated and stored to prevent transporting seeds of the invasive plants to the tank. This surface soil can use when restoring the burrow pit. • When restoring the invasive plants if any germinated in soil should be removed and burn. • Wash down of all vehicles that use to transport burrow materials before leaving the site

182

7.13 Annex 13: Environmental Guidelines for Decommissioning and Demolition of Existing Buildings Potential Environmental Impacts The hazards and environmental impacts associated with demolition works are mainly a function of: • The location of the demolition work, i.e. whether demolition is near to main road or whether demolition is far away from development and movement • The type of building being demolished i.e. concrete, iron sheets, etc • The method of demolition i.e. manually using hand tools; mechanically using heavy machinery including electric grinders, pneumatic compressors, excavator on trucks and lorries; or by induced collapse demolition using explosives • The scale of the project i.e. the area of building being demolished and amount of solid wastes, dust and traffic being generated • The duration of the demolition work Potential environmental impacts in connection with demolition works are: - • Noise and vibration • Dust • Traffic implications • Generation of demolition wastes including doors, windows, wood and metal frames; concrete rubbles and blocks, corrugated iron sheets, asbestos cement sheets, etc. • Visual and aesthetic impacts

Procedures for Management of Potential Environmental Impacts

• The following guidelines will be followed for any decommissioning of the existing buildings and demolition. While the EMP covers measure to manage construction waste, dust and noise in general. It is essential to ensure that the process and demolition waste is handled specifically as outlined below. • As a requisite, a demolition plan will be prepared and approved by the project engineer of the proponent. The demolition work will be conducted post conducting the following activities.

• Crack Survey of Neighboring Buildings o A crack survey or neighboring buildings should be conducted for all buildings directly adjacent to the construction site. o The current condition of these buildings need to be photo documented and filed prior to the decommissioning commencing to ensure that no damages are caused to the structures due to vehicle movements and demolition works. o A crack survey report will be prepared and submitted to the Engineer prior to commencement of decommissioning on the ground.

• Management of Utilities o Termination of Utilities ▪ Prior to actual demolition, the Authorized Person shall liaise with all available utility companies so as: (A) to keep records of available utilities leading into the premises; and (B) to cause all utilities to be terminated. o Effects of Demolition on Utilities 183

▪ The demolition plan shall ensure that during the course of demolition, no existing utilities in the vicinity of the demolition sites are affected by the demolition operation. o Common Utilities ▪ The common utilities encountered in building demolition generally include the following:(A) Electricity;(B) Water; (C) Gas; (D) Telecommunication; (E) Drainage; (F) Overhead and Underground Cables; (G) Railway Tunnel and its accessories, such as vent shafts; (H) Sewage Tunnel and its accessories; and (I) Disused Tunnel. ▪ All utility companies and relevant agencies should be consulted prior to demolition of the structure.

• Management of Asbestos Cement (ACM) Based Material-Avoiding Exposure Risk o An inspection of building materials for the presence of asbestos and lead hazards must be conducted prior to initiating demolition projects. o Removal of ACM roof sheeting requires trained and qualified personnel as damage to/or broken ACM during removal will have an exposure risk to demolition workers. o Thus it is essential that workers have the necessary personal protective equipment, most importantly masks, safety boots, full suiting to cover body and hard hats. It is also recommended that High efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters vacuum cleaners would be requiring to vacuum up any debris. These activities must be supervised by the engineer. o ACM Material should be removed prior to demolition of the structure, and transported immediately in a contained manner to an approved disposal site by the engineer. As there are no sites to accept hazardous waste material this will pose a challenge, it should be explored how best the material can be managed via CEA guidance on best practice. o No ACM material can be stockpiled off site. This should be fully prohibited.

• Management of Environmental Impacts During Demolition Process. o The demolition works shall not cause any nuisance by way of noise, dust and vibration to the surrounding environment, by following the requirements as per the project Environmental Management Plan (EMP). o Particular attention should be payed to ensure the following ▪ The site of works shall be fenced and screened to protect site from strong winds and to contain dust. ▪ The noise level during demolition works shall be within the permissible limits as ▪ per the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) guidelines on noise. ▪ All hazardous wastes, including asbestos shall be disposed of as per the provisions laid out by the CEA ▪ The following measures shall be taken so as to abate the visual impacts during demolition works: ➢ Visual screening / fencing of works ➢ Proper location of equipment and machinery on site ➢ No encroachment of demolition wastes on pavements and roads ▪ Demolition works within residential areas shall be carried out during normal working hours (8:00 – 17:00) only. 184

▪ The demolition wastes may be used as filler material as appropriate and approved by the engineer. Any excess wastes shall be disposed of to an authorized site as recommended by the ▪ No debris shall be burned on the site.

185

7.14 Annex 14: Guidelines for Health and Safety of Workers, Communities and Visitors

Health and safety of workers and the public should be designed into constructions, before and during and after the building phase. It is cheaper and easier to control risks in construction to workers as well as the public before work starts on site by proper planning, training, site induction, worker consultation and incorporating strict safety procedures in construction plans. The proposed project interventions will mostly involve small to medium scale construction sites. As such, extreme dangers posed by working in environments such as great heights, deep water and involving dangerous chemicals and radioactive material will not be present. Potential dangers associated with ESCAMP sites will include falling from moderate heights, vehicle accidents, falling into trenches, drowning, breathing dust and other air pollutants, back aches caused by handling heavy material, wildlife attacks, etc. and can be mitigated with following safety guidelines.

EA/EMP for each site should mandatorily include a risk assessment as to what are the hazards involved in the work site, who might be harmed and how seriously, how likely this harm might happen and what actions are required to eliminate or reduce the risk and incorporate such measures in the EMP and clearly set out in the tender documents. All sub-projects must observe health and safety regulations, hence during implementation it is important to check if these control measures are put in place and are meeting the legal requirement.

Further guidance can be found in the World Bank Group General EHS Guidelines. The following measures have been developed to fit the country context based on the General EHS Guidelines.

Training • Ensure constructors carry out suitable training programs on occupational health and safety for workers prior to commencement of construction, especially with regard to working in wild territory. • Ensure only experienced and well trained workers are used for the handling of machinery, equipment and material processing plants • Ensure all persons, including managers, are trained and able to carry out their work without risk to the safety or health of themselves, other workers or the public

Personal Protective Equipment • Ensure appropriate safety equipment, tools and protective clothing are provided to workers and that safe working methods are applied. A safety inspection checklist should be prepared taking into consideration what the workers are supposed to be wearing and monitored. • Any person who works or operates in an area where there is a risk of flying objects, such as splinters, should wear safety goggles at all time. These should be securely fitted to the face. Welders should protect the entire face from hot sparks and bright rays by using a welding mask. • Any person exposed to high levels of dust or hazardous gases (when working in tunnels) should wear respiratory protection in the form of disposal masks or respiratory masks which fit more snugly around the nose and mouth. • Any person working in an area where there is the risk of being struck on the head by a falling or flying object should wear a hard hat at all times. These should be well maintained in order to be fully effective, and any helmets or hard hats that are damaged or cracked should immediately be replaced.

186

• All workers will be required to wear shoes or strong boots to prevent sharp objects from penetrating or crushing the foot. Those working in muddy conditions and in canals with polluted water should avoid hand/foot contact with water and should never wear slippers. • Road workers should wear reflective vests to avoid being hit by moving vehicular traffic.

Site Delineation and Warning Signs • Ensure delineation devices such as cones, lights, tubular markers, orange and white strips and barricades are erected to inform about work zones. • Ensure all digging and installing work items that are not accomplished are isolated and warned of by signposts and flash lamps in nighttime (for those sites outsides PAs). • Ensure dangerous warning signs are raised to inform public of particular dangers and to keep the public away from such hazards, such as warning for bathing when working on river sites and irrigation works. • Ensure rehabilitation of trenches progressively once work is completed. • The safety inspection checklist must look to see that the delineation devices are used, whether they are appropriately positioned, if they are easily identifiable and whether they are reflective.

Equipment safety • Work zone workers use tools, equipment and machinery that could be dangerous if used incorrectly or if the equipment malfunctions Inspections must be carried out to test the equipment before it is used, so that worker safety can be secured. Inspections should look for evidence of wear and tear, frays, missing parts and mechanical or electrical problems.

Material management • Ensure easily flammable materials are not be stored in construction site and that they are transported out of project site

Emergency Procedures • Ensure an emergency aid service is in place in the work zone. • Ensure all site staff is properly briefed as to what to do in the event of an emergency, such as who to notify and where to assemble for a head count. This information must be conveyed to employees by the site manager on the first occasion a worker visits the site.

Construction camps • Ensure installation of adequate construction camps and sanitation facilities for construction workers to control of transmission of infectious diseases. • Ensure that adequate warning is provided on issues of poaching and wildlife attacks

Information management • Develop and establish contractor’s own procedure for receiving, documenting and addressing complaints that is easily accessible, culturally appropriate and understandable to affected communities. • Provide advance notice to local communities by way of information boards about the schedule of construction activities.

Worker consultation • Consulting the workforce on health and safety measures is not only a legal requirement, it is an effective way to ensure that workers are committed to health and safety procedures and improvements. Employees should be consulted on health and safety measures and before the introduction of new technology or products.

187

7.15 Annex 15: Chance find procedure for Physical Cultural Resources

Contracts for civil works involving earth moving and excavation activities, especially in areas known to be sites of old civilizations and now returned to forest, should normally incorporate procedures for dealing with situations in which buried PCRs are unexpectedly exposed.

Recognition of unknown PCRs – This is the most difficult aspect to cover, especially if the contractor is not full-time accompanied by a specialist. Upon discovery of such material during project implementation work, the following should be carried out; • Immediately stop construction activities. • With the approval of the resident engineer delineate the discovered site area. • Secure the site to prevent any damage or loss of removable objects. In case of removable antiquities or sensitive remains, a night guard should be present until the responsible authority takes over. • Through the Resident Engineer, notify the responsible authorities, the Department of Archaeology and local authorities within 24 hours. • Submit a brief chance find report, within a specified time period, with date and time of discovery, location of discovery, description of finding, estimated weight and dimension of PCR and temporary protection implemented. • Responsible authorities would be in charge of protecting and preserving the site before deciding on the proper procedures to be carried out. • An evaluation of the finding will be performed by the Department of Archaeology who may decide to either remove the PCR deemed to be of significance, further excavate within a specified distance of the discovery point and conserve on-site, and/or extend/reduce the areas demarcated by the contractor etc. This should ideally take place within about 7 days. • Construction work could resume only when permission is given from the Department of Archaeology after the decision concerning the safeguard of the heritage is fully executed.

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

7.16 Annex-16: Environmental Health and opinion of qualified and experienced persons. When Safety Guidelines host country regulations differ from the levels and measures presented in the EHS Guidelines, projects Introduction are expected to achieve whichever is more stringent. The Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) If less stringent levels or measures than those provided Guidelines are technical reference documents with in these EHS Guidelines are appropriate, in view of general and industryspecific examples of Good specific project circumstances, a full and detailed International Industry Practice (GIIP)17. When one or justification for any proposed alternatives is needed as more members of the World Bank Group are involved part of the site-specific environmental assessment. in a project, these EHS Guidelines are applied as This justification should demonstrate that the choice required by their respective policies and standards. for any alternate performance levels is protective of These industry sector EHS guidelines are designed to human health and the environment. be used together with the General EHS Guidelines Applicability document, which provides guidance to users on The EHS Guidelines for Waste Management cover common EHS issues potentially applicable to all facilities or projects dedicated to the management of industry sectors. For complex projects, use of multiple municipal solid waste and industrial waste, including industry-sector guidelines may be necessary. A waste collection and transport; waste receipt, complete list of industry-sector guidelines can be unloading, processing, and storage; landfill disposal; found at: physico-chemical and biological treatment; and www.ifc.org/ifcext/enviro.nsf/Content/Environmenta incineration projects.18 Industry-specific waste lGuidelines management activities applicable, for example, to The EHS Guidelines contain the performance levels medical waste, municipal sewage, cement kilns, and and measures that are generally considered to be others are covered in the relevant industry-sector EHS achievable in new facilities by existing technology at Guidelines, as is the minimization and reuse of waste reasonable costs. Application of the EHS Guidelines at the source. This document is organized according to existing facilities may involve the establishment of to the following sections: site-specific targets, with an appropriate timetable for Section 1.0 — Industry-Specific Impacts and achieving them. Management The applicability of the EHS Guidelines should be Section 2.0 — Performance Indicators and Monitoring tailored to the hazards and risks established for each Section 3.0 — References and Additional Sources project on the basis of the results of an environmental Annex A — General Description of Industry assessment in which sitespecific variables, such as Activities host country context, assimilative capacity of the 1.0 Industry-Specific Impacts and Management environment, and other project factors, are taken into The following section provides a summary of the most account. The applicability of specific technical significant EHS issues associated with Waste recommendations should be based on the professional Management, which occur during the operational and

17 Defined as the exercise of professional skill, degradation and environmental assimilative capacity diligence, prudence and foresight that would be as well as varying levels of financial and technical reasonably expected from skilled and experienced feasibility. professionals engaged in the same type of 18 This document covers the most common undertaking under the same or similar circumstances commercial methods of waste management. It does globally. The circumstances that skilled and not cover other activities such as the management of experienced professionals may find when evaluating radioactive wastes, co-incineration at combustion the range of pollution prevention and control plants, or deep well injection. techniques available to a project may include, but are not limited to, varying levels of environmental 189

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

decommissioning phases, along with Residential Single and Food waste, paper, recommendations for mitigating these impacts. multifamily cardboard, Recommendations for the management of EHS dwellings plastic, textiles, impacts common to most large industrial facilities leather, yard waste, during the construction phase are provided in the wood, glass, metal, General EHS Guidelines, as are other operational ash, special waste phase issues, such as noise, common to many (e.g., bulky items, industrial activities. consumer 1.1 Environment electronics, white Municipal solid waste (MSW) is typically managed goods, batteries, separately from industrial hazardous and non- oil, tires) and hazardous wastes; therefore, environmental impacts household associated with management of MSW and industrial hazardous waste wastes are addressed separately below. Industrial Light and heavy Housekeeping 1.1.1 Municipal Solid Waste manufacturing, waste, packaging, Municipal solid waste (MSW) is generally defined as fabrication, food waste, the wastes (other than sewage and air emissions) construction sites, construction and generated in and usually collected by a municipality. power and demolition MSW is extremely variable in composition, chemical plants materials, depending on the income and lifestyle of the hazardous waste, generators. As shown in Table 1, MSW includes ash, special waste household refuse, institutional wastes, street Commercial Stores, hotels, Paper, cardboard, sweepings, commercial wastes, as well as restaurants, plastic, wood, food construction and demolition debris. MSW may markets, office waste, glass, metal, include paper and packaging materials; foodstuffs; buildings special waste, vegetable matter such as yard debris; metal; rubber; hazardous waste textiles; and potentially hazardous materials such as Institutional Schools, Same as batteries, electrical components, paint, bleach, and hospitals, prisons, commercial medicines. MSW may also contain varying amounts government of industrial wastes from small industries, as well as centers dead animals and fecal matter. Environmental Construction New construction Wood, steel, impacts and associated mitigation measures and sites, road repair, concrete, dirt, etc. applicable to MSW collection and transport; waste Demolition renovation sites, receipt, unloading, processing, and storage; biological demolition of treatment; incineration; and landfilling are described buildings below. Municipal Street cleaning, Street sweepings; Table 1 - Sources and Types of Municipal Solid Services landscaping, landscape and tree Waste parks, beaches, trimmings; general Source Typical Waster Types of Solid other recreational waste from parks, Generators Waste areas, water and beaches and other wastewater recreational areas; treatment plants sludge from water and wastewater treatment plants

190

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

Process Heavy and light Industrial process Clean vehicles used for waste hauling before manufacturing, waste, scrap transportation of any goods, including compost; refineries, materials, Encourage residents to put waste out at designated chemical plants, off-specification times and locations; power plants, products, slag, Where possible, blocking off access to dumping sites mineral extraction tailings and fining illegal dumpers. and Air Emissions processing Air emissions from MSW collection and transport Source: World Bank (2005) include, dust and bio-aerosols, odors, and vehicle Waste Collection and Transport emissions. Litter and clandestine dumping Dust, Bio-aerosols, and Odors The causes of littering and clandestine dumping in Dust can include nuisance dust, hazardous dust (e.g., urban areas occur because of inadequate availability containing asbestos or silica), and bioaerosols (i.e., of litter bins along walkways, inadequate public particles in the air consisting wholly or partially of awareness of their responsibilities as urban dwellers, microorganisms). Bioaerosols are of particular and inadequate refuse collection service. Littering concern to the health of waste workers and have been occurs everywhere and often into drains, while show to be the source of reduced pulmonary function clandestine dumping is commonly on vacant lots, and increased respiratory disease for those in public spaces, or along waterways. Accumulated immediate proximity to waste sweeping and waste may attract disease vectors, contribute to collection activities.19 Recommended management clogging of drainage and sewerage networks, make strategies to minimize dust, bio-aerosols, and odors waste readily accessible to neighborhood animals and include: birds, and pollute waterways. Establishing frequent waste collection schedules; Recommended management strategies to minimize Instituting a washing program for waste collection litter and clandestine dumping include: vehicles and for company-owned waste collection and Encourage use of containers or bags for waste at the transfer containers; point of collection for each household and Promoting the use of bags to reduce the odors from establishment; soiling of waste collection and transport equipment. Implement a regular collection schedule with Vehicle Emissions sufficient frequency to avoid accumulation of Emissions from on-road vehicles may be regulated garbage; through national or regional programs. In the absence Use vehicles appropriate for the geographic of these, specific measures to prevent, minimize, and conditions and waste types to maximize reliability of control vehicle air emissions during waste collection collection (e.g., compactor trucks may be appropriate and transport include the following: for neighborhoods with wide streets and low-density Optimize waste collection routes to minimize distance trash, while smaller vehicles may be appropriate for traveled and overall fuel use and emissions neighborhoods with narrow streets and higher-density Implement transfer stations for small vehicles to garbage); consolidate waste into large vehicles for Encourage separation of recyclable materials at the transportation to a treatment or disposal facility; point of generation, so that the collection points do not Waste collection and transport vehicle owners and become sorting points for informal sector waste operators should implement the equipment pickers; manufacturers’ recommended engine maintenance, Cover collection and transfer vehicles along the entire along with the mechanical maintenance for the safe route of transport to avoid windblown litter;

19 Additional information is provided in Cointreau, S. (2006). 191

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

operation of the vehicle, including proper tire impacts such as eutrophication and acidification of pressure.; surface water and contamination of water supplies. Drivers should also be instructed on the benefits of Recommended contaminated runoff management driving practices which reduce both the risk of strategies include: accidents and fuel consumption, including measured When siting, consider the proximity of waste handling acceleration and driving within safe speed limits and storage areas to water supply wells for people and (working with garbage truck drivers can save as much animals, irrigation canals, and surface water bodies as 25% on fuel use and reduce maintenance by 15%). that support aquatic life and the ability to prevent Additional fleet management recommendations are contaminated leachate and drainage from entering presented in the General EHS Guidelines. surface and ground water; Waste Receipt, Unloading, Processing, and Storage Use impermeable materials for roads, waste Control of the incoming waste stream is necessary to processing and storage areas, and vehicle washing ensure safe and effective processing, treatment, and areas, and install curbs to prevent runoff to permeable disposal of the waste and the quality of end products areas; (e.g., compost). While procedures may vary Collect runoff and leachate from areas used for waste depending on the nature of the waste and necessary storage, and treat runoff to meet applicable processing methods, recommended measures include: environmental standards before discharge to surface Visually evaluate, weigh, and document incoming water or the municipal sewage system (e.g., screen to waste loads; remove large material, install silt traps to remove Reject or, if the facility is equipped to process the particulates, and waste, segregate potentially hazardous materials or remove separate-phase liquids with an oil/water wastes identified, including infectious waste, and separator). Discharge to the municipal sewage system manage as a hazardous or infectious waste, as (via pipe or tanker truck), where available, is preferred applicable; for runoff from waste storage and handling areas; Analyze suspected hazardous materials before Re-use collected water in on-site disposal processes to acceptance so that they are segregated relative to the extent practical or store with collected leachate compatibility and so that they can be adequately awaiting treatment. treated and disposed of; In addition, management strategies for contaminated If possible, isolate size reduction equipment (e.g., runoff from vehicles include: shredders or grinders) in an explosion-proof area with Cover containers during transport, proper ventilation and pressure relief to reduce the Ensure vehicle equipment is designed to collect impacts of potential explosions that could be caused drainage and that it is held in a sump container until by materials such as gas cylinders and ignitable the vehicle reaches a safe discharge location. liquids that may be present in MSW. Visual Litter inspection of the incoming waste, along with sorting The following measures are recommended to prevent, and removal procedures, can minimize this potential minimize, and control litter and solid waste during hazard; waste receipt, unloading, processing, and storage: Separate recoverable secondary materials for Provide adequate storage for waste not immediately recycling and organic waste for composting to the treated or disposed of; extent practical. Implement good housekeeping procedures; Contaminated Runoff Consider use of enclosed/covered areas for waste Leachate from waste piles caused by exposure to tipping, shredding, compacting, etc.; precipitation and from residual liquids in the waste Install catch fences and netting to trap windblown itself may contain organic matter, nutrients, metals, litter. salts, pathogens, and hazardous chemicals. If allowed Air Emissions to migrate, leachate can contaminate soil, surface The following measures are recommended to prevent, water, and groundwater potentially causing additional minimize, and control vehicle emissions and

192

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

emissions of dust, odors, and bioaerosols during waste at specified noise-sensitive locations, using receipt, unloading, processing, and storage: standardized sound power levels for construction Select vehicles and containers that minimize air plant; emissions during waste loading and unloading; Maintain site roads in good condition to reduce noise Design drop-off points to minimize queuing of and vibration from vehicle movements; vehicles; Sweep waste management areas and roads Use acoustic screens around fixed/mobile plant and frequently and use water spray for dust control where equipment; needed; Select equipment that has low noise emission levels; Pre-treat wastes as needed (e.g., solidification, Fit silencing equipment to plant, e.g. baffles/mufflers; encapsulation, or wetting sufficient to reduce dust but Use buildings to contain inherently noisy fixed plant without forming leachate); equipment (e.g., locate waste shredder in the tipping Use enclosed waste handling and storage areas for hall, and enclose tipping hall on all sides) and consider malodorous wastes or wastes that generate hazardous use of sound-insulating materials in construction. dust (e.g., asbestos). Enclosed waste storage and Biological Treatment handling areas are preferred for all wastes; Biological treatment includes composting with other Use extraction system to remove dust from working organic materials for the preparation of soil products20 areas, buildings, and storage vessels, and treat as (i.e., aerobic treatment), and anaerobic digestion. To needed to control particulate emissions (e.g., bag maximize the usability of end products, waste should filter); not be accepted that contains organics that are Remove, treat, or dispose of all biological/malodorous contaminated by potentially hazardous chemicals wastes in an expeditious manner; (e.g., PCBs, chlordane and other pesticides, heavy Use odor-neutralizing sprays where necessary; metals and metalloids) and/or pathogenic substances Use negative pressure in processing buildings and and micro-organisms (e.g., prions, viruses, bacteria, appropriate air filtration (e.g., biofilter) to remove and parasites) that will not be rendered harmless by odor, the process or may constitute a health or Noise and Vibration environmental risk. This may include certain clinical Principal sources of noise and vibration include truck waste and other related wastes of clinical origin, and traffic; loading equipment (e.g., cranes, wheeled diseased carcasses, or contaminants classified as loaders), stationary compactors, balers, grinders, and hazardous or industrial wastes.21 other treatment and conveyance systems. Leachate and Runoff Recommended noise management strategies include: Leachate and runoff from waste storage and Construct a buffer zone between the facility and the processing areas may contain organic material external environment or locate facilities away from (biochemical oxygen demand (BOD)), phenols, sensitive receptors; nitrates, phosphorous, dissolved metals, and other Include noise and vibration considerations during contaminants. If treated wood is processed, wood design, including use of models to predict noise levels preservative chemicals, such as creosote and

20 Compost is organic material that can be used as a mature through a curing process (as defined by the US soil amendment or as a medium to grow plants. EPA Mature compost is a stable material with a content (http://www.epa.gov/epaoswer/nonhw/composting/b called humus that is dark brown or black and has a asic.htm)). soil-like, earthy smell. It can be created by combining 21 Additional information on composting is provided organic wastes (e.g., yard trimmings, food wastes, in Chapter 7 (Composting) of the Decision Maker’s manures) in proper ratios into piles, rows, or vessels; Guide to Solid Waste Management, Volume II, EPA, adding bulking agents (e.g., wood chips) as necessary 1995 to accelerate the breakdown of organic materials; and (http://www.epa.gov/garbage/dmg2.htm) allowing the finished material to fully stabilize and 193

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

chromated copper arsenate, and their degradation destruction, biogas production rate (hence higher products may be present. Municipal waste may energy recovery) and the retention time contain human and animal fecal matter and blood Maintain ideal composting conditions such as22: which have a wide range of disease microorganisms. Carbon: nitrogen (C:N) ratio between 25:1 and 35:1 o Some household chemicals can possess hazardous Moisture content of 50 to 60 percent of total weight properties; examples include pesticides, solvents, during treatment (and less than 50 percent for paints, batteries, used oils, pharmaceuticals, etc. marketing following screening) The following measures are recommended to prevent, Balance between particle size and void space to minimize, and control leachate generation and promote rapid decomposition. Void space should be discharge from biological treatment operations: sufficient to achieve a 10 to 15 percent oxygen level Install a drainage layer underneath the processing area within the pile in aerobic systems to provide adequate leachate drainage from Optimum temperature levels which can range between composting organics. This may consist of a bed of 32 and 60 degrees Celsius. Pathogen destruction can coarse material such as wood chips, or alternatively be achieved by attaining and maintaining a the processing platform may permanently incorporate temperature of 55 degrees Celsius for three days in a a drainage layer designed to withstand the loading, vessel composting system or 15 days in a windrow working and removal of material. For small-scale system compost facilities or in dry areas, an adsorbent pH of between 6 and 8. material can be incorporated in the compost and at the Air Emissions base of the pile; Releases to the air can include direct stack emissions The material processing or storage areas of the facility and fugitive emissions associated with biological should have a leachate barrier system that forms a processes, as well as emissions from burning of secure barrier between the groundwater, soil, and biogas. Direct air emissions can include bioaerosols, substrata and the composting or stored organics, as particulate matter/dust, ammonia, amines, volatile well as systems for collecting and treating leachate; organic compounds (VOCs), sulfides, odors, etc. The Design and maintain the slope and orientation of following measures are recommended to prevent, windrows and/or leachate drains such that free minimize, and control air emissions from biological drainage of leachate to a collection drain is facilitated treatment: and ponding of leachate is avoided; shape the piles and Use mist spray to keep down dusts, especially during windrows to maximize run-off and hence reduce and prior to loading or other handling procedures. infiltration; Use windrow turning equipment that is specially Store leachate in a lined earthen basin or in designed to minimize air emissions, as opposed to aboveground storage tanks; wheeled loaders or conveyor loaders that drop wastes For anaerobic digestion, maximize recycling of into piles. wastewater to the reactor; For highly odorous wastes, use closed feed bunkers Measure total organic carbon (TOC), chemical constructed with a vehicle sluice; for less odor- oxygen demand (COD), nitrogen (N), phosphorus (P) intensive wastes, use automated and rapid action and chlorine (Cl) levels in the inlet and outlet flows doors (opening times of the doors being kept to a from an anaerobic digester. When a better control of minimum) in combination with an appropriate exhaust the process is required, or a better quality of the waste air collection device resulting in an under pressure in output, monitoring of additional parameters may be the treatment hall. necessary; Enclose leachate drains to reduce the emission of Operate an anaerobic digester under thermophilic odors. digestion conditions, in order to increase the pathogen Minimize the amount of water added to compost (e.g., by covering compost material) to avoid anaerobic

22 US EPA (1995) 194

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

conditions that can cause hydrogen sulfide odors if the Polluting emissions may include carbon dioxide compost mixture contains sulfur-containing materials. (CO2), CO, NOX, sulfur dioxide (SO2), particulate Biomass and biogas combustion emissions depend on matter, ammonia, amines, acids (HCL, HF), VOCs, the type of biomass material and combustion method dioxins/furans, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), and can include particulate matter, nitrogen oxide polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), metals (NOX), sulfur oxide (SOX), carbon monoxide (CO), (Hg), and sulfides, etc., depending on the waste hydrogen sulfide (H2S), and VOCs. When using content and combustion conditions. biomass or biogas as a fuel source for power The following measures are recommended to prevent, generation, reference should be made to the General minimize, and control air emissions: EHS Guidelines for emissions guideline values and Conduct waste segregation and/or presorting to avoid the selection of appropriate emissions prevention and incineration of wastes that contain metals and control techniques. metalloids that may volatilize during combustion and Fire be difficult to control through air emission technology Biodegradable wastes can be combustible and aerobic (e.g., mercury and arsenic); degradation can produce sufficient heat to cause Follow applicable national requirements and spontaneous combustion in certain circumstances. internationally recognized standards for incinerator Wastes can, in some instances, also contain ashes and design and operating conditions, mainly rapid other readily ignitable materials that burst into flame quenching of the flue gas after leaving all combustion under wind conditions, or when contacting chambers and before entering any dry particulate flammables. In landfills, methane is generated by matter air pollution control device but also anaerobic digestion and can potentially ignite if it combustion temperature, residence time, and encounters an ignition source within or external to the turbulence.7 Standards for stationary incinerators landfill. Methane in landfill gas can become trapped which include temperature and afterburner exit gas in underground cavities, and even move along quenching (i.e. rapid temperature reduction) geologic discontinuities, to pose a risk of explosion. requirements are preferred in order to nearly Recommended fire prevention and control strategies eliminate dioxins and furans; include: Introduce wastes into the incinerator only after the For composting, avoid conditions that can lead to optimum temperature is reached in the final spontaneous combustion (e.g., moisture between 25 – combustion chamber. 45 percent and temperatures above about 93ºC. This The waste charging system should be interlocked with can be achieved for example by keeping windrows the temperature monitoring and control system to less than about prevent waste additions if the operating temperature 3m high and turning them when the temperature falls below the required limits; exceeds 60ºC); Minimize the uncontrolled ingress of air into the Collect biogas for use or treatment (e.g. energy combustion chamber via waste loading or other recovery or flaring); routes; Provide a fire alarm system, including temperature Optimize furnace and boiler geometry, combustion air sensors in the waste being treated; injection, and, if used, NOX control devices using flow Design the facility for access by firefighting modeling; equipment, including clear aisles among windrows Optimize and control combustion conditions by the and access to an adequate water supply. control of air (oxygen) supply, distribution and MSW Incineration Facilities temperature, including gas and oxidant mixing; the Air Emissions control of combustion Air emissions from incineration depend on the specific waste composition and the presence and 7 For example, according to Article 6 of EU Council effectiveness of air pollution control systems. Directive 2000/76, the gas resulting from the

195

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

incineration process should be raised, after the last emissions associated with fossil fuel based power injection of combustion air to a temperature of 850 generation.23 degrees Celsius (1,100 degrees Celsius for hazardous wastes with a content greater than 1% of halogenated Ash and Other Residuals organics) for a period of two seconds. Additional Combustion of solid wastes generates ash and other details on operating conditions are provided in this material remaining after incineration. Solid wastes reference. Other sources of emissions standards may also be generated from treatment of wastewater include the U.S. EPA regulations for air emissions from flue gas treatment (FGT). from stationary sources at 40 CFR Part The following measures are recommended to prevent, 60. minimize, and control solid waste from incineration: temperature level and distribution; and the control of Design the furnace to, as far as possible, physically raw gas residence time; retain the waste within the combustion chamber (e.g. Implement maintenance and other procedures to narrow grate bar spacing for grates, rotary or static minimize planned and unplanned shutdowns; kilns for appreciably liquid wastes), and use a waste Avoid operating conditions in excess of those that are throughput rate that provides sufficient agitation and required for efficient destruction of the waste; residence time of the waste in the furnace at Use auxiliary burner(s) for start-up and shut-down and sufficiently high temperatures, including any ash for maintaining the required operational combustion burn-out areas, in order to achieve a total organic temperatures (according to the waste concerned) at all carbon (TOC) value in the ash residues of below 3 wt times when unburned waste is in the combustion percent and typically between 1 and 2 wt percent. chamber. Manage bottom ash separately from fly ash and other Use a boiler to transfer the flue-gas energy for the flue gas treatment residues to avoid contamination of production of electricity and/or supply of steam/heat, the bottom ash for its potential recovery; if practical; Separate remaining ferrous and non-ferrous metals Use primary (combustion-related) NOX control from bottom ash as far as practicably and measures and/or selective catalytic reduction (SCR) or economically viable, for their recovery; selective noncatalytic reduction (SNCR) systems, Treat bottom ash on or off-site (e.g., by screening and depending on the emissions levels required; crushing) to the extent that is required to meet the Use flue gas treatment system for control of acid specifications set for its use or at the receiving gases, particulate matter, and other air pollutants; treatment or disposal site (e.g., to achieve a leaching Minimize formation of dioxins and furans by ensuring level for metals and salts that is in compliance with the that particulate control systems do not operate in the local environmental conditions at the place of use); 200 to 400 degrees Celsius temperature range; Bottom ash and residuals should be managed based on identifying and controlling incoming waste their classification as hazardous or non-hazardous composition; using primary (combustion-related) materials. Hazardous ash should be managed and controls; using designs and operation conditions that disposed of as hazardous waste. Non-hazardous ash limit the formation of dioxins, furans, and their may precursors; and using flue gas controls; be disposed of in an MSW landfill or considered for Consider the application of waste-to-energy or recycling in construction materials.24 anaerobic digestion technologies to help off-set Water Effluents

23 The possibility of applying waste-to-energy save more energy than what is generated by technologies depends on a number of issues which incineration of mixed solid waste in a wasteto-energy may include the project design specifications facility. established by local government as well as laws 24 EPA (http://www.epa.gov) applicable to the generation and sale electricity. Also, it should be noted that recycling options may often 196

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

Cooling systems generate cooling tower blowdown, mercury, which may be released due to crushing of which is addressed in the General EHS Guidelines. In waste materials. Segregation and presorting of these addition, flue gas treatment generates wastewaters materials should be performed to the extent feasible. requiring treatment and disposal. Landfill Siting To prevent, minimize, and control water effluents, The location of the landfill should take into account wastewater from flue gas treatment should be treated potential impacts associated with releases of polluting as necessary, e.g., using filtration coagulation, substances including the following:25 precipitation, and filtration to remove heavy metals, Proximity to residential, recreation, agricultural, and neutralization. natural protected areas, or wildlife habitat and areas Noise prone to scavenging wildlife, as well as other Principal sources include exhaust fans and resulting in potentially incompatible land uses: noise from the outlet of the stack; cooling system (for Residential development should be typically further evaporation cooling and especially for air cooling); than 250 meters from the perimeter of the proposed and turbine generators. landfill cell development to minimize the potential for Measures to address noise impacts are addressed in migration of underground gaseous emissions the Visual impacts should be minimized by evaluating General EHS Guidelines. Additional recommended locational alternatives measures to prevent, minimize, and control noise from Siting should be further than 3 km of a turbojet airport incineration include use of silencers on air coolers and and 1.6 km of a piston-type airport or as permitted by chimneys, as necessary. the aviation authority fully considering potential Landfilling threats to air safety due to attraction and presence of A sanitary landfill is a carefully engineered, birds structurally stable formation of segregated waste cells Proximity and use of groundwater and surface water separated by soil cover material, with base and side resources; slopes designed to minimize infiltration and facilitate Private or public drinking, irrigation, or livestock collection of leachate. Landfills are sited, designed water supply wells located downgradient of the and operated to isolate the wastes from the landfill boundaries should be further than 500 meters surrounding environment, particularly groundwater. from the site perimeter, unless alternative water Even after closure, landfills required long-term care, supply sources are readily and economically available including maintenance of the cap system, collection and their development is acceptable to regulatory and treatment of leachate, collection and flaring or authorities and local communities utilization of landfill gas, and monitoring of Areas within the landfill boundaries should be located groundwater so that the waste remains isolated. Thus, outside of the 10-year groundwater recharge area for the EHS impacts of eventual decommissioning or existing or pending water supply development. closure and longterm operation and maintenance of a Perennial stream should not be located within 300 landfill need to be considered in the system design. meters downgradient of the proposed landfill cell Specific closure procedures should focus on the development, unless diversion, culverting or preservation of the long-term integrity and security of channeling is economically and environmentally the site, preferably with a minimum of maintenance. feasible to protect the stream from potential Landfill operators, working in coordination with local contamination. regulatory authorities, should explore and implement Site geology and hydrogeology; o Landfills should be opportunities to minimize the landfill disposal of located in gently sloped topography, amenable to municipal wastes which contain metals, such as development using the cell (bund) method), with

25 Additional detail on siting is provided in Cointraeu (2004) and European Union Council Directive (1999). 197

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

slopes which minimize the need for earthmoving to meter in thickness and present as the uppermost obtain the correct leachate drainage slope of about 2% geologic unit above sensitive groundwaters. Groundwater's seasonally high table level (i.e., 10 Leachate Generation year high) should be at least 1.5 meters below the Landfill leachate contains dissolved constituents proposed base of any excavation or site preparation to derived from the interstitial waters of the disposed enable landfill cell development waste as well as its degradation products. It also may Suitable soil cover material should be available on-site contain some suspended solids, including pathogens. to meet the needs for intermediate (minimum of 30 cm If not collected and treated, leachate can migrate from depth) and final cover (minimum of 60 cm depth), as the landfill and contaminate soil, groundwater, and well as bund construction (for the cell method of surface water. Leachate and site monitoring are used landfill operation). Preferably, the site would have to confirm that the engineered landfill systems adequate soil to also meet required cover needs effectively isolate the waste, both during operation of (usually a minimum of 15 cm depth of soil)26 the landfill Potential threats to landfill site integrity from natural hazards such as floods, landslides, and earthquakes: For purposes of siting, assume that at least 1 cubic Landfills should be sited outside of a floodplain meter of daily, intermediate, and final compacted soil subject to 10-year floods and, if within areas subject cover is needed for every 6 cubic meters of compacted to a 100year flood, amenable to an economic design refuse. which would eliminate the potential for washout and after closure. Leachate from a MSW landfill There should be no significant seismic risk within the typically is very high in nitrogen (as ammonium), region of the landfill which could cause destruction of chloride, and potassium, as well as dissolved berms, drains or other civil works, or require biological oxygen demand and chemical oxygen unnecessarily costly engineering measures; otherwise, demand organics. side slopes should be adjusted accordingly to prevent The following measures are recommended to prevent, failure in the event of seismic activity minimize, and control leachate generation from MSW No fault lines or significantly fractured geologic landfills: structure should be present within 500 meters of the Site landfills in areas with stable geology and avoid perimeter of the proposed landfill cell development siting near particularly vulnerable or sensitive which would allow unpredictable movement of gas or ecosystems and groundwater and surface water leachate resources; There should be no underlying limestone, carbonate, Design and operate the landfill in accordance with fissured or other porous rock formations which would applicable national requirements and internationally be incompetent as barriers to leachate and gas recognized standards to minimize leachate generation, migration, where the formations are more than 1.5 including the use of low-permeability landfill liners27

26 Daily cover needs can be alternatively met by using membrane liner (60-mil if made from high density removable tarps, other relatively inert materials (i.e., polyethylene (HDPE)) compost residuals), or by removing the previously (see U.S. EPA Regulations at 40 CFR Part 258) to a laid daily soil cover at the start of each day for reuse 1 meter thickness and hydraulic conductivity of 1 x -9 at the end of the same day. 10 meters/second for the combined geological 27 Liner systems for MSW landfills can consist of a barrier and liner system with a 0.5 meter drainage combination of geological barrier with an overlying layer (see European Union Council Directive 1999/31/EC of 26 April 1999 on the landfill of bottom liner and leachate drainage layer. waste). 13 For additional detailed design criteria refer Permeability and thickness requirements may range to Basel Convention Guidelines on from a hydraulic conductivity of 1 x 10-7 Specially Engineered Landfill, Basel Convention centimeters/second for a 0.6-meter layer of Series/SBC No. 02/03; U.S. EPA Regulations at 40 compacted soil overlaid by a 30-mil flexible CFR Part 258; and European Union Council 198

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

to prevent migration of leachate as well as landfill gas, regulations and internationally recognized a leachate drainage and collection system, and landfill standards.28 cover Regularly sample the monitoring wells and analyze (daily, intermediate, and final) to minimize for constituents, selected based on: infiltration;13 The types, quantities, and concentrations of Treat leachate onsite and/or discharge to municipal constituents in wastes managed in the landfill wastewater system. Potential treatment methods The mobility, stability, and persistence of waste include aerated lagoons, activated sludge, anaerobic constituents their reaction products in the unsaturated digestion, artificial wetlands, re-circulation, zone beneath the waste management area membrane filtration, ozone treatment, peat beds, sand The detectability of indicator parameters, waste filters, and methane stripping; constituents, and reaction products in ground water; Minimize the daily exposed working face and use The constituent concentrations in the groundwater perimeter drains and landfill cell compaction, slopes background. and daily cover materials to reduce infiltration of Landfill Gas Emissions rainfall into the deposited waste; MSW contains significant portions of organic Prevent run-on of precipitation into the active area of materials that produce a variety of gaseous products the landfill (e.g., by use of berms or other diversions); when dumped, compacted, and covered in landfills. systems should be designed to handle the peak Oxygen in a landfill is quickly depleted, resulting in discharge from a anaerobic bacterial decomposition of the organic 25-year storm; materials and the production of primarily carbon Collect and control run-off from the active area of the dioxide and methane. Carbon dioxide is soluble in landfill; the system should be designed to handle the water and tends to dissolve in the leachate. Methane, discharge from a 24-hour, 25-year storm. Runoff is which is less soluble in water and lighter than air, typically treated together with leachate from the site. tends to migrate out of the landfill, resulting in landfill Groundwater and Leachate Monitoring gas that is typically about 60 percent methane and 40 Recommended measures for groundwater and percent CO2, with trace amounts of other gases. Some leachate monitoring include the following: MSW landfills are designed to maximize anaerobic Measure and record the quantity and quality of degradation and production of landfill gas, which can leachate generated. Changes in leachate quantity or be burned for energy. In addition, operation of quality not attributable to weather or other factors may landfills can generate dust and odors. Landfill gas is indicate changes in the liner, leachate collection, or not generated, or in lesser quantities, if the waste landfill cover systems; material is primarily inert, such as construction debris. Install groundwater monitoring wells outside the Recommended methods to control and monitor landfill perimeter at locations and depths sufficient to landfill gas emissions include the following: evaluate whether leachate is migrating from the Include landfill gas collection system designed and landfill into the uppermost groundwater unit. This operated in accordance with applicable national groundwater monitoring network should usually requirements and recognized international standards include, at a minimum, one monitoring well located in including recovery and pre-use processing or thermal the upgradient groundwater flow direction from the destruction through an efficient flaring facility.29 landfill and two monitoring wells located in the down Prevent condensation from accumulating in extraction gradient direction. The groundwater monitoring systems by arranging the pipe work to fall to a removal system should be consistent with applicable national point such as a knock out-pot.

Directive 1999/31/EC of 26 April 1999 on the 29 Flare design depends on the type of flare system landfill of waste. which may include open flares or enclosed flares. 28 See, for example, U.S. EPA regulations at 40 CFR Retention time and temperature necessary to achieve Part 258 Subpart E. 199

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

Use landfill gas as fuel if practical, or treat before The following measures are recommended to prevent, discharge (e.g., by using enclosed flare or thermal minimize, and control dispersal of litter: oxidation if methane content is less than about 3 Avoid siting of facilities in particularly exposed, percent by volume). windy areas Use gas blowers (boosters) of sufficient capacity for Provide perimeter planting, landscaping, or fences to the predicted gas yield and constructed of materials reduce wind; appropriate for landfill gas duty; blowers should be Pin waste by use of dozers and landfill compactors protected by flame arrestors at both gas inlet and immediately after discharge from the vehicles outlet. delivering the waste; Install and regularly sample boreholes surrounding the Use soil or artificial cover materials so that deposited landfill to monitor for migration of landfill gas. waste is held in place. More frequent application of Carbon financing may also be considered, including cover may be required during high winds or in opportunities implemented through the host-country exposed areas; Joint Implementation of the United Nations Network Use scaring techniques or natural predators to control Convention on Climate Change. scavenging birds; Recommended methods to control dust and odor Provide an emergency tipping area/foul weather cell emissions include the following: for lightweight wastes such as paper; Compact and cover waste promptly after discharge Construct temporary banks and bunds immediately from the vehicle delivering the waste adjacent to the tipping area, install strategically placed Minimize open tipping face area mobile catch fences close to the tipping area or on the Dispose of odorous sludge in covered trenches nearest downwind crest, and/or fully enclose of the Restrict acceptance of loads known to be particularly tipping area within a mobile litter net system; odorous Install wind fencing upwind of the tipping area to Restrict tipping activities during periods of adverse reduce the wind strength as it crosses the facility; weather Temporarily close the facility to specific or all waste (e.g., wind toward sensitive receptors) or vehicle types when weather conditions are Seal sump covers particularly adverse. Aerate leachate storage areas Closure and Post-Closure Landfill facility operators should plan for the closure highly efficient combustion of landfill gas ranges from and postclosure care of the facility. Such planning 0.6-1.0 seconds at 850 degrees Celsius to 0.3 seconds should take place as early as possible in the project at 1000 degrees Celsius in enclosed flares. Open flares cycle so that potential closure and post-closure issues operate at lower combustion temperatures. Additional are incorporated in the financial and technical information on the technical specifications for planning. Closure and post-closure planning activities efficient flaring systems is provided in European should include the following elements:30 Agency, United Kingdom, and Scottish Environment Development of a closure plan which specifies the Protection Agency (2002) and World Bank – ESMAP necessary environmental objectives and controls (2003). (including technical specifications), future landuse (as Litter defined in consultation with local communities and Wind, vehicles, and vermin can disperse MSW, government agencies), closure schedule, financial potentially attracting vermin, contributing to resources, and monitoring arrangements; transmission of diseases, and adversely affecting Evaluation, selection, and application of closure wildlife and neighboring communities. methods consistent with post-closure use and which

30 For additional details on closure and post-closure (http://www.epa.gov/epaoswer/nonhw/industd/guide planning, refer to the EPA’s Guide for Industrial .htm) Waste Management 200

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

should include the placement of a final cover to compatible with the waste and are adequately secured prevent further impacts to human health and the in the transport vehicle; environment; Adequately label all transport tanks and containers to Application of final cover components that are identify the contents, hazards, and actions required in consistent with post closure use and local climatic various emergency situations. conditions. The final cover should provide long term environmental protection by preventing direct or Waste Receipt, Unloading, Processing, and Storage indirect contact of living organisms with the waste Because of the potential inherent hazards of the waste, materials and their constituents; minimize infiltration it is especially important for industrial hazardous of precipitation into the waste and the subsequent waste management facilities to understand and control generation of leachate; control landfill gas migration; the nature of the waste that is accepted for storage, and minimize long term maintenance needs. treatment, or disposal. Failure to adequately identify Financial instruments in place to cover the costs of and classify incoming waste could result in inadequate closure and post-closure care and monitoring. treatment or disposal or unintended reactions that could release hazardous substances or cause fires or 1.1.2 Industrial Hazardous Waste explosions. Therefore, recommended measures to Hazardous wastes may be so defined because they control waste receipts and general measures to share the properties of a hazardous material (e.g. mitigate risks at industrial hazardous waste ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, or toxicity), or management facilities include: other physical, chemical, or biological characteristics Establish and maintain a close relationship with the which may pose a potential risk to human health or the waste generator to understand the process generating environment if improperly managed. Wastes may the waste and to monitor any changes in the process also be defined as “hazardous” by local regulations or or waste characteristics; international conventions, based on the origin of the Sufficient personnel with the requisite qualifications waste and its inclusion in hazardous waste lists. should be available and on duty at all times. All Waste Collection and Transport personnel should undergo specific job training; Transportation of industrial hazardous waste is a Obtain a thorough understanding of the incoming specialized activity requiring appropriate equipment waste. Such knowledge needs to take into account the and suitably trained staff. Recommended measures to waste characteristics and variability, the origin of the prevent spills and releases during waste transport and waste, the treatment and disposal under consideration, to facilitate emergency response if an accident should the nature of the waste residuals, if any, that may be occur are provided in the General EHS Guidelines. generated during treatment, and potential risks Additional recommendations specifically applicable associated with waste treatment and disposal; to hazardous waste collection and transport operations Implement a pre-acceptance procedure that includes, include: as applicable, tests of the incoming waste and Follow applicable national regulations and documentation of the waste source (e.g., the processes internationally accepted standards for packaging, producing the waste, including the variability of the labeling, and transport of hazardous materials and process), and identifying the appropriate wastes;31 treatment/disposal; Use tanks and containers specially designed and Implement an acceptance procedure that includes, as manufactured to incorporate features appropriate for applicable, procedures that limit the acceptance of the wastes they are intended to carry; waste to only that which can be effectively managed If drums or other containers are used to transport including effective disposal or recovery of residuals waste, containers should be in good condition and from waste treatment. Only accept waste if the

31 See, for example, UN Recommendations on the U.S. Department of Transportation Regulations at Transport of Dangerous Goods (Orange Book); 49 CFR Subtitle B Chapter 1. 201

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

necessary storage, treatment capacity, and disposition Minimize the storage of flammable liquids on site of any treatment residuals (e.g. acceptance criteria of (e.g. fuel, flammable wastes); the output by another treatment or disposal facility) Use of a nitrogen atmosphere for organic waste liquid are assured. The reception facility should include a with a low flashpoint stored in tanks; laboratory to analyze incoming Perform crushing and shredding operations under full waste samples at the speed required by facility encapsulation and under an inert or exhausted operations to determine if the waste is acceptable; atmosphere for drums and containers containing In the case of treatment, analyze the waste out flammable or highly volatile substances; according to the relevant parameters important for the Provide an emergency tipping area for waste loads receiving facility (e.g. landfill or incinerator). identified to be on fire or otherwise deemed to be an Spills and Releases immediate risk; Overfills, vehicle accidents, and tank and piping Prepare and annually review a fire risk assessment. failures can lead to releases during waste storage and Air Emissions handling. Mitigation measures, including physical Air emissions may include releases of particulate protection, overfill protection, tank integrity, and matter and secondary containment for tanks are addressed in the VOCs from storage vessels and waste processing General EHS Guidelines. Additional recommended equipment. Hazardous waste incineration facilities measures include: should minimize leaks from hazardous waste transfer Segregate hazardous wastes and materials from equipment (e.g. pumps, piping, etc) through the nonhazardous wastes and materials; implementation of leak detection and repair Separate incompatible wastes, such as certain alkaline program.18 Additional guidance on VOC emissions and acidic wastes that would release toxic gases if prevention and control is addressed in the General mixed; keep records of testing; store waste in separate EHS Guidelines. Guidance on emissions prevention drums or vessels based on their hazard classification; and control is also addressed above under the MSW Lock out valves controlling material and waste section. transfer when not in use; Water Effluents Waste containers should be suitably labeled to include Storage and processing operations may generate wash details of their contents and that their locations are water recorded in a tracking system; and runoff from waste management areas. General Transfer or decant only one type of material at any one measures time; Conduct regular training and exercises for site staff 18 Additional information on VOC emissions regarding emergency procedures; prevention programs is provided in Provide sufficient firewater containment to prevent 40 CFR Part 264, Subparts BB and CC uncontrolled discharge of water off site in the event of (http://www.access.gpo.gov/nara/cfr/waisidx_99/40c a fire. fr264_99.html) Fires and Explosions for runoff control are addressed under MSW above Industrial hazardous wastes can be flammable and and in the General EHS Guidelines. In addition, the reactive; therefore, special precautions are needed following methods are recommended for prevention, when handling these wastes to prevent accidents. minimization, and control of water effluents: Recommended measures to prevent and prepare for Collect and treat wash water and runoff from waste fires and explosions are presented in the General EHS storage and handling areas as potentially hazardous, Guidelines. Additional recommended measures unless analytical tests determine otherwise; include: Segregate runoff from areas storing incompatible Fire fighting equipment appropriate to the type of wastes. waste received at the site should be available; Biological and Physico-Chemical Treatment

202

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

Biological and physico-chemical treatment processes Install gas detectors (e.g. suitable for detecting HCN, destroy, separate, concentrate, or contain waste H2S, and NOX) and implement safety measures to materials to minimize potential environmental, health, prevent releases of potentially toxic gases; and safety hazards and to facilitate environmentally Link the air space above filtration and dewatering sound management of the wastes. These treatments processes to the main air pollution abatement system are usually applied to aqueous solutions or sludge. of the plant, if such a system is in place. Many of the treatment processes are effective only for Water Effluents specific waste types, and can be compromised by Waste water from biological and chemical processes constituents from other waste streams; therefore, includes runoff and leachate (addressed above), waste acceptance procedures discussed above are pollution control residuals, and waste residuals (e.g., especially important. Many of the processes in this separated aqueous fractions of wastes). General sector incorporate sophisticated equipment measures for runoff control are addressed under MSW technology requiring highly-trained staff. above and in the General EHS Guidelines. General recommended procedures for biological Recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and treatment are addressed under MSW, above. General control water effluents include: recommended procedures to prevent, minimize, and Add flocculation agents to the sludge and waste water control potential environmental impacts from to be treated to accelerate the sedimentation process chemical treatment include: and to facilitate the further separation of solids or, Design and operate facilities in accordance with where practical, use evaporation (which avoids the use applicable national requirements and internationally of flocculation agents); accepted standards;32 Preventing the mixing of wastes or other streams that Prepare a quality control plan, which may include a contain metals and complexing agents. definition of personnel rolls, responsibilities, and Waste Residuals qualifications, inspection procedures, and Biological and chemical treatments typically generate documentation etc.; solid waste residuals that must be disposed of. Clearly define the objectives and the expected reaction Recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and chemistry for each treatment process; control solid wastes include: Assess each new set of reactions and proposed mixes Restrict the acceptance of wastes to be treated by of wastes and reagents in a laboratory-scale test prior solidification/immobilization to those not containing to waste treatment; high levels of VOCs, odorous components, solid Specifically design and operate the reactor vessel so cyanides, oxidizing agents, chelating agents, high that it is fit for its intended purpose; TOC wastes, and compressed gas cylinders. Monitor the reaction so that it is under control and Minimize the solubility of metals and reduce the proceeding towards the anticipated result. leaching of toxic soluble salts by a suitable Air Emissions combination of water washing, evaporation, re- Air emissions associated with storage and transfer crystallization, and acid extraction when operations are discussed above. Additional immobilization is used to treat solid waste containing recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and hazardous compounds prior to landfilling. control air emissions include: Based on the waste residual’s physical and chemical Enclose treatment and reaction vessels so that they are characteristics, solidify, vitrify, melt, or fuse wastes as vented to the air via an appropriate scrubbing or other required/necessary prior to landfill disposal. air emission abatement system; Test the leachability of inorganic compounds (e.g., by using the standardized European Committee for

32 See, for example, Basel Convention Technical Convention Series/SBC No. 02/09; U.S. EPA Guidelines on Hazardous Waste Physico-Chemical regulations at 40 CFP Part 264. Treatment and Biological Treatment, Basel 203

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

Standardization (CEN) or U.S. EPA leaching Recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and procedures) for waste to be landfilled. control air emissions include: Hazardous Waste Incineration Continuously monitor CO and O2 to evaluate proper Incineration involves several integrated process combustion conditions; operations, including feed control and preparation, Closely track chlorine content of the waste feed and combustion, and management of combustion products the feed rates of these and other potential pollutants;; (e.g., flue gases and ash). Periodically monitor concentrations of PCDDs, Incineration reduces the volume and weight of waste PCDFs, other combustion products, and heavy metals and destroys nearly all of the organic compounds in in flue gas; • Reduce the generation and emission of the waste, but also generates air emissions and waste PCDDs and residues that must be appropriately managed. PCDFs, if/when chlorine containing wastes are To minimize potential environmental, health, and incinerated, by ensuring rapid cooling of flue gas as safety impacts, the following general measures should well as good turbulence of the combustion gas, high be considered: temperature, adequate oxygen content, and adequate Design and operate incinerators in accordance with residence time. De-NOX systems can also reduce applicable national requirements and internationally PCDD and PCDF emissions; accepted standards.33 These standards typically Additional emission controls (e.g., activated carbon) require destruction efficiencies of 99.99 percent to should be installed if necessary; 99.9999 percent, depending on the hazard Treat combustion gases to remove metals and acid characteristics of the waste; gases (e.g., by wet scrubbers); Implement stringent waste selection procedures so Control fugitive emissions from the combustion zone that only wastes that can be effectively managed are (e.g., by sealing the combustion zone or maintaining accepted;34 the combustion zone pressure below atmospheric Continuously monitor incinerator parameters pressure); including waste feed rate, total hydrocarbons, Minimize fugitive emissions of ash (e.g., use of closed temperature (measured at the end of the residence systems to handle fine dry material and use of closed zone), and CO and oxygen (measured a the stack); containers for transfer to the disposal site). Install an automatic system to prevent feeding of Consider the application of waste-to-energy hazardous waste to the incinerator when operating technologies to help conserve resources and off-set conditions deviate from the acceptable range (e.g., emissions associated with fossil fuel based power during startup and shutdown or upset conditions). generation.35 Air Emissions Air emissions depend on the waste-feed composition and may include NOX, SO2, CO2, metals, acids, and Water Effluents products of incomplete combustion, most notably Many air pollution control devices use water for gas polychlorinated dibenzo-pdioxins and -furans cleaning, and generate wastewater that contains the (PCDDs and PCDFs). pollutants removed from the flue gas. Recommended

33 See, for example, Basel Convention Technical 34 Mercury should be excluded from the waste feed Guidelines on Incineration on to the maximum extent possible. Land, Basel Convention Series/SBC No. 02/04; 35 As previously noted, the possibility of applying European Commission waste-to-energy technologies depends on a number Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control of issues which may include the project design Reference Document on the Best Available specifications established by local government as Techniques for Waste Incineration, August 2006; well as laws applicable to the generation and sale and U.S. EPA Regulations at 40 CFR Chapter I electricity. Subpart O. 204

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

measures to prevent, minimize, and control water Design and operate the landfill in accordance with effluents include: applicable national requirements and internationally Periodically monitor concentrations of PCDDs and accepted standards;36 PCDFs if/when chlorine containing wastes are Divide the landfill into different cells to separate incinerated, and other combustion products and heavy wastes with different properties; metals in wastewater; Maintain records of the wastes received, including Minimize discharge of process wastewater to the sources, analytical results, and quantity; extent possible while maintaining required air Record on a map the location and dimensions of each emission control; landfill cell and the approximate location of each Treat wastewater before discharge (e.g., using hazardous waste type within the landfill cell. settling, precipitation of metals, and neutralization). Leachate Generation Ash and Residues Storm water controls are addressed under MSW Incinerator bottom ash contains metal oxides and landfills, above, and in the General EHS Guidelines. halides, which can have significant water solubility In addition, recommended measures to prevent, (halides) and can potentially constitute a hazardous minimize, and control leachate generation include: waste. Fly ash can absorb water-soluble incomplete Install a liner system, preferably consisting of two or combustion products from the flue gas. Thus, more liners with a leachate collection system above contaminants may readily leach from untreated and between the liners, to prevent migration of wastes incinerator waste residuals. out of the landfill to the adjacent subsurface soil or Recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and ground water or surface water at anytime during the control solid wastes include: active life of the landfill and Treat ash and other solid residue from incineration of after closure, as long as the wastes remain hazardous. industrial hazardous wastes as hazardous unless it can The liners should be: be demonstrated that they are not hazardous; Constructed of low-permeability materials that have Periodically monitor concentrations of PCDDs, appropriate chemical properties and sufficient PCDFs, other combustion products, and heavy metals strength and thickness to prevent failure due to in pollution control residues, and ash or slag; pressure gradients, physical contact with the waste or Reduce the potential for leaching from ash residues leachate to which they are exposed, climatic (e.g., by solidification or vitrification) prior to final conditions, the stress of installation, and the stress of disposition. daily operation; Landfilling Placed upon a foundation or base capable of providing Hazardous constituents in landfilled industrial support to the liner and resistance to pressure hazardous wastes can potentially migrate from the gradients above and below the liner to prevent failure landfill as leachate or in the gas phase. Therefore, of the liner due to settlement, compression, or uplift; design and operation criteria are particularly Installed to cover all surrounding earth likely to be in important for landfills that accept industrial hazardous contact with the waste or leachate. waste so that the waste remains contained during the Install a leachate collection and removal system operating life of the landfill, including after closure of immediately above the upper liner to collect and the landfill. remove leachate from the landfill so that leachate General recommended measures to prevent, depth over the liner does not exceed 30 cm. The minimize, and control potential environmental leachate collection and removal system should be: impacts from landfilling of industrial hazardous Constructed of materials that are chemically resistant wastes include: to the waste managed in the landfill and the leachate expected to be generated and of sufficient strength and

36 See, for example, Basel Convention Guidelines on Series/SBC No. 02/03; and U.S. EPA Regulations at Specially Engineered Landfill, Basel Convention 40 CFR Chapter I Subpart N. 205

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

thickness to prevent collapse under the pressures Landfill facility operators should plan for the closure exerted by overlying wastes, waste cover materials, and postclosure care of the facility as described and by any equipment used at the landfill; previously (see Municipal Solid Waste – Landfills). Designed and operated to function without clogging 1.1.3 Industrial Non-Hazardous through the scheduled closure of the landfill. Waste In a two-liner system, install a leak detection system Solid industrial non-hazardous wastes are defined between the liners. This leak detection system should through national legislation as they originate from be capable of detecting, collecting, and removing industrial sources but do not meet the definition of leaks of hazardous constituents at the earliest hazardous waste with regards to their specific origin practicable time through all areas of the top liner likely within the industrial process or its characteristics. to be exposed to waste or leachate; Examples of non-hazardous industrial wastes include At final closure of the landfill or upon closure of any any garbage, refuse, or sludge from a waste treatment cell, cover the landfill or cell with a final cover plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution designed and constructed to: control facility, and other discarded material, Provide long-term minimization of migration of including solid, liquid, semisolid, or contained liquids through the closed landfill; gaseous material resulting from industrial operations; Function with minimum maintenance; o Promote inert construction / demolition materials; refuse, such drainage and minimize erosion or abrasion of the as metal scrap and empty containers; and residual cover; waste from industrial operations, such as boiler slag, Accommodate settling and subsidence so that the clinker, and fly ash. cover's integrity is maintained; and Waste Collection and Transport Have a permeability less than or equal to the Transportation of industrial non-hazardous waste permeability of any bottom liner system or natural requires appropriate equipment and suitably trained subsoils. staff, and mitigation measures described above for Groundwater and Leachate Monitoring hazardous waste can be generally applicable to Groundwater monitoring is addressed under MSW industrial non-hazardous waste. Additional landfills, above. In addition, recommended measures recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and for leachate and site inspections and monitoring control potential environmental risks associated with include: waste collection and transport include: During construction, inspect the liners for uniformity, Vehicles and other equipment used for collection damage, and imperfections. industrial non-hazardous wastes should not be used Inspect the landfill regularly (e.g., after storms and for collection of MSW without prior cleaning to weekly during operation and quarterly after closure) remove waste residues. to detect evidence of any of deterioration, Vehicles and other equipment used for collection malfunctions, or improper operation of run-on and industrial non-hazardous wastes should not be used run-off control systems, such as erosion of the final for distribution of goods (e.g., mulch). cover; proper functioning of wind dispersal control Waste Receipt, Unloading, Processing, and Storage systems, where present; and the presence of leachate As with MSW and industrial hazardous waste, in and proper functioning of leachate collection and facilities managing industrial non-hazardous waste removal systems. should understand and control the nature of the waste Landfill Gas that is accepted for storage, treatment, or disposal so If biodegradable wastes are disposed of, landfill gas that the waste can be managed safely and effectively. can be generated and should be controlled and Waste acceptance and analysis procedures should be monitored, as described for MSW landfills, above. implemented considering the nature and expected variability of the incoming waste streams, and Closure and Post-Closure generally should be similar to measures suggested for

206

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

industrial hazardous waste management facilities, measures are recommended to prevent, minimize, and described above. control potential environmental impacts associated Biological and Physico-Chemical Treatment with industrial nonhazardous waste landfills. Treatment of non-hazardous industrial waste can help Comply with applicable national and local to reduce the volume and toxicity of waste prior to requirements and internationally accepted standards disposal. Treatment can also make a waste amenable for industrial non-hazardous waste landfills, including for reuse or recycling. Consequently, a facility provisions for monitoring; 37 managing non-hazardous industrial waste might elect Do not dispose of putrescible wastes, unless the to apply treatment. For example, treatment might be facility is equipped to manage these types of wastes, incorporated to address small quantity VOC emissions with landfill gas collection and treatment systems and from a waste management unit, or a facility might degradation products will not interact with the other elect to treat a waste so that a less stringent waste industrial wastes in a manner that would increase their management system design could be used. Treatment toxicity or mobility; and post-treatment waste management methods can be Do not dispose of liquids, explosive wastes, selected to minimize environmental impact, keeping radioactive or nuclear materials, or medical wastes in mind that treatment residuals, such as sludge, are together with non-hazardous industrial wastes or by wastes themselves that will need to be managed. In landfilling; general, recommended mitigation measures are Design the landfill systems, including selection of similar to those for industrial hazardous waste liner and cover materials, so that industrial wastes and treatment facilities, discussed above. degradation products are contained; Incineration Monitor groundwater and surface water quality in the Incineration might be considered for industrial non- vicinity of the facility in a manner similar to that hazardous wastes, including solids, and especially recommended for industrial hazardous waste liquids, with heat value that can be recovered during management facilities; incineration. Recommended mitigation measures for Develop and follow a written schedule for inspecting industrial hazardous waste incineration facilities, monitoring equipment, safety and emergency discussed above, should be considered and adopted equipment, and operating and structural equipment for industrial non-hazardous incineration facilities as (such as dikes and sump pumps) that are important to appropriate, based on the nature of the incoming waste preventing, detecting, or responding to potential stream. environmental or human health hazards; Landfilling Implement a training program so that facility Industrial non-hazardous waste landfills, like other personnel are able to respond effectively to landfill facilities, depend on waste containment, emergencies by familiarizing them with emergency including leachate collection and treatment (and procedures, emergency equipment, and emergency where appropriate, gas management) to control systems. potential hazards associated with the waste. Industrial 1.2 Occupational Health and Safety non-hazardous waste landfills might accept only one Occupational health and safety impacts during the type of waste (i.e., monofills), or a variety of wastes. construction and decommissioning of waste The nature of the incoming wastes will determine management facilities are common to other large whether the design and controls are more similar to industrial projects and are addressed in the General MSW or industrial hazardous waste landfills. In EHS Guidelines. The most significant occupational addition to measures discussed for MSW and health and safety impacts typically associated with industrial hazardous waste landfills, the following

37 See, for example, Basel Convention Guidelines regulations at 40 CFR Part 257; and 30 Texas on Specially Engineered Landfill, Basel Administrative Code Chapter 335. Convention Series/SBC No. 02/03; U.S. EPA 207

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

workers at waste management facilities occur during protection. For workers near heavy mobile the operational phase and include: equipment, buckets, cranes, and at the discharge Accidents and injuries location for collection trucks, include provision of Chemical exposure hard hats; Exposure to pathogens and vectors Provide all landfill equipment with enclosed air conditioned cabs and roll-over protection; Provide refuse collection vehicles and landfill Accidents and Injuries equipment with audible reversing alarms and visible Physical hazards encountered at waste management reversing lights; facilities are similar to those at other large industrial Improve the storage of solid wastes at the source so projects and are addressed in the General EHS that the loads to be collected are well contained and Guidelines. Solid waste workers are particularly not too heavy; prone to accidents involving trucks and other moving Locate exhaust pipes on waste collection vehicles so equipment, so traffic management systems and traffic that exhaust does not discharge into the breathing zone controllers are recommended. Accidents include of workers on the riding steps; slides from unstable disposal piles, cave-ins of Design collection routes to minimize, or possibly disposal site surfaces, fires, explosions, being caught eliminate, crossing traffic that is going in the opposite in processing equipment, and being run over by direction; mobile equipment. Other injuries occur from heavy Provide two-hand constant-pressure controls for lifting, contact with sharps, chemical burns, and collection vehicles with compaction mechanisms; infectious agents. Smoke, dusts, and bioaerosols can Restrict access to disposal sites such that only lead to injuries to eyes, ears, and respiratory systems.38 safetytrained personnel with protective gear are Mitigation measures for accidents and injuries are permitted to high-risk areas; partially addressed in the General EHS Guidelines. In Segregate people from operating trucks in recycling addition, the following procedures are recommended and transfer stations; to prevent, minimize, and control accidents and Use automated systems to sort and transfer waste to injuries at waste management facilities: the extent practical in order to minimize contact with In landfills, conduct compaction of wastes in thin the waste; layers using heavy equipment and place regular cover Provide workers with communications tools, such as material over each compacted layer of waste, so that radios. Special signaling codes have been developed any underground fires within a waste cell are not able for communications on landfill sites; to spread throughout the landfill and lead to Minimize sorting from the ground by providing significant cave-ins; conveyor belts and/or tables that facilitate sorting; Ventilate landfill gas so that underground fires and Establish engineering and materials norms for special explosions do not occur; facility and stationary equipment design requirements Use maximum side slopes of 3:1 in non-seismic areas that minimize exposure to hazards (e.g., ventilation, and lower slopes (e.g., 5:1) in seismic areas, with air conditioning, enclosed conveyor belts, low loading regular drainage of water so that saturated conditions and do not develop and lead to slope subsidence; sorting heights, non-skid flooring, safety rails on stairs Provide workers with appropriate protective clothing, and walkways, spill protection and containment, noise gloves, respiratory face masks and slip-resistant shoes control, dust suppression, gas alarm systems, fire for waste transport workers and hard-soled safety alarm and control systems, and evacuation facilities). shoes for all workers to avoid puncture wounds to the Chemical Exposure feet. For workers near loud equipment, include noise

38 Refer to Cointreau. S. (2006) for additional information. 208

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

Chemical hazards encountered at waste management Uncontrolled dumping of MSW attracts rats, flies, and facilities are similar to those at other large industrial other insects that can transmit diseases. Processing of facilities, such as toxic and asphyxiating gases, and MSW can also generate bioaerosols, suspensions of are addressed in the General EHS Guidelines. particles in the air consisting partially or wholly of However, the full composition of wastes and their microorganisms, such as bacteria, viruses, molds, and potential hazards is often unknown. Even municipal fungi. These microorganisms can remain suspended in solid waste (MSW) often contains hazardous the air for long periods of time, retaining viability or chemicals, such as heavy metals from discarded infectivity. Workers may also be exposed to batteries, lighting fixtures, paints, and inks. endotoxins, which are produced within a The following procedures are recommended to microorganism and released upon destruction of the prevent, minimize, and control chemical exposure at cell and which can be carried by airborne dust waste management projects: particles. Control and characterize incoming waste (see waste The following measures are recommended to prevent, receipt, unloading, processing and storage); minimize, and control pathogens and vectors: Provide adequate personnel facilities, including Provide and require use of suitable personal protective washing areas and areas to change clothes before and clothing and equipment; after work; Provide worker immunization and health monitoring Ventilate enclosed processing areas (e.g., dust in (e.g. for Hepatitis B and tetanus); waste size reduction areas, VOCs driven off by high Maintain good housekeeping in waste processing and temperatures during composting); storage areas; Monitor breathing zone air quality in work areas at Use automatic (non-manual) waste handling methods processing, transfer and disposal facilities. Direct- if practical; reading instruments that measure methane and oxygen For landfills, promptly emplace, compact and cover of deficiency are of primary importance; these include wastes in defined cells, especially for waste with the combustible gas indicators, flame ionization potential to attract vermin and flies, such as food detectors, and oxygen meters. At waste wastes (especially animal by-products if accepted at treatment/disposal facilities, volatile organics should the facility) and tannery wastes; also be analyzed in the biodegradation gases being Clean and wash with disinfectant the cabins of heavy collected and/or vented. In waste handling, sorting, mobile equipment used at regular intervals; and composting facilities, monitoring for organic dust For composting, maintain aerobic conditions and is needed; proper temperatures in the windrows. Isolate workers Prohibit eating, smoking, and drinking except in from sporedispersing components of the composting designated areas; process such as mechanical turning (e.g., by using Provide air filtered and air conditioned cabs for heavy tractors or front-end loaders with enclosed air- mobile equipment used at landfills as necessary. conditioned or heated cabs). Aeration systems are Dust preferred over manual turning; Waste processing can generate nuisance and Maintain adequate temperature and retention time in hazardous dust, including organic dust. Dust control biological treatment systems to achieve pathogen measures discussed in Section 1.1 above, will also destruction (e.g., 55ºC for at least 3 consecutive days help to reduce worker exposure to dusts. General in most compost situations and 55ºC for 15 days in mitigation measures for dust are also addressed in the windrows); General EHS Guidelines. Grade the area properly to prevent ponding (to Pathogens and Vectors minimize insect breeding areas); Workers can be exposed to pathogens contained in Use integrated pest-control approaches to control manure and animal excreta found in MSW from the vermin levels, treating infested areas, such as exposed disposal of sludge, carcasses, diapers, and yard faces and flanks with insecticide, if necessary; trimmings containing domestic animal waste. .

209

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

Provide and require use of dust masks or respirators Facilities dedicated to the management of MSW under dry and dusty conditions (e.g., when compost is should work with government entities in the being turned). Charcoal-filled respirators also reduce development of simple infrastructure that can allow odor perception; for the sorting of waste, helping groups of scavengers Provide prompt medical attention for cuts and bruises. form cooperatives or other forms of micro-enterprises, Cover open wounds to prevent contact with the or formally contracting them to provide this function. incoming loads or feedstock; The outright displacement of scavenging workers as an occupational health and safety management Fully enclose the waste management site with fencing strategy, without the provision of viable alternatives, so that no livestock or wildlife is able to come in should be avoided; contact with the waste, which contains significant Operators of existing facilities with scavenging potential to enable the spread of livestock and workers should exercise commercially viable means zoonotic disease, as well as spillover disease to of formalizing their work through the creation of wildlife. Provide daily cover of wastes to minimize management programs that include: the attraction to birds, which can become infected with Allowing only registered adults on the site, excluding avian influenza and other bird diseases that can then children and domestic animals. Striving to provide be carried off-site. alternatives to access to childcare and education to 1.3 Community Health and Safety children; Community health and safety issues related to the Providing protective gear, such as shoes. face masks, construction of waste management projects may and gloves; include emissions from the solid wastes and Arranging the disposal layout and provide sorting construction site issues which are addressed in the facilities to improve access to recyclables while General EHS Guidelines.. reducing their contact with other operations, thus Community health and safety impacts which occur minimizing potential hazards; during the operational and decommissioning phases of Providing water supply for washing and areas for waste management facilities may include: changing clothes; General occupational and environmental health issues Implementing education campaigns regarding associated with waste scavenging sanitation, hygiene, and care of domestic animals; Physical, chemical, and biological hazards Providing a worker health surveillance program Litter including regular vaccination and health Noise examinations. Dust and odors Physical, Chemical, and Biological Hazards General Occupational and Environmental Health Visitors and trespassers at waste management Issues Associated with Waste Scavenging facilities may be subject to many of the hazards The presence of informal sector workers laboring in described for site workers. In particular, waste municipal or mixed waste disposal sites in search of pickers, looking for recyclable materials and food commercially valuable materials is a common place scraps for animal feeding, often work informally at occurrence in developing countries. The causes and waste transfer and disposal sites, especially MSW dynamics are the result of complex social, cultural, facilities, typically living adjacent to the site in poor labor, and economic factors that are clearly outside of housing conditions, with minimal basic infrastructure the scope of this guidance document. However, the for clean water and sanitation. Waste pickers may be following principles should be considered in encounter numerous risks, including contact with managing the occupational, health, and safety risks of human fecal matter, paper that may have become informal laborers: saturated with toxic materials, bottles with chemical Waste scavenging should not be allowed under any residues, metal containers with residue pesticides and circumstances in hazardous and non-hazardous solvents, needles and bandages (containing industrial waste management facilities; pathogenic organisms) from hospitals, and batteries

210

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

containing heavy metals. Exhaust fumes of waste Noise is typically generated by waste processing and collection trucks traveling to and from disposal sites, treatment equipment as well as vehicular traffic on the dust from disposal operations, and open burning of site and bringing waste and materials to and from the waste all contribute to potential occupational health facility. Sources of noise and abatement measures are problems.39 addressed in Section 1.1, above, and the General EHS Recommended measures to prevent, minimize, and Guideline. In addition, facility operators should control physical, chemical, and biological hazards to coordinate hours of operation with adjacent land uses. the community include: Dust and Odors • Restrict access to waste management facilities by Dust and odors from waste management facilities can implementing security procedures, such as: be a nuisance to the neighboring community. Organic Perimeter fencing of adequate height and suitable dust can also carry disease-causing microorganisms. material, e.g. chain link, stock proof palisade; Dust and odor controls are addressed in Section 1.1 Lockable site access gate and buildings; o and in the General EHS Guidelines. In addition, the Security cameras at key access points linked following measures are recommended to prevent, to recording equipment and remote access CCTV, minimize, and control community exposure to dust where required; and odors from waste management facilities: Security alarms fitted to buildings and storage areas; Provide adequate buffer area, such as hills, trees, or o Review of site security measures annually or fences, between processing areas and potential whenever a security breach is reported receptors. Use of a site visitor register; o Immediate repair of Avoid siting facilities near densely populated fencing/access points if damaged; neighborhoods and installations with potentially and sensitive receptors, such as hospitals and schools. Site Lighting of site during night time where necessary. facilities downwind from potential receptors, if As this may cause light nuisance to neighbors, the possible. lighting installations should be selected to minimize 2.0 Performance Indicators and Industry Benchmarks ambient light pollution. 2.1 Environmental Performance Litter Emissions and Effluents Uncollected garbage and litter spread beyond the Tables 1 through 4 present examples of emissions and waste management facility boundaries by wind, effluent standards for waste management facilities vermin, and vehicles can directly spread disease; from the European Union and the United States for attract rats, flies, and other vectors; and expose the this sector.40 These emissions and effluent values are community to hazardous substances. Scavenging assumed to be achievable under normal operating birds, such as gulls and crows, commonly congregate conditions in appropriately designed and operated on landfill sites accepting household waste. They facilities through the application of pollution disturb newly tipped and partially covered waste prevention and control techniques discussed in the whilst searching for food, and lead to complaints from preceding sections of this document. These levels adjoining residents and landowners about food scraps, should be achieved at all times as described in the excreta and other waste dropped away from the above-referenced standards. Deviation from these landfill. Litter control is addressed in Section 1.1, levels in consideration of specific, local project above. conditions should be justified in the environmental Noise assessment.

39 Sandra Cointreau, The World Bank Group, Lower-Income Countries, Urban Papers UP-2, July Occupational and Environmental Health Issues of 2006. Solid Waste Management Special Emphasis on 40 Sources should be consulted directly for the most Middle- and updated information. 211

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

Effluent guidelines are applicable for direct Permissible Exposure Limits (PELs) published by the discharges of treated effluents to surface waters for Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the general use. Site-specific discharge levels may be United States (OSHA), Indicative Occupational established based on the availability and conditions in Exposure Limit Values published by European Union the use of publicly operated sewage collection and member states, or other similar sources. treatment systems or, if discharged directly to surface Accident and Fatality Rates waters, on the receiving water use classification as Projects should try to reduce the number of accidents described in the General EHS Guideline. These levels among project workers (whether directly employed or should be achieved, without dilution, at least 95 subcontracted) to a rate of zero, especially accidents percent of the time that the plant or unit is operating, that could result in lost work time, different levels of to be calculated as a proportion of annual operating disability, or even fatalities. Facility rates may be hours. Deviation from these levels in consideration of benchmarked against the performance of facilities in specific, local project conditions should be justified in this sector in developed countries through the environmental assessment. consultation with published sources (e.g. US Bureau Environmental Monitoring of Labor Statistics and UK Health and Safety Environmental monitoring programs for this sector Executive). should be implemented to address all activities that Occupational Health and Safety Monitoring have been identified to have potentially significant The working environment should be monitored for impacts on the environment, during normal operations occupational hazards relevant to the specific project. and upset conditions. Environmental monitoring Monitoring should be designed and implemented by activities should be based on direct or indirect credentialed professionals as part of an occupational indicators of emissions, effluents, and resource use health and safety monitoring program. Facilities applicable to the particular project. should also maintain a record of occupational Monitoring frequency should be sufficient to provide accidents and diseases and dangerous occurrences and representative data for the parameter being monitored. accidents. Additional guidance on occupational Monitoring should be conducted by trained health and safety monitoring programs is provided in individuals following monitoring and record-keeping the General EHS procedures and using properly calibrated and Guidelines maintained equipment. Monitoring data should be Table 1. Air Emission Standards for MSW Incinerators analyzed and reviewed at regular intervals and in the EU and US compared with the operating standards so that any a necessary corrective actions can be taken. Additional Parameter EU USA guidance on applicable sampling and analytical 10 mg/m3 (24-hr methods for emissions and effluents is provided in the Total Suspended average) 20 mg/dscm General EHS Guidelines. Particulates 2.2 Occupational Health and Safety Performance Sulfur Dioxide 50 mg/m3 (24- 30 ppmv (or 80% Occupational Health and Safety Guidelines (SO ) hr average) reduction)b Occupational health and safety performance should be 2 200 – 400 evaluated against internationally published exposure Oxides of 150 ppmv (24-hr guidelines, of which examples include the Threshold mg/m3 Nitrogen (NOX) average) Limit Value (TLV®) occupational exposure (24-hr average) guidelines and Biological Exposure Indices (BEIs®) Opacity n/a 10% published by American Conference of Hydrochloric 10 mg/m3 25 ppmv (or 95% Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), the Acid (HCl) reduction)b United States National Institute for Occupational Health and Safety Dioxins and 0.1 ng TEQ/m3 13 ng/dscm (total (NIOSH), Furans [6 – 8 hr average] mass)

212

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

0.05 – 0.1 Cadmium mg/m3 [0.5 – 8 0.010 mg/dscm hr average] Carbon 50 – 150 mg/m3 50 – 150 ppmvc Monoxide (CO)

(See Total Lead (Pb) Metals below) 0.140 mg/dscm 0.05 – 0.1 0.050 mg/dscm Mercury (Hg) mg/m3 [0.5 – 8 (or 85% reduction)b hr average] 0.5 – 1 mg/m3 Total Metals [0.5 – 8 hr n/a average] Hydrogen 1 mg/m3 n/a fluoride (HF) Sources: - EU Directive 2000/76/EC (applicable to MSW and Hazardous Waste Incinerators) - US EPA Standards of Performance for Large Municipal Waste Combustors, 40 CFR Part 60 Subpart Eb. Notes: a All values corrected to 7% oxygen b Whichever is less stringent c Depending on the type of unit: modular starved air, and modular excess air—50 ppm (4hr average); mass burn waterwall, mass burn refractory, and circulating fluidized bed combustor—100 ppm (4-hr average); mass burn rotary waterwall—100 ppm (24-hr average); pulverized coal/refuse-derived fuel mixed fuel- fired combustor—150 ppm (4-hr average); refuse- derived fuel stoker, and spreader stoker coal/refuse- derived fuel mixed fuel-fired combustor—150 ppm (24- hr average). mg/m3 = milligrams per cubic meter; mg/dscm = milligrams per dry standard cubic meter; ppmv = parts per million by volume; TEQ = Toxicity Equivalent Units;

213

Table 2. Air Emission Standards for Hazardous Table 3. Air Emission Standards for Industrial Non- Waste Incinerators in the EU and US Hazardous Waste Incinerators in the EU and US Parameter EU US a Parameter EU USa See Particulate Table 1.5 mg/dscm Matter See 1 Opacity Table 10% Carbon 1 Monoxide (CO) See 100 (CO) ppmv 10 (HC) See or Table ppmv Particulate Matter Table 70 mg/dscm Hydrocarbons 1 1 (HC) See Carbon Total Chlorine See Table 157 ppmv Monoxide (CO) (HCl, Cl2) Table 21 ppmv 1 1 Oxides of See See Nitrogen (NOX) Table 388 ppmv Mercury (Hg) Table 8.1 µg/dscm 1 1 See Sulfur Dioxide Semi-Volatile See Table 20 ppmv (SO ) Metals (Pb, Cd) Table 10 µg/dscm 2 1 1 Hydrogen See Low Volatile See Chloride (HCl) Table 62 ppmv Metals (As, Be, Table 23 µg/dscm 1 Cr) 1 See See 0.11 dry APCD or WHB Cadmium (Cd) Table 4 µg/dscm Dioxins and Table 0.20 other sources 1 Furans 1 (ng TEQ/dscm) See

Destruction and See Lead (Pb) Table 40 µg/dscm Removal Table 99.99% – 99.9999% 1 Efficiency 1 See

Source: Mercury (Hg) Table 470 µg/dscm US EPA National Emission Standards for 1 See Commercial and Industrial Solid Dioxins and Table 0.41 ng TEQ/dscm b Waste Incineration Units, 40 CFR Part 63 Subpart Furans EEE. 1 Notes: Source: a All values corrected to 7% oxygen US EPA National Emission Standards for TEQ = toxicity equivalent; APCD = air pollution Commercial and Industrial Solid Waste Incineration control device; WHB = waste heat boiler; mg/m3 = Units , 40 CFR Part 60 Subpart CCCC. milligrams per cubic meter; mg/dscm = milligrams Notes: per dry standard cubic meter; ppmv = parts per a. All values corrected to 7% oxygen. Based on 3- million by volume; run average (1-hr minimum sample time per run), except for opacity, which is based on 6-minute averages. mg/m3 = milligrams per cubic meter; mg/dscm = milligrams per dry standard cubic meter; ppmv = parts per million by volume; TEQ = toxicity equivalent.

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

Table 4—Effluent Standards for Landfills in the US

Guidelinec

Hazardous MSW Landfills Parameter Units Waste Landfills Daily Monthly Daily Monthly Max Avg. Max Avg. 220 56 140 37 BOD5 pH 6-9 6-9 6-9 6-9

Total 27 88 27 Suspended mg/L 88 Solids Ammonia mg/L 10 4.9 10 4.9 (as N) Arsenic mg/L 1.1 0.54

Chromium mg/L 1.1 0.46

Zinc mg/L 0.535 0.296 0.20 0.11 a-Terpineol mg/L 0.042 0.019 0.033 0.016

Analine mg/L 0.024 0.015

Benzoic mg/L 0.119 0.073 0.12 0.071 Acid Naphthalene mg/L 0.059 0.022 p-Cresol mg/L 0.024 0.015 0.025 0.014

Phenol mg/L 0.048 0.029 0.026 0.015

Pyridine mg/L 0.072 0.025

Source: U.S. EPA Effluent Guidelines for Centralized Waste Treatment, 40 CFR Part 437.

215

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

3.0 References and Additional Sources Cointreau, Sandra. 2006. Occupational and Environmental Health Issues of Solid Waste Management Special Emphasis on Middle- and Lower-Income Countries. The World Bank Group Urban Papers UP-2. Available at http://www.worldbank.org/urban/uswm/healtheffects.pdf European Agency, United Kingdom, and Scottish Environment Protection Agency. 2002. Guidance on Landfill Gas Flaring. Bristol, UK. Available at http://cdm.unfccc.int/UserManagement/FileStorage/I1QGOF15CVN430N9A7NM 6C0JPFWW88 European Commission, European Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control Bureau (EIPPCB). 2006a.. Best Available Techniques (BAT) Reference Document for the Waste Treatments. EIPPCB: Seville, Spain. Available at http://eippcb.jrc.es/pages/FActivities.htm European Commission, EIPPCB. 2006b. Best Available Techniques (BAT) Reference Document for Waste Incineration. EIPPCB: Seville, Spain. Available at http://eippcb.jrc.es/pages/FActivities.htm European Commission, EIPPCB.. 2006c. Best Available Techniques (BAT) Reference Document on Emissions from Storage. EIPPCB: Seville, Spain. Available at http://eippcb.jrc.es/pages/FActivities.htm European Commission. 2003. 2003/33/EC: Council Decision of 19 December 2002 establishing criteria and procedures for the acceptance of waste at landfills pursuant to Article 16 of and Annex II to Directive 1999/31/EC. Available at http://ec.europa.eu/environment/waste/landfill_index.htm European Commission. 1999. Council of the European Union. Council Directive on 1999/31/EC of 26 April 1999 on the landfill of waste. Available at http://ec.europa.eu/environment/waste/landfill_index.htm European Union Council Directive 1999/31/EC of 26 April 1999 on the landfill of waste. Available at http://ec.europa.eu/environment/waste/landfill_index.htm United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), Division of Technology, Industry and Economics. 2004. Waste Management Planning An Environmentally Sound Approach for Sustainable Urban Waste Management, An Introductory Guide for Decision-makers. Integrative Management Series, No 6. Geneva: UNEP. UNEP. 2000a. Secretariat of the Basel Convention. Technical Guidelines on Hazardous Wastes: Physico- Chemical Treatment/Biological Treatment. Basel Convention series/SBC No. 02/09. Geneva: UNEP. UNEP. 2000b. Secretariat of the Basel Convention. Technical Guidelines on Wastes Collected from Households. Basel Convention Series/SBC No. 02/08. Geneva: UNEP. UNEP. 1997a. Secretariat of the Basel Convention. Technical Guidelines on Specially Engineered Landfill (D5). Basel Convention Series/SBC No. 02/03. Geneva: UNEP. UNEP, Secretariat of the Basel Convention. 1997b. Technical Guidelines on Incineration on Land. Basel Convention Series/SBC No. 02/04. Geneva: UNEP. United States (US) Department of Labor. 2003. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). CPL 02-02-071 - Technical Enforcement and Assistance Guidelines for Hazardous Waste Site and RCRA Corrective Action Clean-up Operations HAZWOPER 1910.120 (b)-(o) Directive. Washington, DC: OSHA. Available at http://www.osha.gov/ US Environment Protection Agency (EPA), Decision Maker’s Guide to Solid Waste Management, Volume II, 1995 (http://www.epa.gov/garbage/dmg2.htm) US Environment Protection Agency (EPA), Center for Environmental Research

216

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

Information. 1998. Guidance for Landfilling Waste in Economically Developing Countries. Authors: Savage, G.M., L.F. Diaz, C.G. Golueke, and Charles Martone. EPA/600/SR-98/040. Cincinnati, OH: US EPA. US EPA. Microbiological and Chemical Exposure Assessment Research (MCEARD). Available at http://www.epa.gov/nerlcwww/merb.htm The following additional selected references are available at the World Bank’s Website at http://web.worldbank.org/ Diaz L., Savage G., Eggerth L., Golueke C. "Solid Waste Management for Economically Developing Countries." ISWA, October 1996. Environmental Protection Agency, August 1995, sec. edition. To obtain a copy, visit the International Solid Waste Association web site; click on Bookshop. Cointreau, Sandra. "Transfer Station Design Concepts for Developing Countries." Undated. Cointreau, Sandra. "Sanitary Landfill Design and Siting Criteria." World Bank/Urban Infrastructure Note. May 1996 and updated November 2004. Ball, J.M., ed. "Minimum Requirements for Waste Disposal by Landfill." First Edition, WasteManagement Series, Ministry of Water Affairs and Forestry, Pretoria, South Africa, 1994. (To be posted) International Solid Waste Association. "Guide for Landfilling Waste in Economically Developing Countries." CalRecovery, Inc., The International Solid Waste Association, United States Environmental Protection Agency, April 1998. To obtain a copy, visit the ISWA website and click on Bookshop. Johannessen, Lars Mikkel. "Guidance Note on Leachate Management for Municipal Solid Waste Landfills". Urban and Local Government Working Paper Series #5, World Bank, Washington, DC, 1999. Johannessen, Lars Mikkel. "Guidance Note on Recuperation of Landfill Gas from Municipal Solid Waste Landfills". Urban and Local Government Working Paper Series #4, World Bank, Washington, DC, 1999. Oeltzschner, H. and Mutz, D. "Guidelines for an Appropriate Management of Sanitary Landfill Sites." Deutsche Gesellschaft für Technische Zusammenarbeit (GTZ) GmbH, Division 414, Water, Waste Management and Protection of Natural Resources, Munich, June 1996.(Also available in Spanish: "Desechos sólidos sector privado/rellenos sanitarios." Programa de Gestion Urbana (PGU), Serie Gestión Urbana Vol. 13, Quito, Ecuador.) Thurgood, M., ed. "Decision-Maker's Guide to Solid Waste Landfills." Summary. The World Bank, World Health Organization, Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation, and Swiss Center for Development Cooperation in Technology and Management, Washington, DC, July 1998. Rand, T., J. Haukohl, U. Marxen. "Municipal Solid Waste Incineration: Decision Maker's Guide". World Bank, Washington, DC, June 1999. Rand, T., J. Haukohl, U. Marxen. "Municipal Solid Waste Incineration: Requirements for a Successful Project". World Bank Technical Paper No. 462. World Bank, Washington, DC, June 1999. WHO Regional Office for Europe ."Waste Incineration". Copenhagen, WHO Regional Office for Europe, 1996, Briefing Paper Series, No. 6. World Bank, Energy Sector Management Assistance Programme (ESMAP). 2003. Handbook for the Preparation of Landfill Gas-to-Energy Projects in Latin America and the Caribbean. Washington DC. World Bank. 2005. Waste Management in China: Issues and Recommendations. Urban Development Working Papers, East Asia Infrastructure Department. World Bank Working Paper No. 9. Washington DC United Nations Environment Programme. "Landfill of Hazardous Industrial Wastes – a trainers manual". UNEP/ISWA Technical Report No. 17. 1993. UNFCCC. "Clean Development Mechanism Project Design Document: Salvador Da Bahia LandfillGas Project." ICF Consulting. Version 3, June 2003.

217

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

UNFCCC. "Project Design Document for Durban, South Africa Landfill Gas to Electricity." The Prototype Carbon Fund. Final Draft., April 15, 2003. UNFCCC. "Clean Development Mechanism Project Design Document: Municipal Solid Waste Treatment cum Energy Generation Project, Lucknow, India." Infrastructure Development Finance Company, Ltd., September 2003. UNFCCC. "Project Design Document: Brazil NovaGerar Landfill Gas to Energy Project." Eco Securities. July 14, 2003. UNFCCC. "Project Design Document: CERUPT Methodology for Landfill Gas Recovery Project – Tremembe, Brazil." Onyx. undated

Annex A: General Description of Industry Activities

Description and Definition of Wastes Municipal Solid Waste Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) typically includes household refuse, institutional wastes, street sweepings, commercial wastes, as well as construction and demolition debris. MSW is extremely variable in composition, depending on the income and lifestyle of the generators. MSW may include paper and packaging materials; foodstuffs; vegetable matter such as yard debris; metal; rubber; textiles; and potentially hazardous materials such as batteries, electrical components, paint, bleach, and medicines. In developing countries, MSW may also contain varying amounts of industrial wastes from small industries, as well as dead animals and fecal matter. In general, and the content of organic waste in developing countries (up to 70 – 80 percent) is higher than in industrialized countries, and the content of packaging waste is lower, making MSW in developing countries relatively dense and moist. Industrial Waste The waste categories generated within the industrial enterprises depend on the manufacturing processes and waste management practices. In some cases, sector-specific waste arising within industrial facilities is disposed of at the municipal landfill. These types of waste may consist of slag from iron works and steel mills, ashes, residues from flue gas cleaning, bark, wood, sawdust, cutting fluids, waste oil, organic waste from food industry, and sludges (organic and non-organic). Some of the waste types generated within the industries can be hazardous. Waste Collection and Transportation Household waste typically is collected from individual households at the curbside or from neighborhood collection stations with dedicated containers or bins. Collection vehicles may range from horse-drawn carts, to pickup trucks, to back-loaded and compacting vehicles with a capacity of about 6 – 10 cubic meter (or up to 10 tons). One of the most common problems in developing countries has traditionally been the lack of household waste collection service in low-income neighborhoods with poor road infrastructure; in these settings, smaller vehicles are usually most effective. Depending on the type, characteristics, volume, and compatibility of different categories of hazardous waste, generators may store them in containers, bins, drums, or aboveground or underground tanks, etc. These types of wastes are typically transported to the treatment or disposal facilities in trucks (for drums, bins or containers) or if larger volumes in tanker trucks. Transfer Stations Transfer stations serve as collection points for garbage and brush trucks to transfer their loads to other long haul vehicles. The small collection trucks unload the waste onto a concrete floor or into a hopper; the waste is then compacted further and loaded into containers (typically with a capacity of 20 cubic meters) or directly into specially designed semi trailers. As a rule of thumb, to optimize and reduce the number of 218

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

trips to the treatment/disposal facility, transfer stations might be preferred if the distance to the treatment/disposal facility exceeds 30 km. In some cases, the distance to the treatment/disposal facility can be shorter and still be viable if the road conditions are poor. Reception of Waste When the collection vehicles or the long haul vehicles reach the treatment or disposal facility, the waste should be inspected visually and controlled that the paperwork corresponds to the actual load. In some cases, samples of the waste are taken and analyzed, (e.g., if the waste will be treated biologically where the end-product is utilized and there are demands for low contaminant concentrations such as heavy metals). Waste Treatment and Disposal Biological Treatment Composting Generally speaking, the purpose of the composting process is to decompose organic solids in the presence of air and humidity, producing a humic substance valuable as soil conditioner. Economic advantages include the reduction in the volume of waste deposited in landfills (extending the life of the landfill and avoiding or delaying the construction of additional ones), and the generation of commercially valuable agricultural nutrients. Waste categories that are ideal for composting are park, yard and garden waste, paper, paper packaging, food scraps, animal manure and other types of organic waste. If animal waste is composted, the waste should be hygienized prior to composting. There are several methods available for central composting; the most common and simple is windrow composting where the waste is distributed in rows with the application of oxygen from underlying active or passive ventilation systems. Other methods include closed systems such as drums, tunnel, and membrane methods. The operational conditions and odor generation of closed systems are typically easier to control and are definite advantages over open treatment methods. Anaerobic Digestion Anaerobic digestion facilities are ideal for the treatment of the same types of organic waste that can be composted including wastes from households food scraps, paper tissue, garden waste like grass cuttings, leaves; food processing waste such as vegetables, cheese, meat, sugar; manure and animal waste; slaughterhouse waste; sewage sludge; and crop waste. The quality requirements of the incoming waste to the digestion facility are typically higher than in composting requiring a more homogenized and heterogeneous waste. Organic waste is treated in closed containers in the absence of air enhancing the generation of biogas (about 55-70 % methane) which can be recovered for subsequent use as a fuel source. The semi-solid residue (digestate) is normally treated through aerobic digestion and may be used as agricultural fertilizer. Chemical and Physical Treatment Chemical and physical treatment methods are varied and complex but may include: absorption, evaporation, distillation, filtration, chemical oxidation/reduction, neutralization, precipitation, solvent extraction, stripping / desorption, membrane-based separation, ion exchange, and solidification. Treatment systems may include one of these or a combination of multiple treatment operations. As most of these systems operate on a continual basis, they require a reliable, preferably homogenous source of material. Incineration Thermal treatment in incineration facilities can be used for all types of organic waste, including hazardous waste and mixed household waste. MSW incinerators reduce the volume of waste by about 90% and the weight by approximately 75%, while hazardous waste incinerators may achieve much higher waste volume and weight reductions, depending on the inorganic content of the wastes. Some incinerators today in operation are waste-to-energy facilities, which may use the combustion process to generate steam and electricity. Waste-to-energy

219

Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines WASTE MANAGEMENT FACILITIES

facilities can be either mass burn or refuse-derived-fuel facilities. Incineration facilities typically range in size from 15,000 tons of waste per year to 500,000 tons per year. In mass burn facilities, wastes are injected into the boiler without any pre-processing or sorting of non-combustible materials. Most mass burning facilities use grate incinerators and operated at temperatures of at least 850ºC with higher temperatures applied to hazardous wastes. Flue gas treatment is typically required regardless of the type of incineration system. Residual wastes generated from the incineration process include slag, ashes, and flue gas treatment residues. Landfilling Landfilling can be used for most waste categories, but ideally only for inert material. A modern sanitary landfill is an engineered facility for the disposal of municipal solid waste designed and operated to minimize public health and environmental impacts. The typical landfill consists of several cells in which the waste is systematically placed. Compactors may be used to reduce the waste volume and to enhance the build up of the cells. The landfill base usually consists of a liner that minimizes the leakage of liquid waste materials from the landfill into the groundwater system. As the waste is built up in layers it is covered daily to prevent paper, dust or odors from escaping into the environment. The leachate that is generated can be collected and treated. If organic waste is landfilled, landfill gas will be generated and may be collected and utilized or flare

220

7.17 Annex 17: Special Monitoring Checklist for Ensuring Safe Conditions for Workers and Public.

222

7.18 Annex-18: Environmental and Social Monitoring Checklist for Project Activities as per EMPs

Title of project : Proponent : Contractor’s Name : Monitoring Date : Monitor’s Name & : Designation

Issue Proposed mitigation Implementing Compliance Reason for Follow up measures (from the Responsibility Yes/No non- Action EMP) compliance Pre-Construction Phase

Construction Phase

Operational Phase

Photo-documentation of Issue Identified Above Issue # (from Date of photograph Photograph depicting issue description above)

7.19 Annex 19: Generic Monitoring Plan for Environmental Parameters for Construction Phase of Subprojects

What parameter is How is the Cost to be When is the Where is parameter to Why is the monitored? parameter to the be parameter (Action Steps be monitored? Institutioanl Monitoring Phase parameter monitored? / to be Should be (frequency of Responsibility oversight to be type of monitored? consistent measurement monitored? monitoring (optional) Install Operate with the or continuous) equipment respective EMPs) Construction Material Sourcing a) possession Construction a) Stone, a) stone, of official Supervising sand, gravel gravel and a) before work approval or a) Inspection a) NA a) NA a) Contractor Engineer and and clay clay borrow begins valid operating Environmental borrow pit pit license Officer Transport of Construction Material Construction a)-c) safety a) truck load a) Main and a) unannounced Supervising a) Crushed requirements covered or local road; a) Inspection inspections a) NA a) minimal a) Contractor Engineer and stone and enable wetted job site during work Environmental as Officer Construction little b) truck load b) Main and b) unannounced Supervising b) Sand, disruption to covered or local road; b) Inspection inspections b) NA b) minimal b) Contractor Engineer and gravel, clay traffic as it is wetted job site during work Environmental possible Officer c) routes selected; Construction following a c) Main and c) unannounced Supervising c) Traffic traffic local road; c) Inspection inspections c) NA c) minimal c) Contractor Engineer and management management job site during work Environmental plan Officer

What parameter is How is the Cost to be When is the Where is parameter to Why is the monitored? parameter to the be parameter (Action Steps be monitored? Institutioanl Monitoring Phase parameter monitored? / to be Should be (frequency of Responsibility oversight to be type of monitored? consistent measurement monitored? monitoring (optional) Install Operate with the or continuous) equipment respective EMPs) During Construction Phase a) sound a) Overall a) assure monitoring level of noise a) At the compliance smart phone that is a) job site; beginning of of Environmental a) Noise application/ a) NA a) NA a) Contractor transmitted in nearest homes works, on performance Officer sound the immediate complain with monitoring environment environment, device b) air health and pollution b) laboratory safety (flying b) during b) Emissions, with necessary requirements particles, material delivery Particulate b) at and near equipment of and enable Environmental pollutants in and b) NA b) NA b) Contractor matter and job site the licensed as little Officer the air and construction; on Dust organization disruption to oxides of C, S, complain (NBRO) traffic as it is N, ozone and possible similar. ) c) unannounced c) observation, c) limited time inspections Environmental c) Vibrations c) job site /Vibration c) NA c) NA c) Contractor of activities during work and Officer metering device on complain d) Traffic d) existence of Construction d) unannounced disruption traffic d) main and Supervising inspections during management local road; d) traffic police d) NA d) NA d) Contractor Engineer and during work and construction plan; traffic job site Environmental on complain activity patterns Officer

225

Construction b) Vehicle b) Visibility Supervising and d) At and b) During and c) Observation b) NA b) minimal b) Contractor Engineer and pedestrian near job site construction appropriateness Environmental safety Officer

c) water and c) Water and soil quality soil pollution a) Twice (suspended from e) runoff depending on solids, oils, d) observation; improper from site, the construction organic solids, laboratory with material material lifetime heavy metals, necessary Environmental storage, storage areas; c) NA c) NA c) Contractor pH value, equipment of Inspector management wash down b) On complain conductivity, the licensed and usage areas of or in case of constant organization building and equipment accident physical and auxiliary situation chemical materials parameters)

226

What parameter is How is the Cost to be When is the Where is parameter to Why is the monitored? parameter to the be parameter (Action Steps be monitored? Institutioanl Monitoring Phase parameter monitored? / to be Should be (frequency of Responsibility oversight to be type of monitored? consistent measurement monitored? monitoring (optional) Install Operate with the or continuous) equipment respective EMPs) a) Water and soil quality a) Twice a) Potential (suspended depending on contamination solids, oils, b) Observation; the construction of soil and fuel, lubricants, h) Job site; laboratory with lifetime water from organic equipment necessary Environmental a) NA a) NA a) Contractor improper compounds, maintenance equipment of Inspector b) On complain maintenance heavy metals, facilities the licensed or in case of and fuelling of pH value, organization accident equipment conductivity); situation procedures of work i) protective equipment PHI, Construction (glasses, h) Labour i) Job a) Unannounced Supervising masks, Health and site/Worker b) Observation inspections a) NA a) minimal a) Contractor Engineer and helmets, boots, Safety camps during work Environmental etc); ii) Officer Condition of worker camps

227

7.20 Annex 20: Requirements for Post Closure Environmental Monitoring of Environmentally Closed Open Dump Sites

Monitoring of environmental pollution and sequential stabilization of the closed dump site should be carried out continuously and will be a key factor in ensuring the that the site is fully environmentally closed. The best practices and para meters presented in this document are to be included in the operation and monitoring plan to be developed for implementation by the implementing agency who will manage the environmental closure in collaboration with the PMU and handed to the designated authority that will manage the site post the closure works are completed. It is essential to ensure that the results of monitoring as per the guidance provided in this section, as well as records on the operation and maintenance will be maintained and shared with the World Bank on request during the operational phase. This will be the responsibility of the designated authority. At project closure the PMU will be responsible for formally communicating the relevant information of focal points for environmental monitoring and operational management of the site, to the World Bank, from the designated authority that will manage the environmentally closed dump site at the operational phase.

Monitoring Parameters and Frequency:

Monitoring Items and parameters Frequency Location media/parameters Preliminary site Integrity of the surrounding On a quarterly basis Project site and inspection environment (3 times each annum) perimeter The condition of the facility- organization-cleanliness, unauthorized activities, encroachments, Nuisance condition Leachate pH Quarterly 1 point per Biological Oxygen Demand- (4 times each annum) leachate pond BOD Chemical Oxygen Demand-COD Nitrogen (Ammonia, Nitrate, Nitrite) Oxidation Reduction Potential- ORP Electrical Conductivity-EC Total Organic Carbon (TOC) Dioxins Gas Accumulation at Oxygen (O2) Gas monitoring North, South, Disposal Site Nitrogen (N2) should be conducted East, Center and Methane (CH2) at least twice a day West (5 points) Carbon anhydride (CO2) for about 7 on top of closed Hydrogen sulphide (H2S) consecutive days’ mound) Temperature post closure. 8 points, North, Then onwards 4 South, East, times, on a monthly West and 3 basis or as stipulated additional mid in the detailed points around monitoring plan as perimeter of appropriate to the base site.

Soil subsidence Topographic level at the top of the Bi Annum Top of closed disposal site (2 times each annum) mound

228

Groundwater quality- Parameters will be defined and Quarterly (4 times 8 points at detailed provided below sampling, preservation and analysis of each annum) minimum as water will be carried out in accordance outlined below. with those stipulated in the subsections Surface water quality below and Standards Methods for Quarterly 6 points at Testing Water and Wastewater, 21st (4 times each annum) minimum- 2 edition, published by American Public upstream and 4 Health Association (2005). downstream of site

All parameters indicated above are to be monitored until the time the site is completely environmentally closed and suitable for re-use and redevelopment.

Groundwater Monitoring: Wells for groundwater monitoring should be installed in order to determine the rate and direction of flow, permeability, and if groundwater contamination is occurring. The monitoring wells are installed: (a) Above the gradient of the site to monitor background/baseline water quality; (b) down Below the gradient of the site (areas that may have been impacted by the dump site), and (c) Areas between the site and any other possible sources of contamination.

For an open dumpsite classified as large (over 10feet in height and 500m in surface area covered) it is recommended that, at least 8 sampling wells should be installed: 2-3 up gradient, and 3- 5 down gradient.

For analysis purposes, it is important to install and sample wells prior to the operation of the landfill to determine the background quality of the ground water. This will help establish a statistical baseline against which future measurements are taken to determine contamination or trends in the analysis. As this may not have been done for the site, existing data from ground water studies done in the area, should be taken in to account and the information should be used to set the baseline according.

Monitoring should be conducted at regular frequencies to observe any changes in quality of the groundwater down gradient of the landfill that may indicate contamination. Standards for monitoring frequencies and criteria are stipulated in the table above.

Parameters that are at minimum monitored are: Arsenic, Cyanide, Selenium, total organic carbon (TOC), Barium, Hardness (as CaCO3), Silver, total dissolved solids (TDS), Sodium, Manganese (dissolved), Magnesium, chemical oxygen demand (COD), Cadmium, Sulfate (SO4-), Potassium, Iron, Calcium, Electrical Conductivity, Lead, VOCs, Chloride, Bicarbonate (HCO3-)), Sodium, pH, and Chromium.

Gas Monitoring Gas monitoring probes should be installed around the closed dump site to monitor gas movement, mainly methane. Due to the variability of gas concentrations with time, gas monitoring should be done as per the site- specific schedule that will be schedule during detail monitoring planning. Methane is explosive at concentrations of between 5 to 15% so attention should be paid to ensure the levels are below that which is indicated.

Guidelines for probe Installation Requirements: The lateral spacing should not exceed 300m around the allowable boundary of the site A shallow probe should be installed 1.5-2m below the surface. The probe should be placed adjacent to soils that are most conductive to gas flow. A minimum seal of 1.5m of bentonite at the surface and between the monitored zones should be provided.

229

Monitoring Period: The duration of the monitoring period depends on the bio-degradation and stabilization of the covered waste layers. In practice the monitoring should continue until the duration when the site is fully technically certified as safe and ready for reuse in any other form. Recording and Reporting- The data and records of the monitoring activities will be maintained by the relevant authority managing the closed dump site, continuously until the site is fully technically certified as safe. At any time over this period, the World Bank may request the monitoring documents for routine ex-post evaluations.

230

7.21 Annex 21: Guiding Principles for Development of Operational and Post Closure Environmental Monitoring and Recording Plans for Sanitary Landfill Operations

The following provides guidance on best practices to be maintained in terms of environmental monitoring and associated record keeping during the operation of a Sanitary Landfill facility.

1. During Operation of Sanitary Landfill site

1.1. Waste input records Daily records of the waste entering the site should be kept. Where a weighbridge is not present tallies or estimate of truck loads could be taken or made. Table 1 shows details of how the records should typically be kept. A daily summation of the amounts of different categories of wastes should be kept, together with monthly and yearly totals. This information is important for amongst other things the future planning and design of the Landfill can be made more accurate.

Table 1: Daily Waste Input Records Weigh out Vehicle no Time Wastes Weigh in Amount delivered (tare weight) Source* Type** Solid Cover waste material

TOTAL Whein Town Landfill Facility Date:

Signature …………………………………..

Instructions: [To be completed for each vehicle each time it makes a delivery]

* R = Residential C = Commercial I = Industrial A = Agricultural

Other codes as appropriate **H = Household B = Bulky waste - Furniture, Refrigerators, etc. D = Demolition / construction

231

T = Tyres

1.2. Daily Activity Summary

A daily activity summary showing the amount of waste Landfilled, the daily cover used and machine and man hours, should be completed by the site supervisor. Details to be recorded are shown in Table 2.

Table 2: Daily Activity Summary Date Solid waste Cover Material Man Machine Site hours hours Hours Loads Tonnes Begin 50 000 Received Used Remain Use Down m3

1st

2nd

3rd etc. TOTAL Month Year

Date Operator Man Vehicle Machine hours Site hours hours Identity Use Down

1st

2nd

3rd

etc. TOTAL

Signature …………………………………..

Instructions:

232

[To be completed by the site supervisor at the end of each day. The record of cover material should be in either tonnes or cubic meters. Today’s beginning material equals yesterday’s remaining. The cover material on site at the end of the construction of phase 1 is approximately 50 000 m3.]

1.3. Filling The rate of filling of the site should be monitored by surveying the site at three monthly intervals to determine the rate of airspace utilization.

1.4. Settlement Areas of the site that have reached the final level and have been finally covered should be monitored for settlement (see final restoration section for their method of construction). A suggested settlement monitoring programme is given in Table 3 below.

Table 3: Settlement Monitoring Guideline Activity Interval General inspection of covered areas, looking for obvious depressions, Weekly cracks, and pools of water.

More rigorous inspection of Landfill, looking for smaller cracks and Monthly depressions.

Checking of level of survey benchmarks on Landfill cover using survey Annual equipment.

To minimize settlement, it is necessary that good, uniform compaction of waste is achieved.

1.5. Leachate

The BOD loading of effluent from Maturation pond is to be monitored on a monthly basis. An approved local testing authority, preferable the National Building Research Organization or the Central Environmental Authority, is to be appointed to conduct monthly BOD loading tests on the effluent. An effluent BOD loading level as per the facility desige standards need to be managed, atypically < 75 mg/l.

Refer to Tables 4 and 5 for the monitoring and testing of leachate, including required parameters and frequency as per permissible International Best Practice guidelines.

Continuous Leachate monitoring is of primary importance during operation of the Landfill site.

Table 4: Parameters Requisite for Background and Investigative Monitoring of Leachate 233

Parameters

Ammonia (NH3 as N) Electrical Conductivity (EC)

Alkalinity (Total Alkalinity) Free and Saline Ammonia as N (NH4-N)

Lead (Pb) Magnesium (Mg) Boron (B) Mercury (Hg)

Cadmium (Cd) Nitrate (as N) (NO3-N) Calcium (Ca) pH Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Phenolic Compounds (Phen) Chloride (Cl) Potassium (K) Chromium Hexavalent (Cr6+) Sodium (Na)

Chromium (Total) (Cr) Sulphate (SO4) Cyanide (CN) Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) E-Coli Other Pathogenic Organisms Dioxins

Table 5: Detection Monitoring Frequencies for Leachate Management- Ground Water and Surface Water Quality

Bi-annually for: Annually for:

Ammonia (NH3 as N) Magnesium (Mg)

Alkalinity (Total Alkalinity) Calcium (Ca)

Nitrate (as N) (NO3-N) Sodium (Na)

Electrical Conductivity (EC) Sulphate (SO4) pH E-Coli Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Dioxins

Chlorides (Cl) Other Pathogenic Organisms Potassium (K) Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) E-Coli

234

1.6 Surface Water and Groundwater

Refer to Table 5 for the monitoring and testing requisites of surface and groundwater. The surface water monitoring points as well as the groundwater monitoring points need to be established as per the EIA in the Operational and Management Plan for the landfill facility.

1.7 Landfill gas

As per the design of the facility Landfill gas vents will be constructed and extended upwards as filling progresses. Each month, or more frequently as directed, the composition of the Landfill gas should be analysed. Other parameters, apart from composition, which are of importance, and which can be readily monitored, are temperature, pressure and flow. Concentration measurements require greater expense and technology. The gases to be monitored are methane, carbon dioxide and oxygen.

Composition Catalytic oxidation units are the most suitable and the most inexpensive way of detecting flammable gases. However, owing to their fairly coarse detection capability, they should not be used for more than detection purposes. Carbon dioxide, another important Landfill gas, can be detected with chemical indicator tubes. This method is uncomplicated and relatively inexpensive although it is also important here that they not be used for anything more than detection purposes.

Pressure A simple manometer is sufficient for measuring Landfill gas pressure levels. As suggested in the British guideline “The Monitoring of Landfill Gas – Second Edition” released by the British IWM, a simple U-tube with a measuring tape could be used judiciously. Pressure build up is an obvious warning of potentially dangerous gas accumulation.

Flow Gas flow and velocity are most easily measured by instruments using a differential pressure method, such as a Pitot tube or orifice plate. Gas flow and velocity are important in investigating gas migration.

Temperature Temperature is the most readily measurable gas characteristic.

Concentration Measuring of concentration is performed with any number of instruments, some of which are inhibitively expensive. It is once again stressed that chemical indicator tubes and catalytic oxidation detection units be used only for detection purposes.

Caution: Accumulations of Landfill gas can be extremely dangerous. Concentrations higher than 5% can result in fires or even explosions. Furthermore, Landfill gas can cause suffocation and

235

possibly poisoning. Extreme care should therefore be taken when entering / working in leachate manholes. Standard confined space entry procedures should be posted at the site, and workers should be trained in them and properly equipped.

Standard confined space entry procedures would include gas monitoring prior to entry, no smoking or open flame, always at least two people working with one outside the confined space to rescue the one inside, use of a harness and rope so that the person in the space can be pulled out without another person having to enter, use of ventilating fans, and, if appropriate, use breathing equipment.

2. Post-closure monitoring

All gas and water monitoring should continue into the post-closure phase. Water monitoring should be conducted for both surface and groundwater although emphasis should be placed on groundwater monitoring. Post-closure monitoring should continue for some 30 years after closure to ensure that no unforeseen contamination occurs during the closure period. The monitoring requisites need to be spaced out with time and stipulated with a time plan in the project operational framework.

Suggested Formats for and Parameters for Standard Monitoring

Table 4: General monitoring requirements

Monitoring requirement Frequency of monitoring

At or near surface monitoring Rainfall Daily Runoff (Volume, quantity) Daily

Toe seepage from waste Monthly Soil cover on waste Annually Vegetation on waste or soil Annually Bioassaying Annually

Within waste or unsaturated zone Gas samplers Monthly Leachate collectors Monthly

Groundwater monitoring Special monitoring holes Necessary Other holes Necessary Groundwater levels Three monthly

Groundwater chemistry Three monthly

236

Borehole yield Annually Groundwater usage Annually Fountain seepage Monthly Water balance Monthly

Table 6: Performance Evaluation Satisfactory Not satisfactory Remarks 1 General method of working in accordance with plan and specification

2 Site security

3 Condition of site roads

4 Control of tipping area width of face

5 Compaction and formation of layers to specified depth

6 Depth of primary cover

7 Primary cover completed each day

8 Measures for handling difficult waste

9 Litter control

10 General site tidiness

11 Arrangements for bad weather or emergency working 12 Employee’s amenities

13 Fire precautions

14 Pest control measures

15 General Remarks

Etc.

237

7.22 Annex 22: Terms of Reference for Recruitment of Contractor Environmental Safeguard Officer

To be Included in bidding documents with respective EMP.

The contractor through an appointment of dedicated / qualified environmental safeguard officer shall be responsible in implementation of EMP requirement by a) Maintaining up-to-date records on actions taken by the contractor with regards to implementation of EMP recommendations. b) Timely (weekly) submission of reports, information and data to the Project Management Unit (PMU) /Implementation Agency Environmental Specialist, through Supervision consultant (SC). c) Participating in the meetings conveyed by the Engineer and d) Any other assistance requested by the Engineer.

The Environmental Safeguard Officer will be the primary focal point of contact for the assistance with all environmental and social issues during the pre-construction and construction phases. He/ She shall be responsible for ensuring the implementation of Environment and Social Management Plan. The appointed officer should be available on the site fulltime basis during the project period. In addition, Environmental Safeguard Officer should prepare an Environmental Action Plan in line with Environment Management Plan and submit to the Engineer along with construction method statements.

The Environmental Safeguard Officer will promptly investigate and review environmental related complaints and implement the appropriate corrective actions to arrest or mitigate the cause of the complaints as specified in the Environmental Management Framework of ESWMP. A register of all complaints is to be passed to the Engineer within 24 hrs they are received, with the action taken by the Safeguard Officer on complains thereof. In addition, Safeguard Officer required to perform following tasks as well;

1. Participation for the periodic Grievance Redress Committee Meetings at Village Level, Implementation Agency Level and PMU Level 2. Coordinate and liaise with Implementing Agency and PMU 3. Support and coordinate with PMU Environmental and Social Safeguard team in carrying out the monitoring assessments such as baseline surveys, progress review, mid-term review, etc 4. Take actions to mainstream project activities during the period 5. Identify the potential environment and social safeguards issues in accordance provided EA/ EMP/ EMF/

Qualifications required Environmental Safeguard Officer preferably possessing a Bachelor Degree with minimum of 3 years experiences in the relevant field or minimum of eight (8) years of experiences in the similar capacity. Preferably, experience in specific project related works is required. It is essential to have both Sinhala & English language ability (speaking) and Computer Knowledge of MS Office.

238

7.23 Annex 23: Terms of Reference for the Project Level Environmental Audit

1. Introduction to the project

To be filled

2. The Need for Environmental Assessment All sub-projects financed under the Emergency Solid Waste Management Project (ESMP) are required to comply with World Bank Operational and Safeguard Policies triggered, in addition to conformity with the environmental legislation of GOSL. Thus all sub-projects are required to conform to: a) the Environmental Management Framework (EMF) adopted by GOSL and accepted by the World Bank, and b) the terms of the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) as mandated by the National Environmental Act (NEA) of Sri Lanka, where it is applicable.

According to the EAMF, each sub-projects needs to be subjected to an environmental screening using the recommended template. Based on the screening information and concerns of the public the need to pursue further stand-alone assessments and if so the type of assessment is determined. All screening forms are filled by environmental officers supporting the Project implementation agencies and reviewed and cleared by the respective Project Management Units (PMU). For a sample proposals/ sub-projects with impacts are deemed as significant a prior review of the screening is carried out by the World Bank. When standalone assessments and management plans are considered necessary, the project proponent is responsible for carrying them out while the PMU reviews and clears them.

According to CEA procedures, all sub-project requiring NEA approval need to fill in a Basic Environmental Information Questionnaire (BEIQ). Upon reviewing the BEIQ, the CEA will determine whether no further environmental analysis is required or whether the proponent is required to prepare an Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) or an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).

3. Objectives The primary objective of this assignment is for the Consultant to carry out an environmental audit for ASMP. The consultant will review the application of the EMF to the ESWMP. In particular, the consultant will review a sample of (i) the screening forms prepared by each PMU (ii) standalone environmental assessments/management plans (iii) application of the NEA and its clearance procedures followed by the project, as the case be, and based on site visits ensure conformity with conditions, guidelines and comments stipulated in these and other related documents. The Consultant is expected to be familiar with the EAMF, the applicable safeguard policies of the WB, NEA and the approval procedure of the CEA.

4. Tasks of the Consultant

• Obtain the required information from the sub-project proponent, PMUs, on the sub-project under implementation as well as under preparation under the ESWMP. This may include, but not be limited to, relevant plans, drawings, screening reports, social analysis, standalone EA/EMP (if it has been necessary), comments of the World Bank. • Review the above documents, discuss with the sub-project proponent as well as the surrounding community and visit the location and environs of the sub-project.

239

• Check for conformity of the sub-project in relation to the guidelines, conditions and comments stipulated in the item above. • Examine monitoring reports and whether standards, procedures and controls are in place to respond to safeguards requirements stipulated in EMF. • Examine significant new risks and propose remedial actions • Highlight any deviations from the guidelines, conditions and comments stipulated in the aforesaid documents and assist the sub-project proponent to improve the safeguard documents incorporating the necessary mitigatory measures. • Document any adverse environmental impacts that were not anticipated in the screening and follow up assessments that may have occurred during project construction and implementation. • Examine procedures of corrective action if monitoring parameters are out of monitoring limits and if such incidents are actually reported, investigated and followed up

Document and submit the environmental audit report which should include (i) an Executive Summary, (ii) Overall audit opinion on the level of compliance, (iii) for each sub-project reviewed (a) a description of the sub-project, (b) the list of documents reviewed and persons interviewed, (c) observations made at the site, (d) conformity and/or deviations to guidelines (CEA and EMF), clearance conditions (World Bank and GOSL) and plans, (e) status of progress reporting and actions taken to address issues (f) actions need to be taken to respond to negative deviations, (g) new risks and recommendations to address the risks (mitigation actions), (h) any other relevant information to support the findings.

5. Application Procedure

Qualified consultants may apply for the assignment listed above. Applications should be submitted using the format below:

• Title of assignment • Name and address of the consultant/firm • Name, designation and telephone number of contact person • Brief consultant/company profile • Key staff members of the firm (giving priority to assignment-specific staff; for each staff member provide name, position in the team, number of years in the firm, relevant qualifications and assignment-specific experience and proficiency in languages – read, write and speak) • Relevant experience of the consultant/firm (Details of assignment-specific tasks undertaken during the past 10 years with client references)

Expressions of interest should focus on aspects relevant to the particular assignment, and reach the PMU by [Date].

240

7.24 Annex 24: Generic Session Plan for Project Implementation Agency Staff Training on EMF and Environmental Safeguard Instrument Implementation, Monitoring and Reporting.

Topic: Environmental Stewardship via Safeguards within the Sri Lanka Emergency Solid Waste Management Project

Objective: To introduce the project staff to the Environmental Management procedures set forth in the Environmental Management Framework of the project, assist them in implementing environmental safeguards within the project and understand their function, roles and responsibilities in implementation, monitoring and reporting, while gaining an overall

Duration: 1 Day

Target Group: Project Mangers, Technical Specialists, Environmental Specialists, Environmental Officers, Procurement Specialists based in PMU, Project IAs

Training Material: A CD with the Soft Copies of all Relevant Training Material (Session Presentations, EMF, Guiding Documents (Screening Formats, Copies of example EMPs, project safeguards instruments, etc.), and other resource material.

No Subject Purpose Time Session Materials Aids Potential Structure Resource Person

1.1 Introduction to to introduce the WB 1.5hr Brain storming, EMF Laptop Safeguard safeguard policies, the Lecture Guideline, Multimedi Requirements and activities set forth in the copies of a Projector procedure within the EMF and procedures of Screening File with project implementation, Formats, Training monitoring and Material reporting within the for whole project day 1.2 Identification of To facilitate 1 hr Brain storming, A Copy of a Laptop, Environmental understanding on what Lecture, Group well completed Multimedi impacts and environmental impacts work Screening a projector, deducing Mitigatory can arise from project Form and EMP Flip charts Methods interventions and as an example. & Pens understand the nature Copies of

241

No Subject Purpose Time Session Materials Aids Potential Structure Resource Person of technical mitigation Specifications measures that can assist for subprojects in curtailing these 1.3 Specific roles and To assist the members 1hr Lecture, A Sheet Laptop, Responsibilities in present to understand Discussion describing the Multimedi implementation and the roles and roles and a projector, monitoring responsibilities of their responsibilities Flip charts designation. What is of each & Pens expected from them and individual of how they can do the project work assigned in the administrative best manner. structure. 1.4 Group Activity to assess the 2hr Group Activity Copy of the Flip charts (Details Below) understanding post the followed by a Case study, A & Pens session discussion Blank screening form and EMP

Group Activity for the End of Session- 1hr (30 minutes for Group Activity and 30 Minutes for Presentation and Discussion

Present the groups with copies of an example of a project specific subproject or project related scenario. Once the team has reviewing the case study and the copies of the Screening Form and EMPs, they should discuss and note down and present on the following areas. The Design of the intervention should be presented well with details of the surrounding area and the rational etc.

• Conduct a Screening of the Subproject with the Screening Form as an AID and deduce what sort of clearances is required and what sort of environmental assessments will be required. Based on this indicate where the project should proceed as is environmentally cleared. • Identify the Environmental Impacts of the project and their severity based on its scope and design, and propose mitigatory mechanisms for these if they can be mitigated • Identify who will be responsible for the safeguard activities from within the project administrative structure

242

The points formulated during the discussion should then be presented group wise and discussed with the team. The Trainer should provide technical assistance to the teams where required to direct the discussion accordingly and share experiences from within the program.

243

7.25 Annex 25: Example of Disclosure Advertisement for Safeguards Instrument

Date

NAME OF MINISTRY/IMPLEMENTING AGENCY NOTICE OF DISCLOSURE FOR PUBLIC COMMENTS OF THE NAME OF INSTRUMENT FOR THE EMERGENCY, SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PROJECT

The above-mentioned Name of Instrument has been prepared by the Name of Ministry/Implementing Agency for the World Bank Funded Emergency Solid Waste Management Project. The document will be available for inspection by the public at the following locations between XX am and XX pm for a period of 30 days from the date of the advertisement (except Weekends & Public Holidays).

Locations: (PLEASE LIST RELEVANT LOCATIONS BELOW) 1. Example: Pradeshiya Sabha, Kegalle 2. Website: www.disclosureadvert.com 3. – 4. – 5. -

Any member of the public may within 30 days from the date of this advertisement submit their comments in writing on the above document to the Secretary, the Ministry/Implementing Agency

Secretary,

Name of Ministry/ Implementing Agency

Address

(INCLUDE ANY OTHER FEEDBACK INFO LIKE TELEPHONE NUMBERS AND EMAILS)

244

7.26 Annex 26- Example Terms of Reference to be used for guidance in preparing terms of references for SCAs

Terms of Reference Independent Site Contamination Audit and Remedial Action Plan Preparation (SCA) for the Kerawalapitiya Waste Park

Introduction

The Colombo Emergency Solid Waste Management Project (CESWMP) is being prepared with support from the World Bank and the Asian Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) under condensed procedures provided for by the World Bank’s OP 10.00, Paragraph 12. The project includes short-term waste diversion strategies for the Colombo Metropolitan Region (CMR) and a longer term integrated Solid Waste Management system that covers the holistic value chain of municipal solid waste in the CMR.

On April 14, 2017, a waste slide occurred at the Meethotamulla dump site, leading to cease operation of the only waste disposal capacity in Colombo. Emergency measures were immediately taken to maintain disposal capacity, and a site was identified at Kerawalapitiya, North of Colombo. The development and management of the site selected falls under the Sri Lanka Land Reclamation and Development Corporation (SLLRDC), who will convert the site, which is a wetland and peat bog environment, in to a Waste Park. A series of activities such as composting and material recovery will also be developed. However, along with land reclamation work for the establishment for these facilities, the Colombo Municipal Council had to temporarily use the site as an open dump for Colombo waste. This uncontrolled dumping has taken place for the past 7 months, starting after the closure of Meethotamulla. This situation has resulted in a visible contamination of the site and its surroundings. In addition, on-going reclamation work of the site has led to siltation of wetland ecosystems, showing signs of degradation.

While a large regional landfill will be developed at Aruwakkalu in Puttalam, in accordance with international standards, it is recognized that this new facility will not be commissioned until at least 18 months from now. Therefore, interim waste treatment capacity must be maintained at the Kerawalapitiya Waste Park (KWP) by developing a multi-activity platform for composting, sorting and storage of refuse in environmentally acceptable conditions. As this development, will be based on basic engineering standards to prevent further wetland degradation and ensure operational safety, it is essential to assess the current degree of contamination to ensure that adequate remedial actions are incorporated in to the Environmental Management Plan. The site being hydrologically connected to the Muthurajawala Environmental Protection Area, designated via the National Environmental Act, warrants for a high degree of due diligence and subsequent environmental management.

Objective of the Assignment

The consulting services to be provided are for the completion of a Site Contamination Audit (SCA), to identify actual and potential site contamination as well as the possible migration of contaminants beyond the limits of the KWP. More specifically, the objective of the study is to establish the level of risk posed to public health and to the environment and outline key actions required to manage and/or mitigate this risk.

The study will deduce the degree of contamination of the land and identify the level of soil and water contamination by hazardous substances, as well as the level of atmospheric contamination by landfill gas emissions etc. Potential contamination needs to be managed with proper remedial actions and environmental

245

management tools, as part of a comprehensive Remediation Action Plan, will be implemented as the first sequence of the Environmental Management Plan for the development as a whole

D. Scope of Work

The consultant will undertake the tasks described below, as key components of the SCA.

1. Task 1- Outline of Facility Characteristics:

1.1. Present current and historical description of the site and surrounding characteristics at a radius of 1km from the boundary of the site demarcated for the KWP, including descriptions of existing and potential areas of concern such as contaminant sources and discharge points from the site. (Visual inspections, facility records reviews and discussions with informed personnel may be employed for this purpose. prior site uses and surrounding site uses are studied using the materials such as aerial photos, satellite images and maps and presented accordingly.) 1.2. Below ground structures should be reviewed as possible sources of contaminant migration, especially to ground water. 1.3. Prior site uses and surrounding land uses are also to be documented. 1.4. This finding should also be presented diagrammatically via the use of maps to indicate locations of sensitive receptors with relation to the contaminated site being assessed, these include settlements, transportation corridors, protected areas, wetlands, coastlines, surface water bodies including canals and tributaries and other etc. 1.4.1. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1: 25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places) 1.5. Waste Management Activities on site 1.5.1. Provide a description of on-site operation of solid waste management activities, provide details of incoming amounts of waste, activities practiced sequentially from weighing to final disposal should be described in addition to the nature of the waste being disposed on site and key characteristics of the types of waste that is managed at the site. 1.6. The site inspection should also document the natural integrity of the surrounding environment, the condition of the facility, its set up and ancillary facilities, presence of unauthorized activities such as waste scavenging, encroachments and conditions such presence of animals and vectors as well as any other nuisances.

2. Task 2- Establish Baseline Physical Site Characteristics:

2.1. The ecology, geology, hydrology and hydrogeology, is to be examined using available data, in a radius of 1km around the site. The overall aim is to provide a description and understanding of the local site characteristics and to describe the interaction between the site and its environment.

The current physical salient features of the sight, including the following should be documented:

2.1.1. Topography Baseline data to be given on description of existing situation of the land at the proposed project area including topography, coastal features (lowland, beaches, littoral areas, shoal areas), terrain features, slope and elevation. Study of land use pattern, habitation, cropping pattern, forest cover, environmentally sensitive places etc., and through secondary data sources.

2.1.2. Geology

246

Baseline data to be provided on rock types, site lithology, regional tectonic setting (reported fractures/faulting, folding, warping if present), and history of any associated natural hazards, mainly in the coastal area.

2.1.3. Soil Soil data including type, classification, characteristics, soil properties of the site should be documented. Baseline data of the soil, results of investigations carried out to be provided for the site.

2.1.4. Meteorological Data Meteorological data covering the following should be incorporated in the report. The data for at least a 10-year period should be presented from the nearest meteorological station (airport), except for the history of cyclones and tidal surges for which 100-year data is required. • Wind speed and direction • Rainfall • Relative humidity • Temperature • History of cyclones

2.1.5. Ground water Baseline data of ground water including data of pH, dissolved solids, BOD, DO, coli-form bacteria, hydrocarbons, heavy metals is to be documented (see table for list of parameters). Usage purpose of the ground water, if any, via project activities are to be indicated.

(Note: It is expected that the consultant will use existing test wells/test pits which have been established as part of Geo Technical Investigations done on site as well as existing boreholes/test wells from the developments around the site, where available. The consultant will identify and demarcate these sites prior to completion of the inception report. In the event boreholes have to be established for the purpose of this study the consultant will provide a clear justification and costing for the respective activities)

2.1.6. Surface Water Details of Drainage of the project up to 2km radius of project area should be documented. Indications regarding flow directions and speed should be provided. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided.

2.1.7. Flora and Fauna Details on secondary data on the existing flora and fauna in the study area as well as shall be included in the list of flora and fauna appropriate along with classification as per the IUCN Red List and the National Red List of Sri Lanka- Latest edition and a statement clearly specifying whether the study area forms a part of an ecologically sensitive area or migratory corridor of an endangered fauna.

2.1.8. Air Environment

Base line data of ambient air parameters namely suspended particulates (RSPM), nitrogen dioxide, Sulphur dioxide, carbon monoxide, heavy metals and other harmful air pollutants should be recorded as per EU, EPA or WHO air quality standards. This data should be collected in an area extending 1 km

247

from the project boundary by observation at three (3) locations. One station sampled should be in the up-wind/ non-impact/ non-polluting area as a control station.

2.1.9. Noise Baseline data on noise pollution at the project area and the neighborhood up to 1km or nearest residential areas is to be monitored as per the Central Environmental Authority (CEA) norms.

3. Task 3-Contamination Analysis

Contaminants to air, surface water, ground water and soil that may be present at the site must be identified. is to be estimated by visual inspections and lab tests. Sampling locations should be carefully chosen to reflect the extent and concentration of the contamination within 1 km from site boundary. Parameters to be testes are provided below. Visual inspections should document contamination present on site such as visible leakage, oil stains or other signs of contamination and die-back vegetation.

Table- 1- Minimum Requirements for Contamination Testing

Study Media Items and parameters to be Minimum Location tested Number of Samples Atmospheric ▪ Oxygen (O2) Gas monitoring North, South, contamination ▪ Nitrogen (N2) should be East, and West ▪ Methane (CH4) conducted at least on site ▪ Carbon dioxide (CO2) twice a day for perimeter, plus ▪ Hydrogen sulphide (H2S) about 3 center point. ▪ Temperature consecutive days. Soil ▪ pH 5 samples at At least 2 ▪ Conductivity minimum points on site ▪ Moisture content and 3 points ▪ Organic matter within 1 km ▪ Sodium radius ▪ Lead ▪ Cadmium ▪ Zinc ▪ Chromium ▪ Sodium ▪ Arsenic ▪ Cyanide ▪ Nickle ▪ Total hydrocarbons Groundwater ▪ pH 3 samples at 3 points at Quality ▪ Conductivity minimum minimum ▪ Temperature along the ▪ Total dissolved solids permissible (TDS) study area ▪ Dissolved oxygen radius at ▪ Cadmium intervals in ▪ Lead addition to ▪ Zinc onsite

248

Study Media Items and parameters to be Minimum Location tested Number of Samples Surface Water ▪ Chromium 6 samples at 6 points at Quality ▪ Sodium minimum minimum- 3 ▪ Arsenic upstream and 3 ▪ Cyanide downstream of ▪ Mercury site ▪ Nickle ▪ Sulfate (SO4-) ▪ Total organic carbon (TOC) ▪ Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) ▪ Chloride ▪ Chemical oxygen demand (COD) ▪ Dioxins

3.1. Test locations should provide an adequately detailed description of the nature, extent and fate of contamination in three dimensions. They should also provide information on potential subsurface contaminant migration pathways.

3.2. Each sampling location should be documented with pictures and accurate GPS coordinates.

3.3. Further specific guidance with respect to the requisite assessment of ground water and soil quality are highlighted below.

3.3.1. Groundwater o For the site, it is recommended that 3 boreholes or test pits per potential source area at minimum need to be studied, 1 on site and 2 at locations close to settlements or any ground water wells within the study radius. o Any groundwater contaminant plume(s) associated with the site should be delineated to the minimum acceptable concentration of the contaminant. o Sufficient test locations to determine the direction of groundwater flow on-site (minimum of 2 groundwater monitoring wells or piezometers, including at least 1 multilevel installation to assess vertical gradients). Existing ground water wells should be used where available, please see note under Section 2.1.5. o Chemical analyses are to be conducted on at least one groundwater sample from each available well including any on-site water supply wells (Note: sampling may also be required for any nearby, off-site potable water wells). o For groundwater samples, a blind duplicate and field blank sample should also be collected and analyzed with each batch of samples, regardless of the number of samples tested.

3.3.2. Soil Quality o All soil test locations should extend to the bottom of the contaminated soil zone, to the seasonal low water level, or to bedrock, whichever is shallower. o Soil samples may be screened in the field for vapors, staining or odor. All field observations must be included in reports. 249

o Chemical analyses are to be conducted on at least 2 soil samples per borehole location (one surface <1.5 m depth, one subsurface >1.5 m depth).

Note: Laboratory tests for all samples must be conducted by laboratories that have been formally recognized as competent to perform specified tests and are nationally accredited.

3.4. The characterization of any identified contamination (i.e., degree, nature, estimated extent and media affected) and site conditions (i.e., geological, ecological, hydrogeological and hydrological) should be established to develop a remedial action plan including long term monitoring timelines and parameters.

3.5. Via identification of contamination characteristics, the assessment should aim to do the following: • to target and delineate the boundaries of identified contamination; • to define, in greater detail, site conditions to identify all contaminant pathways, particularly with respect to possible risk assessment; • to provide contaminant and other information necessary to finalize environmental quality remediation criteria or risk assessment; and • to provide all other information required to develop a remedial action plan and input to specifications and tender documents.

Sampling and testing methods and techniques are expected to be consistent with current day professional standards. Regardless of the method/technique used, all efforts should be made to minimize the spread of contamination because of activities during the site assessment. Details of testing equipment used should be presented in the report and copies of all testing reports are to be annexed to the report.

4. Task-4 Preparation of a Remedial Action Plan

Post the assessment of the presence of degree of contamination on site the consultants should prepare a corresponding remediation criteria determined for the site in the form of a Remedial Action Plan detailing the methodology for achieving these criteria as well as the proposed remedial action.

The Remedial Action Plan must include the following information:

o include contact information, including names of key personnel, consultants, contractors, telephone, mail, fax, and email contacts, physical addresses; o summarize all data on contaminants identified during the site investigation(s) and annex test results; o identify contaminants of concern and the media affected; o identify the proposed cleanup/mitigation criteria and method(s) by which they have been derived; o summarize remedial options evaluated and the method used to select the preferred remedial strategy; o describe the selected clean up method and its technical feasibility including volumes of material to be treated/removed, if any; o detail an implementation plan, including a schedule; o identify the fate of residual contaminants and risks;

250

o identify remedial verification and long-term monitoring plans, with reference to the requisite monitoring parameters as stipulated in the World Bank Group Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines41 o Present an estimated costing for the proposed remediation methods in Site Remediation Action Plan.

Report Structure

The environmental assessment report shall have the following suggested outline:

▪ Executive Summary ▪ Introduction ▪ Description of Facility- Historical and Ongoing Activities ▪ Baseline Physical Characteristics of Site including mapping ▪ Scope of Audit (methodology adopted, areas audited, sampling plan and locations, dates of audit and participants) ▪ Presentation of Contamination Analysis-audit findings ▪ Site Remediation Action Plan ▪ Monitoring Plan ▪ References ▪ Appendices:

• List of Key Persons met • Photo Log • Maps • Copies of geological/hydrological surveys • Copies of official test results for all study parameters • All other Supporting documentation

Outputs and Deliverables

The Consultant will complete the preparation of the outputs that are outlined below. The assignment would be supervised by the PMU established for the project under the Ministry of Megapolis and Western Province. The PMU will be the focal point for coordination with the SLRDCC all other consultants, ministries, agencies and any other international institutions, and will also facilitate access to all existing data and to all relevant operations and facilities. The following is a recommended time schedule to produce the reports described above. The Consultant shall begin work upon contract signature. The Consultant should propose a clear schedule with critical milestones, and make all possible efforts or complete the work in a shorter duration then the proposed time schedule.

The assignment will be completed over a 2-calendar month (8 week) period with deliverables submitted directly to the PMU as per the schedule of delivery shown below. All payments are subject to clearance of the documents from the World Bank and client.

41World Bank Group-General EHSGs: http://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/554e8d80488658e4b76af76a6515bb18/Final%2B- %2BGeneral%2BEHS%2BGuidelines.pdf?MOD=AJPERES SWM Sectoral EHSGs: http://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/1cd72a00488557cfbdf4ff6a6515bb18/Final%2B- %2BWaste%2BManagement%2BFacilities.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&id=1323162538174

251

Deliverable Time Line 1 Inception Report; to include detailed methodology of Within 2 weeks from the date of achieving tasks outlined in the TOR, including confirmed test contract locations and study plan 2 Draft Site Contamination Audit Report and Remedial Action Within 8 weeks from the date of Plan contract 3 Final Strategic Site Contamination Audit Report and Remedial Within 10 weeks from the date of Action Plan contract

Payment Schedule

Payments will be made as per the following schedule upon the submission of key deliverables outlined below.

▪ 10% at the time of the signing of the contract ▪ 30% for the Inception Report ▪ 30 % for the Draft SCA and RAP Report ▪ 30% for the Final SCA and RAP Report

Qualifications of the Consultant Team

The consulting team should consist of the following specialists at minimum:

▪ Environmental Engineer with over 10 years of experience in environmental quality assessment, environmental testing and management.

▪ Hydrogeologist experienced in hydrogeological field survey and modelling of contaminant release from industrial activities.

▪ Ecologist experienced in environmental impact assessment, floral and faunal surveys and identification

▪ Field technicians with training in soil and water sampling techniques according to environmental standards.

252